U.S. patent application number 10/186643 was filed with the patent office on 2003-06-26 for antibodies to tumor necrosis factor 5.
This patent application is currently assigned to Human Genome Sciences, Inc.. Invention is credited to Gentz, Reiner L., Ni, Jian, Ruben, Steven M., Wei, Ying-Fei.
Application Number | 20030118546 10/186643 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 27485591 |
Filed Date | 2003-06-26 |
United States Patent
Application |
20030118546 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Wei, Ying-Fei ; et
al. |
June 26, 2003 |
Antibodies to tumor necrosis factor 5
Abstract
The present invention relates to a novel human gene encoding a
polypeptide which is a member of the TNF receptor family, and has
now been found to bind TRAIL. More specifically, an isolated
nucleic acid molecule is provided encoding a human polypeptide
named tumor necrosis factor receptor-5, sometimes referred to as
"TNFR-5" or "TR5," and now referred to hereinafter as "TRAIL
receptor without intracellular domain" or "TRID." TRID polypeptides
are also provided, as are vectors, host cells, and recombinant
methods for producing the same. The invention further relates to
screening methods for identifying agonists or antagonists of TRAIL
polypeptide activity. Also provided are diagnostic and therapeutic
methods utilizing such compositions.
Inventors: |
Wei, Ying-Fei; (Berkeley,
CA) ; Ni, Jian; (Rockville, MD) ; Gentz,
Reiner L.; (Rockville, MD) ; Ruben, Steven M.;
(Olney, MD) |
Correspondence
Address: |
STERNE, KESSLER, GOLDSTEIN & FOX P.L.L.C.
1100 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.
SUITE 600
WASHINGTON
DC
20005-3934
US
|
Assignee: |
Human Genome Sciences, Inc.
|
Family ID: |
27485591 |
Appl. No.: |
10/186643 |
Filed: |
July 2, 2002 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
10186643 |
Jul 2, 2002 |
|
|
|
09573986 |
May 18, 2000 |
|
|
|
6455040 |
|
|
|
|
10186643 |
Jul 2, 2002 |
|
|
|
09006353 |
Jan 13, 1998 |
|
|
|
6261801 |
|
|
|
|
60135164 |
May 20, 1999 |
|
|
|
60054885 |
Aug 7, 1997 |
|
|
|
60035496 |
Jan 14, 1997 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
424/85.1 ;
424/146.1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07K 2319/30 20130101;
A61K 45/06 20130101; C12N 2799/026 20130101; A61K 31/66 20130101;
A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00 20130101; A61K 2300/00
20130101; A61K 31/66 20130101; C07K 16/2878 20130101; A61K 2039/505
20130101; A61K 39/395 20130101; C07K 2319/00 20130101; C07K
14/70578 20130101; A61K 39/395 20130101; A61K 31/522 20130101; A61K
31/522 20130101; A61K 48/00 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
424/85.1 ;
424/146.1 |
International
Class: |
A61K 039/395; A61K
038/19 |
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A method for treating graft versus host disease, viral
infection, cancer, leukemia, immunodeficiency, or an autoimmune
disorder comprising administering to an individual therapeutically
effective amounts of: (a) a first therapeutic agent comprising an
antibody capable of binding to a polypeptide consisting of amino
acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2; and (b) a second therapeutic agent
selected from the group consisting of: (i) TRAIL; (ii) a tumor
necrosis factor; (iii) a tumor necrosis factor blocking agent; (iv)
an immunosuppressive agent; (v) an antibiotic; (vi) an
anti-inflammatory agent; (vii) a chemotherapeutic agent; and (viii)
a cytokine.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said first therapeutic agent
comprises an antibody which binds to a polypeptide consisting of
amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein said antibody is a monoclonal
antibody.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein said antibody is a polyclonal
antibody.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein said antibody is a humanized
antibody.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein said antibody is an antibody
fragment.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein said antibody fragment is a
single-chain Fv antibody fragment.
8. The method of claim 6, wherein said antibody fragment is an Fab
antibody fragment.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein said first and second therapeutic
agents are administered to the individual at the same time.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein said first and second
therapeutic agents are administered to the individual at different
times.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein said second therapeutic agent is
TRAIL.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein said tumor necrosis factor
blocking agent comprises an antibody which binds to a protein
selected from the group consisting of: (a) TNF-.alpha.; (b)
TNF-.beta.; (c) TNF-.gamma.; (d) TNF-.gamma.-.alpha.; and (e)
TNF-.gamma.-.beta..
13. The method of claim 1, wherein said immunosuppressive agent is
selected from the group consisting of: (a) cyclosporine; (b)
cyclophosphamide; (c) methylprednisone; (d) prednisone; (e)
azathioprine; (f) FK-506; and (g) 15-deoxyspergualin.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein said cytokine is selected from
the group consisting of: (a) IL-2; (b) IL-3; (c) IL-4; (d) IL-5;
(e) IL-6; (f) IL-7; (g) IL-10; (h) IL-12; (i) IL-13; (j) IL-15; and
(k) IFN-.gamma..
15. A composition comprising: (a) a first therapeutic agent
comprising an antibody which binds to a polypeptide consisting of
amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2; and (b) a second therapeutic
agent selected from the group consisting of: (i) TRAIL; (ii) a
tumor necrosis factor; (iii) a tumor necrosis factor blocking
agent; (iv) an immunosuppressive agent; (v) an antibiotic; (vi) an
anti-inflammatory agent; (vii) a chemotherapeutic agent; and (viii)
a cytokine.
16. The composition of claim 15, which further comprises a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
17. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence at
least 90% identical to amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2;
wherein said polypeptide is covalently attached to polyethylene
glycol, said polyethylene glycol having an average molecule weight
selected from the group consisting of 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000,
7000, 8000, 9000, 10,000, 15,000, and 20,000.
18. The polypeptide of claim 17, comprising an amino acid sequence
at least 95% identical to amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
19. The polypeptide of claim 18, wherein said amino acid sequence
comprises amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
20. The polypeptide of claim 17, wherein said polypeptide has an
average degree of substitution with polyethylene glycol which falls
within a range selected from the group consisting of 1-3, 2-4, 3-5,
4-6, 5-7, 6-8, 7-9, 8-10, 9-11, and 10-12.
21. The polypeptide of claim 17, which is produced by a recombinant
host cell.
22. The polypeptide of claim 21, wherein said recombinant host cell
which is a eukaryotic host cell.
23. The polypeptide of claim 17, which comprises a heterologous
polypeptide.
24. The polypeptide of claim 23, wherein said heterologous
polypeptide comprises an Fc portion of an antibody.
25. A composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 17 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
26. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide
encoding an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to amino
acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
27. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 26, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 95%
identical to amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
28. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 27, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
29. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 26, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 90%
identical to amino acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
30. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 29, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 95%
identical to amino acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
31. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 30, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding amino acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
32. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 29, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 90%
identical to amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
33. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 32, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 95%
identical to amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
34. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 33, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
35. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 26, further comprising a
heterologous polynucleotide.
36. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 35, wherein said
heterologous polynucleotide encodes a heterologous polypeptide.
37. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 26, wherein said
heterologous polypeptide comprises an Fc portion of an
antibody.
38. A method of producing a vector which comprises inserting the
nucleic acid molecule of claim 26 into a vector.
39. A vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 26.
40. The vector of claim 39, wherein said nucleic acid molecule is
operably associated with a heterologous regulatory
polynucleotide.
41. A host cell comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim
26.
42. The host cell of claim 41, wherein said nucleic acid molecule
is operably associated with a heterologous regulatory
polynucleotide.
43. A method of producing a polypeptide which comprises culturing
the host cell of claim 32 under conditions such that said
polypeptide is expressed, and recovering said polypeptide.
44. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide
encoding an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to the amino
acid sequence of the mature polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone
in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
45. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 44, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 95%
identical to the amino acid sequence of the mature polypeptide
encoded by the cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
46. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 45, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding the mature polypeptide encoded by the cDNA
clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
47. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 44, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 90%
identical to the amino acid sequence of the complete polypeptide
encoded by the cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
48. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 47, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding an amino acid sequence at least 95%
identical to the amino acid sequence of the complete polypeptide
encoded by the cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
49. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 48, comprising a
polynucleotide encoding the complete polypeptide encoded by the
cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
50. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 44, further comprising a
heterologous polynucleotide.
51. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 50, wherein said
heterologous polynucleotide encodes a heterologous polypeptide.
52. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 51, wherein said
heterologous polynucleotide encodes an Fc portion of an
antibody.
53. A method of producing a vector which comprises inserting the
nucleic acid molecule of claim 44 into a vector.
54. A vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim 44.
55. The vector of claim 54, wherein said nucleic acid molecule is
operably associated with a heterologous regulatory
polynucleotide.
56. A host cell comprising the nucleic acid molecule of claim
44.
57. The host cell of claim 56, wherein said nucleic acid molecule
is operably associated with a heterologous regulatory
polynucleotide.
58. A method of producing a polypeptide which comprises culturing
the host cell of claim 57 under conditions such that said
polypeptide is expressed, and recovering said polypeptide.
59. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence at
least 90% identical to amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
60. The polypeptide of claim 59, wherein said amino acid sequence
is at least 95% identical to amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID
NO:2.
61. The polypeptide of claim 60, wherein said amino acid sequence
comprises amino acids 27 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2.
62. The polypeptide of claim 59, wherein said amino acid sequence
is at least 90% identical to amino acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID
NO:2.
63. The polypeptide of claim 62, wherein said amino acid sequence
is at least 95% identical to amino acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID
NO:2.
64. The polypeptide of claim 63, wherein said amino acid sequence
comprises amino acids 27 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
65. The polypeptide of claim 62, wherein said amino acid sequence
is at least 90% identical to amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID
NO:2.
66. The polypeptide of claim 65, wherein said amino acid sequence
is at least 95% identical to amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID
NO:2.
67. The polypeptide of claim 66, wherein said amino acid sequence
comprises amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
68. The polypeptide of claim 59, which is produced by a recombinant
host cell.
69. The polypeptide of claim 68, wherein said recombinant host cell
is a eukaryotic host cell.
70. The polypeptide of claim 59, which comprises a heterologous
polypeptide.
71. The polypeptide of claim 70, wherein said heterologous
polypeptide comprises an Fc portion of an antibody.
72. A composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 59 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
73. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence at
least 90% identical to the amino acid sequence of the mature
polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No.
97798.
74. The polypeptide of claim 73, which comprises an amino acid
sequence at least 95% identical to the amino acid sequence of the
mature polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC
Deposit No. 97798.
75. The polypeptide of claim 74, which comprises the mature
polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No.
97798.
76. The polypeptide of claim 73, which comprises an amino acid
sequence at least 90% identical to the amino acid sequence of the
complete polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC
Deposit No. 97798.
77. The polypeptide of claim 76, which comprises an amino acid
sequence at least 95% identical to the amino acid sequence of the
complete polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC
Deposit No. 97798.
78. The polypeptide of claim 74, which comprises the mature
polypeptide encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No.
97798.
79. The polypeptide of claim 73, which is produced by a recombinant
host cell.
80. The polypeptide of claim 79, wherein said recombinant host cell
is a eukaryotic host cell.
81. The polypeptide of claim 73, which comprises a heterologous
polypeptide.
82. The polypeptide of claim 81, wherein said heterologous
polypeptide comprises an Fc portion of an antibody.
83. A composition comprising the polypeptide of claim 73 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
84. An isolated antibody which binds to a polypeptide consisting of
amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
85. The antibody of claim 84, wherein said antibody is a monoclonal
antibody.
86. The antibody of claim 84, wherein said antibody is a polyclonal
antibody.
87. The antibody of claim 84, wherein said antibody is an antibody
fragment.
88. The antibody of claim 87, wherein said antibody fragment is an
Fab antibody fragment.
89. The antibody of claim 87, wherein said antibody fragment is an
F(ab')2 antibody fragment.
90. The antibody of claim 84, wherein said antibody is
chimeric.
91. The antibody of claim 84, wherein said antibody is an
antagonist of the polypeptide consisting of amino acids 1 to 259 of
SEQ ID NO:2.
92. The antibody of claim 84, wherein said antibody is an agonist
of the polypeptide consisting of amino acids 1 to 259 of SEQ ID
NO:2.
93. A method of producing the antibody of claim 84, comprising: (a)
introducing an immunogen into an animal; and (b) recovering said
antibody.
94. A method of detecting the polypeptide consisting of amino acids
1 to 259 of SEQ ID NO:2 in a biological sample comprising: (a)
contacting a biological sample with the antibody of claim 84; and
(b) determining the presence or absence of said polypeptide in said
biological sample.
95. A method for treating a disease or condition selected from the
group consisting of: (a) cancer; (b) inflammation; (c) an
autoimmune disease; and (d) graft v. host disease, wherein said
method comprises administering to an individual a therapeutically
effective amount of the antibody of claim 84.
96. A composition comprising the antibody of claim 84 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
97. The antibody of claim 84, which binds to a polypeptide selected
from the group consisting of: (a) a polypeptide consisting of amino
acids 42 to 53 of SEQ ID NO:2; (b) a polypeptide consisting of
amino acids 58 to 66 of SEQ ID NO:2; (c) a polypeptide consisting
of amino acids 68 to 76 of SEQ ID NO:2; (d) a polypeptide
consisting of amino acids 79 to 85 of SEQ ID NO:2; (e) a
polypeptide consisting of amino acids 91 to 102 of SEQ ID NO:2; (f)
a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 110 to 122 of SEQ ID NO:2;
(g) a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 126 to 136 of SEQ ID
NO:2; and (h) a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 142 to 148 of
SEQ ID NO:2.
98. An isolated antibody which binds to a polypeptide consisting of
the amino acid sequence of the complete polypeptide encoded by the
cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
99. The antibody of claim 98, wherein said antibody is a monoclonal
antibody.
100. The antibody of claim 98, wherein said antibody is a
polyclonal antibody.
101. The antibody of claim 98, wherein said antibody is an antibody
fragment.
102. The antibody of claim 101, wherein said antibody fragment is
an Fab antibody fragment.
103. The antibody of claim 101, wherein said antibody fragment is
an F(ab')2 antibody fragment.
104. The antibody of claim 98, where in said antibody is
chimeric.
105. The antibody of claim 98, wherein said antibody is an
antagonist of the polypeptide encoded by the human cDNA in ATCC
Deposit No. 97798.
106. The antibody of claim 98, wherein said antibody is an agonist
of the polypeptide encoded by the human cDNA in ATCC Deposit No.
97798.
107. A method of producing the antibody of claim 98, comprising:
(a) introducing an immunogen into an animal; and (b) recovering
said antibody.
108. A method of detecting the polypeptide encoded by the human
cDNA in ATCC Deposit No. 97798 in a biological sample comprising:
(a) contacting a biological sample with the isolated antibody
fragment of claim 98; and (b) determining the presence or absence
of said polypeptide in said biological sample.
109. A method for treating a disease or condition selected from the
group consisting of: (a) cancer; (b) inflammation; (c) an
autoimmune disease; and (d) graft versus host disease, wherein said
method comprises administering to an individual a therapeutically
effective amount of the antibody of claim 98.
110. A composition comprising the antibody of claim 98 and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
111. The antibody of claim 98, which binds to a polypeptide
selected from the group consisting of: (a) a polypeptide consisting
of amino acids 42 to 53 of SEQ ID NO:2; (b) a polypeptide
consisting of amino acids 58 to 66 of SEQ ID NO:2; (c) a
polypeptide consisting of amino acids 68 to 76 of SEQ ID NO:2; (d)
a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 79 to 85 of SEQ ID NO:2;
(e) a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 91 to 102 of SEQ ID
NO:2; (f) a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 110 to 122 of SEQ
ID NO:2; (g) a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 126 to 136 of
SEQ ID NO:2; and (h) a polypeptide consisting of amino acids 142 to
148 of SEQ ID NO:2.
Description
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] The present application claims benefit to the filing date of
U.S. Provisional Application No.60/135,164, filed May 20, 1999, and
is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser.
No.09/006,353, filed Jan. 13, 1998, both of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entireties. Said 09/006,353 claims
priority to U.S. Provisional Application No.60/054,885, filed Aug.
7,1997, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/035,496, filed Jan.
14, 1997, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in
their entireties.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] 1. Field of the Invention
[0003] The present invention relates to a novel human gene encoding
a polypeptide which is a member of the TNF receptor family, and has
now been found to bind TRAIL. More specifically, an isolated
nucleic acid molecule is provided encoding a human polypeptide
named tumor necrosis factor receptor-5, sometimes referred to as
"TNFR-5" or "TR5," and now referred to hereinafter as "TRAIL
receptor without intracellular domain" or "TRID." TRID polypeptides
are also provided, as are vectors, host cells, and recombinant
methods for producing the same. The invention further relates to
screening methods for identifying agonists or antagonists of TRID
polypeptide activity. Also provided are diagnostic and therapeutic
methods utilizing such compositions.
[0004] 2. Related Art
[0005] Many biological actions, for instance, response to certain
stimuli and natural biological processes, are controlled by
factors, such as cytokines. Many cytokines act through receptors by
engaging the receptor and producing an intra-cellular response.
[0006] For example, tumor necrosis factors (TNF) alpha and beta are
cytokines, which act through TNF receptors to regulate numerous
biological processes, including protection against infection and
induction of shock and inflammatory disease. The TNF molecules
belong to the "TNF-ligand" superfamily, and act together with their
receptors or counter-ligands, the "TNF-receptor" superfamily. So
far, nine members of the TNF ligand superfamily have been
identified and ten members of the TNF-receptor superfamily have
been characterized.
[0007] Among the ligands, there are included TNF-.alpha.,
lymphotoxin-.alpha. (LT-.alpha., also known as TNF-.beta.),
LT-.beta. (found in complex heterotrimer LT-.alpha.2-.beta., FasL,
CD40L, CD27L, CD30L, 4-IBBL, OX40L and nerve growth factor (NGF).
The superfamily of TNF receptors includes the p55TNF receptor,
p75TNF receptor, TNF receptor-related protein, FAS antigen or
APO-1, CD40, CD27, CD30, 4-IBB, OX40, low affinity p75 and
NGF-receptor (Meager, A., Biologicals 22:291-295 (1994)).
[0008] Many members ofthe TNF-ligand superfamily are expressed by
activated T-cells, implying that they are necessary for T-cell
interactions with other cell types which underlie cell ontogeny and
functions (Meager, A., supra).
[0009] Considerable insight into the essential functions of several
members ofthe TNF receptor family has been gained from the
identification and creation of mutants that abolish the expression
of these proteins. For example, naturally occurring mutations in
the FAS antigen and its ligand cause lymphoproliferative disease
(Watanabe-Fukunaga, R. et al., Nature 356:314 (1992)), perhaps
reflecting a failure of programmed cell death. Mutations of the
CD40 ligand cause an X-linked immunodeficiency state characterized
by high levels of immunoglobulin M and low levels of immunoglobulin
G in plasma, indicating faulty T-cell-dependent B-cell activation
(Allen, R.C. et al., Science 259:990 (1993)). Targeted mutations of
the low affinity nerve growth factor receptor cause a disorder
characterized by faulty sensory innovation of peripheral structures
(Lee, K. F. et al., Cell 69:737 (1992)).
[0010] TNF and LT-.alpha. are capable of binding to two TNF
receptors (the 55- and 75-kd TNF receptors). A large number of
biological effects elicited by TNF and LT-.alpha., acting through
their receptors, include hemorrhagic necrosis oftransplanted
tumors, cytotoxicity, a role in endotoxic shock, inflammation,
immunoregulation, proliferation and anti-viral responses, as well
as protection against the deleterious effects of ionizing
radiation. TNF and LT-.alpha. are involved in the pathogenesis of a
wide range of diseases, including endotoxic shock, cerebral
malaria, tumors, autoimmune disease, AIDS and graft-host rejection
(Beutler, B. and Von Huffel, C., Science 264:667-668 (1994)).
Mutations in the p55 Receptor cause increased susceptibility to
microbial infection.
[0011] Moreover, an about 80 amino acid domain near the C-terminus
of TNFRI (p55) and Fas was reported as the "death domain," which is
responsible for transducing signals for programmed cell death
(Tartaglia et al, Cell 74:845 (1993)).
[0012] Apoptosis, or programmed cell death, is a physiologic
process essential for the normal development and homeostasis of
multicellular organisms (H. Steller, Science 267, 1445-1449
(1995)). Derangements of apoptosis contribute to the pathogenesis
of several human diseases including cancer, neurodegenerative
disorders, and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (C. B. Thompson,
Science 267, 1456-1462 (1995)). One mechanism of immune mediated
killing is the engagement of death receptors. Recently, much
attention has focused on the signal transduction and biological
function of two cell surface death receptors, Fas/APO-1 and TNFR-1
(J. L. Cleveland et al., Cell 81, 479-482 (1995); A. Fraser, et
al., Cell 85, 781-784 (1996); S. Nagata et al., Science 267,
1449-56 (1995)). Both are members of the TNF receptor family which
also include TNFR-2, low affinity NGFR, CD40, and CD30, among
others (C. A. Smith et al., Science 248, 1019-23 (1990); M. Tewari
et al., in Modular Texts in Molecular and Cell Biology M. Purton,
Heldin, Carl, Ed. (Chapman and Hall, London, 1995). While family
members are defined by the presence of cysteine-rich repeats in
their extracellular domains, Fas/APO-1 and TNFR-1 also share a
region of intracellular homology, appropriately designated the
"death domain", which is distantly related to the Drosophila
suicide gene, reaper (P. Golstein, et al., Cell 81, 185-186 (1995);
K. White et al., Science 264, 677-83 (1994)). This shared death
domain suggests that both receptors interact with a related set of
signal transducing molecules that, until recently, remained
unidentified. Activation of Fas/APO-1 recruits the death
domain-containing adapter molecule FADD/MORTI (A. M.
Chinnaiyanetal., Cell 81,505-12(1995); M. P. Boldinet al., J Biol
Chem 270, 7795-8 (1995); F. C. Kischkel et al., EMBO 14, 5579-5588
(1995)), which in turn binds and presumably activates FLICE/MACH 1,
a member of the ICE/CED-3 family of pro-apoptotic proteases (M.
Muzio et al., Cell 85, 817-827 (1996); M. P. Boldin et al, Cell 85,
803-815 (1996)). While the central role of Fas/APO-1 is to trigger
cell death, TNFR-1 can signal an array of diverse biological
activities-many of which stem from its ability to activate NF-kB
(L. A. Tartaglia et aL, Immunol Today 13, 151-3 (1992)).
Accordingly, TNFR-1 recruits the multivalent adapter molecule
TRADD, which like FADD, also contains a death domain (H. Hsu et al,
Cell 81, 495-504 (1995); H. Hsu, et al, Cell 84,299-308 (1996)).
Through its associations with a number of signaling molecules
including FADD, TRAF2, and RIP, TRADD can signal both apoptosis and
NF-kB activation (H. Hsu et al., Cell 84, 299-308 (1996); H. Hsu,
et al, Immunity 4, 387-396 (1996)).
[0013] Recently, a new apoptosis -inducing TNF ligand has been
discovered. S. R. Wiley et al., Immunity 3,673-682 (1995) named the
molecule--"TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligand" or simply
"TRAIL." The molecule has also been called "Apo-2 ligand" or
"Apo-2L." R. M. Pitt et al., J BioL Chem. 271,12687-12690 (1996).
This molecule was also disclosed in co-pending U.S. provisional
application no. 60/013,405. For convenience, the molecule will be
referred to herein as TRAIL.
[0014] Unlike FAS ligand, whose transcripts appear to be largely
restricted to stimulated T-cells, significant levels ofTRAIL are
detected in many human tissues (e.g., spleen, lung, prostate,
thymus, ovary, small intestine, colon, peripheral blood
lymphocytes, placenta, kidney), and is constitutively transcribed
by some cell lines. It has been shown that TRAIL acts independently
from the Fas ligand (Wiley et al, supra). It has also been shown
that TRAIL activates apoptosis rapidly, within a time frame that is
similar to death signalling by Fas/Apo-1L, but much faster than
TNF-induced apoptosis. S. A. Marsters et al, Current Biology 6,
750-752 (1996). The inability of TRAIL to bind TNFR-1, Fas, or the
recently identified DR3, suggests that TRAIL may interact with a
unique receptor(s).
[0015] The effects of TNF family ligands and TNF family receptors
are varied and influence numerous functions, both normal and
abnormal, in the biological processes of the mammalian system.
There is a clear need, therefore, for identification and
characterization of such receptors and ligands that influence
biological activity, both normally and in disease states. In
particular, there is a need to isolate and characterize additional
novel receptors that bind TRAIL.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0016] The present invention provides isolated nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide encoding the TRID polypeptide having the amino acid
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, or the amino acid sequence encoded
by the cDNA clone deposited as ATCC Deposit Number 97798 on Nov.
20, 1996. The nucleotide sequence determined by sequencing the
deposited TRID clone, which is shown in SEQ ID NO:1 contains an
open reading frame encoding a polypeptide of about 259 amino acid
residues, with a leader sequence of about 26 amino acids.
[0017] The present invention also relates to recombinant vectors,
which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present
invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as
well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells and
methods for using them for production of TRID polypeptides or
peptides by recombinant techniques.
[0018] The invention further provides an isolated TRID polypeptide
having an amino acid sequence encoded by a polynucleotide described
herein.
[0019] The present invention also provides diagnostic assays such
as quantitative and diagnostic assays for detecting levels of TRID
protein. Thus, for instance, a diagnostic assay in accordance with
the invention for detecting expression of TRID, or soluble form
thereof, may be used to detect the ability of normal tissue to
withstand or be protected from the deleterious effects of TRAIL,
such as TRAIL-induced apoptosis.
[0020] Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) family ligands are known to be
among the most pleiotropic cytokines, inducing a large number of
cellular responses, including cytotoxicity, anti-viral activity,
immunoregulatory activities, and the transcriptional regulation of
several genes. Cellular response to TNF-family ligands include not
only normal physiological responses, but also diseases associated
with increased apoptosis or the inhibition of apoptosis.
Apoptosis--programmed cell death--is a physiological mechanism
involved in the deletion of peripheral T lymphocytes of the immune
system, and its dysregulation can lead to a number of different
pathogenic processes. Diseases associated with increased cell
survival, or the inhibition of apoptosis, include cancers,
autoimmune disorders, viral infections, inflammation, graft vs.
host disease, acute graft rejection, and chronic graft rejection.
Diseases associated with increased apoptosis include AIDS,
neurodegenerative disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, ischemic
injury, toxin-induced liver disease, septic shock, cachexia and
anorexia.
[0021] Thus, the invention further provides a method for enhancing
apoptosis induced by a TNF-family ligand, such as TRAIL, which
involves administering to a cell which expresses the TRID
polypeptide an effective amount of an antagonist capable of
decreasing TRID's ability to bind TRAIL. Preferably, TRID binding
is decreased to treat a disease wherein decreased apoptosis is
exhibited.
[0022] In a further aspect, the present invention is directed to a
method for inhibiting apoptosis induced by a TNF-family ligand,
such as TRAIL, which involves administering to a cell an effective
amount of TRID or an agonist capable of increasing TRID activity.
Preferably, TRID activity is increased to treat a disease wherein
increased apoptosis is exhibited.
[0023] Whether any candidate "agonist" or "antagonist" of the
present invention can enhance or inhibit apoptosis can be
determined using art-known TNF-family ligand/receptor cellular
response assays, including those described in more detail below.
Thus, in a further aspect, a screening method is provided for
determining whether a candidate agonist or antagonist is capable of
enhancing or inhibiting a cellular response to a TNF-family ligand,
such as TRAIL. The method involves contacting cells which
co-expresses the TRID polypeptide and a second TNFR with a
candidate compound and a TNF-family ligand (e.g., TRAIL), assaying
a cellular response, and comparing the cellular response to a
standard cellular response, the standard being assayed when contact
is made with the ligand in absence ofthe candidate compound,
whereby an increased cellular response over the standard indicates
that the candidate compound is a TRID antagonist and a decreased
cellular response compared to the standard indicates that the
candidate compound is TRID agonist. By the invention, a cell
expressing the TNFR polypeptide can be contacted with either an
endogenous or exogenously administered TNF-family ligand, such as
TRAIL.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0024] FIG. 1A-B shows the nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:1) and
deduced amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2) of TRID.
[0025] FIG. 2A-P shows an alignment created by the Clustal method
using the Megaline program in the DNAstar suite comparing the amino
acid sequences of TNFR-5 (now called "TRID," denoted as "TNFR-like"
in the figure), with other TNF receptors, as follows: TNFR1 (SEQ ID
NO:3); TNFR2 (SEQ ID NO:4); NGFR (SEQ ID NO:5) LTbR (SEQ ID NO:6);
FAS (SEQ ID NO:7); CD27 (SEQ ID NO:8); CD30(SEQ ID NO:9); CD40(SEQ
ID NO:10); 4-1BB (SEQ ID NO:11); OX40 (SEQ ID NO:12); VC22 (SEQ ID
NO:13); and CRMB (SEQ ID NO:14). Residues that match the consensus
are shaded.
[0026] FIG. 3 shows an analyses of the TRID amino acid sequences.
Alpha, beta, turn and coil regions; hydrophilicity and
hydrophobicity; amphipathic regions; flexible regions; antigenic
index and surface probability are shown, as predicted for the amino
acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO:2 using the default parameters
of the recited computer program. The "Antigenic
Index--Jameson-Wolf" graphs, indicate the location of the highly
antigenic regions of the proteins, i.e., regions from which
epitope-bearing peptides of the invention may be obtained.
[0027] FIG. 4 shows the nucleotide sequence of gene fragments
related to the TRID gene of the present invention, including:
HPRCB54R (SEQ ID NO:15), HSJAU57RA (SEQ ID NO:16), HELBP70R (SEQ ID
NO:17), and HUSCB54R (SEQ ID NO:18) all of which are related to SEQ
ID NO:1.
[0028] FIG. 5A is an immunoblot showing that TRID-Fc (as well as
DR4 and DR5) specifically bound TRAIL, but not the related
cytotoxic ligand TNF.alpha.. The bottom panel of FIG. 5A shows the
input Fc-fusions present in the binding assays. FIG. 5B is a bar
graph showing that TRID-Fc blocked the ability of TRAIL to induce
apoptosis. The data (mean.+-.SD) shown in FIG. 5B are the
percentage of apoptotic nuclei among total nuclei counted (n=4).
FIG. 5C is a bar graph showing that TRID-FC had no effect on
TNF.alpha.-induced apoptosis under conditions where TNFR1-Fc
completely abolished TNF.alpha. killing.
[0029] FIG. 6 is a bar graph showing that MCF7 cells expressing
TRID were protected from TRAIL-induced apoptosis, as were cells
expressing the virally encoded caspase inhibitor CrmA.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
[0030] The present invention provides isolated nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide encoding a TRID polypeptide, having the amino acid
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, which was determined by sequencing a
cloned cDNA. The nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:1 was
obtained by sequencing the HPRCB54 clone, which was deposited on
Nov. 20, 1996 at the American Type Culture Collection, 10801
University Boulevard, Manassas, Va., 20110-2209, and given
accession number ATCC 97798. The deposited clone is inserted in the
pBluescript SK(-) plasmid (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.).
[0031] The TRID protein of the present invention has an amino acid
sequence which is 21.7% identical to and shares multiple conserved
cysteine rich domains with the translation product of the human
nerve growth factor (hNGF) mRNA (SEQ ID NO:5) as illustrated in
FIG. 2A-P. hNGF is thought to play an important role in the
development, survival, apoptosis and function of neurons (Lee, F.
K. et al., Cell 69:737) and lymphocytes (Torcia, M. et al., Cell
85:3369 (1996)).
[0032] Sequence alignment and comparison reveal that TRID's
extracellular cysteine-rich domain to be strikingly similar to the
corresponding domains of both DR4 and DR5 with 69% and 52% amino
acid identity, respectively. In addition, like DR4 and DR5, TRID
was also found to be homologous to the cysteine-rich domain in
CAR1, a chicken TNF receptor family member with amino acid
identities ranging from 42-48% (J. Brojatsh et aL, Cell 87:1
(1996)). A potential protective role for TRID was suggested by the
finding that its transcript was detectable in many normal human
tissues but not in most transformed cell lines.
[0033] TRID has an extracellular TRAIL binding domain and a
transmembrane domain but, surprisingly, lacks a putative
intracellular signalling domain, in keeping with the possibility
that this receptor does not signal following ligand binding. Given
the absence of an intracellular domain, this receptor was termed
"TRID" for TRAIL Receptor Without an Intracellular Domain.
[0034] Nucleic Acid Molecules
[0035] Unless otherwise indicated, all nucleotide sequences
determined by sequencing a DNA molecule herein were determined
using an automated DNA sequencer (such as the Model 373 from
Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, Calif.), and all amino acid
sequences of polypeptides encoded by DNA molecules determined
herein were predicted by translation of a DNA sequence determined
as above. Therefore, as is known in the art for any DNA sequence
determined by this automated approach, any nucleotide sequence
determined herein may contain some errors. Nucleotide sequences
determined by automation are typically at least about 90%
identical, more typically at least about 95% to at least about
99.9% identical to the actual nucleotide sequence of the sequenced
DNA molecule. The actual sequence can be more precisely determined
by other approaches including manual DNA sequencing methods well
known in the art. As is also known in the art, a single insertion
or deletion in a determined nucleotide sequence compared to the
actual sequence will cause a frame shift in translation of the
nucleotide sequence such that the predicted amino acid sequence
encoded by a determined nucleotide sequence will be completely
different from the amino acid sequence actually encoded by the
sequenced DNA molecule, beginning at the point of such an insertion
or deletion.
[0036] By "nucleotide sequence" of a nucleic acid molecule or
polynucleotide is intended, for a DNA molecule or polynucleotide, a
sequence of deoxyribonucleotides, and for an RNA molecule or
polynucleotide, the corresponding sequence ofribonucleotides (A, G,
C and U), where each thymidine deoxyribonucleotide (T) in the
specified deoxyribonucleotide sequence is replaced by the
ribonucleotide uridine (U).
[0037] Using the information provided herein, such as the
nucleotide sequence set out in SEQ ID NO:1, a nucleic acid molecule
of the present invention encoding a TRID polypeptide may be
obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures, such as
those for cloning cDNAs using mRNA as starting material.
Illustrative of the invention, the TRID nucleic acid molecule
described in SEQ ID NO:1 was discovered in a cDNA library derived
from prostate tissue. Additional clones of the same gene were also
identified in cDNA libraries from the following tissues:
endothelial cells, stimulated monocytes, and kerotinocytes.
[0038] The determined nucleotide sequence of the TRID cDNA of SEQ
ID NO:1 contains an open reading frame encoding a protein of about
259 amino acid residues, with an initiation codon at nucleotide
positions 183-185 of the nucleotide sequences in SEQ ID NO:1.
[0039] The open reading frame of the TRID gene shares sequence
homology with the translation product of the human mRNA for NGFR,
including the following conserved domains: (a) a soluble
extracellular domain of about 214 amino acids (amino acid residues
from about 27 to about 240 in SEQ ID NO:2); (b) a transmembrane
domain of about 19 amino acids (amino acid residues from about 241
to about 259 in SEQ ID NO:2); and (c) a cysteine rich domain of
about 97 amino acids (amino acid residues from about 53 to about
150 in SEQ ID NO:2). As one of ordinary skill would appreciate, due
to the possibility of sequencing errors discussed above, the actual
complete TRID polypeptide encoded by the deposited cDNAs, which
comprise about 259 amino acids, may be somewhat longer or shorter.
More generally, the actual open reading frames may be anywhere in
the range of .+-.20 amino acids, more likely in the range of .+-.10
amino acids, of that predicted from the first methionine codon from
the N-terminus shown in SEQ ID NO:1, which is in-frame with the
translated sequences shown in each respective figure. It will
further be appreciated that, depending on the analytical criteria
used for identifying various functional domains, the exact
"address" of the extracellular, cysteine rich, and transmembrane
domain(s) of the TNFR polypeptides may differ slightly from the
predicted positions above. For example, the exact location of the
extracellular domain, cysteine-rich domain, and transmembrane
domain in SEQ ID NO:2 may vary slightly (e.g., the address may
"shift" by about 1 to about 20 residues, more likely about 1 to
about 5 residues) depending on the criteria used to define the
domain. In this case, the beginning of the transmembrane domain and
the end of the extracellular domain were predicted on the basis of
the identification of the hydrophobic amino acid sequence in the
above indicated positions, as shown in FIG. 3. In any event, as
discussed further below, the invention further provides
polypeptides having various residues deleted from the N-terminus of
the complete TRID, including polypeptides lacking one or more amino
acids from the N-terminus of the extracellular domain described
herein, which constitute soluble forms of the extracellular domain
of the TRID protein.
[0040] Leader and Mature Sequences
[0041] The amino acid sequence of the TRID protein includes a
leader sequence and a mature protein, as shown in SEQ ID NO:2. More
in particular, the present invention provides nucleic acid
molecules encoding mature forms of the TRID protein. Thus,
according to the signal hypothesis, once export of the growing
protein chain across the rough endoplasmic reticulum has been
initiated, proteins secreted by mammalian cells have a signal or
secretory leader sequence which is cleaved from the complete
polypeptide to produce a secreted "mature" form of the protein.
Most mammalian cells and even insect cells cleave secreted proteins
with the same specificity. However, in some cases, cleavage of a
secreted protein is not entirely uniform, which results in two or
more mature species of the protein. Further, it has long been known
that the cleavage specificity of a secreted protein is ultimately
determined by the primary structure of the complete protein, that
is, it is inherent in the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide.
Therefore, the present invention provides a nucleotide sequence
encoding a mature TRID polypeptide having the amino acid sequence
encoded by a cDNA clone identified as ATCC Deposit No. 97798. By
the "mature TRID polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded
by a cDNA clone in ATCC Deposit No. 97798" is meant the mature
form(s) of the protein produced by expression in a mammalian cell
(e.g., COS cells, as described below) of the complete open reading
frame encoded by the human DNA sequence of the clone contained in
the deposited plasmid.
[0042] Methods for predicting whether a protein has a secretory
leader as well as the cleavage point for that leader sequence are
available. For instance, the method of McGeoch (Virus Res.
3:271-286 (1985)) uses the information from a short N-terminal
charged region and a subsequent uncharged region of the complete
(uncleaved) protein. The method of von Heinje (Nucleic Acids Res.
14:4683-4690 (1986)) uses the information from the residues
surrounding the cleavage site, typically residues--13 to +2 where
+1 indicates the amino terminus of the mature protein. The accuracy
of predicting the cleavage points of known mammalian secretory
proteins for each of these methods is in the range of 75-80% (von
Heinje, supra). However, the two methods do not always produce the
same predicted cleavage point(s) for a given protein.
[0043] In the present case, the deduced amino acid sequence of the
complete TRID polypeptide was analyzed by a computer program
"PSORT." See, K. Nakai and M. Kanehisa, Genomics 14:897-911 (1992).
PSORT is an expert system for predicting the cellular location of a
protein based on the amino acid sequence. As part of this
computational prediction of localization, the methods of McGeoch
and von Heinje are incorporated. The analysis by the PSORT program
predicted the cleavage sites between amino acids 26 and 27 in SEQ
ID NO:2. Thereafter, the complete amino acid sequences were further
analyzed by visual inspection, applying a simple form of the (-1
,-3) rule of von Heinje. vonHeinje, supra. Thus, the leader
sequence for the TRID protein is predicted to consist of amino acid
residues from about 1 to about 26, underlined in SEQ ID NO:2, while
the mature TRID protein is predicted to consist of residues from
about 27 to about 259 in SEQ ID NO:2.
[0044] As one of ordinary skill would appreciate, due to the
possibilities of sequencing errors, as well as the variability of
cleavage sites for leaders in different known proteins, the mature
TRID polypeptide encoded by the deposited cDNA comprises about 233
amino acids, but may be anywhere in the range of about 223 to about
243 amino acids, and the predicted leader sequence of this protein
is about 26 amino acids, but may be anywhere in the range of about
16 to about 36 amino acids.
[0045] As indicated, nucleic acid molecules of the present
invention may be in the form of RNA, such as mRNA, or in the form
of DNA, including, for instance, cDNA and genomic DNA obtained by
cloning or produced synthetically. The DNA may be double-stranded
or single-stranded. Single-stranded DNA or RNA may be the coding
strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding
strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
[0046] By "isolated" nucleic acid molecule(s) is intended a nucleic
acid molecule, DNA, or RNA, which has been removed from its native
environment. For example, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a
vector are considered isolated for the purposes of the present
invention. Further examples of isolated DNA molecules include
recombinant DNA molecules maintained in heterologous host cells or
purified (partially or substantially) DNA molecules in solution.
Isolated RNA molecules include in vivo or in vitro RNA transcripts
of the DNA molecules of the present invention. Isolated nucleic
acid molecules according to the present invention further include
such molecules produced synthetically.
[0047] However, a nucleic acid molecule contained in a clone that
is a member of a mixed clone library (e.g., a genomic or cDNA
library) and that has not been isolated from other clones of the
library (e.g., in the form of a homogeneous solution containing the
clone without other members of the library) or a chromosome
isolated or removed from a cell or a cell lysate (e.g., a
"chromosome spread", as in a karyotype), is not "isolated" for the
purposes of this invention.
[0048] Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention
include DNA molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
an open reading frame (ORF) shown in SEQ ID NO:1; DNA molecules
comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the coding sequence for
the mature TRID protein; and DNA molecules which comprise, or
alternatively consist of, a sequence substantially different from
those described above, but which, due to the degeneracy of the
genetic code, still encode the TRID protein. Of course, the genetic
code is well known in the art. Thus, it would be routine for one
skilled in the art to generate such degenerate variants.
[0049] In addition, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules
having nucleotide sequences related to extensive portions of SEQ ID
NO:1, which have been determined from the following related cDNA
clones: HELBP70R (SEQ ID NO:17), HPRCB54R (SEQ ID NO:15), HSJAU57RA
(SEQ ID NO:16) and HUSCB54R (SEQ ID NO:18). The nucleotide
sequences of each of these gene fragments is shown in FIG. 4.
[0050] In another aspect, the invention provides isolated nucleic
acid molecules encoding the TRID polypeptide having an amino acid
sequence as encoded by the cDNA clone contained in the plasmid
deposited as ATCC Deposit No. 97798. In a further embodiment,
nucleic acid molecules are provided that encode the mature TRID
polypeptide or the full length TRID polypeptide each lacking the
N-terminal methionine.
[0051] The invention further provides an isolated nucleic acid
molecule having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or
the nucleotide sequence of the TRID cDNA contained in the
above-described deposited clone, or a nucleic acid molecule having
a sequence complementary to one of the above sequences. Such
isolated molecules, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as
probes for gene mapping, by in situ hybridization with chromosomes,
and for detecting expression of the TRID gene in human tissue, for
instance, by Northern blot analysis.
[0052] The present invention is further directed to fragments of
the isolated nucleic acid molecules described herein. By a fragment
of an isolated nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence
of the deposited cDNA (the cDNA contained in the plasmid deposited
as ATCC Deposit No. 97798) or the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ
ID NO:1 are intended DNA fragments at least 20 nt, and more
preferably at least 30 nt in length, and even more preferably, at
least about 40, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500,
550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050, 1100,
1150, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1350, 1400, 1450, or 1500 nt in length,
which are useful as DNA probes as discussed herein. Of course, DNA
fragments corresponding to most, if not all, of the nucleotide
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:1 are also useful as DNA probes. By a
fragment at least 20 nt in length, for example, is intended
fragments which include 20 or more contiguous bases from the
nucleotide sequence of a deposited cDNA or the nucleotide sequence
as shown in SEQ ID NO:1 . In this context "about includes the
particularly recited size, larger or smaller by several (5, 4, 3,
2, or 1) nucleotides, at either terminus or at both termini.
[0053] Representative examples of TRID polynucleotide fragments of
the invention include, for example, fragments that comprise, or
alternatively, consist of, a sequence from about nucleotide 1 to
50, 51 to 100, 101 to 150, 151 to 182, 183 to 260, 261 to 300, 301
to 350, 351 to 400, 401 to 450, 451 to 500, 501 to 550, 551 to 600,
600 to 650, 651 to 700, 701 to 750, 751 to 800, 800 to 850, 851 to
902, 903 to 959, 960 to 1000, 1001 to 1050, 1051 to 1100, 1101 to
1150, 1151 to 1200, 1201 to 1250, 1251 to 1300, 1301 to 1350,
and/or 1351 to 1392, of SEQ ID NO:1, or the complementary strand
thereto, or the cDNA contained in the deposited clone. In this
context "about" includes the particularly recited ranges, larger or
smaller by several (5,4, 3, 2, or 1) nucleotides, at either
terminus or at both termini.
[0054] Preferably, the polynucleotide fragments of the invention
encode a polypeptide which demonstrates a TRID functional activity.
By a polypeptide demonstrating a TRID "functional activity" is
meant, a polypeptide capable of displaying one or more known
functional activities associated with a full-length (complete) TRID
protein. Such functional activities include, but are not limited
to, biological activity (e.g., binding TRAIL), antigenicity
[ability to bind (or compete with a TRID polypeptide for binding)
to an anti-TRID antibody], immunogenicity (ability to generate
antibody which binds to a TRID polypeptide), ability to form
multimers with TRID polypeptides of the invention, and ability to
bind to a receptor or ligand for a TRID polypeptide (e.g., TRAIL).
The functional activity of TRID polypeptides, and fragments,
variants derivatives, and analogs thereof, can be assayed by
various methods.
[0055] For example, in one embodiment where one is assaying for the
ability to bind or compete with full-length TRID polypeptide for
binding to anti-TRID antibody, various immunoassays known in the
art can be used, including but not limited to, competitive and
non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as
radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay),
"sandwich" immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion
precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ
immunoassays (using colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels,
for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination
assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays),
complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A
assays, and immunoelectrophoresis assays, etc. In one embodiment,
antibody binding is detected by detecting a label on the primary
antibody. In another embodiment, the primary antibody is detected
by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the
primary antibody. In a further embodiment, the secondary antibody
is labeled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding
in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present
invention.
[0056] In another embodiment, where a TRID ligand is identified
(e.g, TRAIL), or the ability of a polypeptide fragment, variant or
derivative of the invention to multimerize is being evaluated,
binding can be assayed, e.g., by means well-known in the art, such
as, for example, reducing and non-reducing gel chromatography,
protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting. See
generally, Phizicky, E., et al., Microbiol. Rev. 59:94-123 (1995).
In another embodiment, physiological correlates of TRID binding to
its substrates (signal transduction) can be assayed.
[0057] In addition, assays described herein (see e.g., Examples 5
and 6, and those otherwise known in the art may routinely be
applied to measure the ability of TRID polypeptides and fragments,
variants derivatives and analogs thereof to elicit TRID related
biological activity (e.g., to block TRAIL induced apoptosis in
vitro or in vivo).
[0058] Other methods will be known to the skilled artisan and are
within the scope of the invention.
[0059] Preferred nucleic acid fragments of the present invention
include nucleic acid molecules encoding: epitope-bearing portions
of the TRID polypeptide as identified in FIG. 3 and described in
more detail below.
[0060] In particular, the invention provides polynucleotides having
a nucleotide sequence representing the portion of SEQ ID NO:1,
which consist of positions 183-959 of SEQ ID NO:1. Also
contemplated are polynucleotides encoding TRID polypeptides which
lack an amino terminal methionine. One such preferred
polynucleotide of the invention encodes a full-length TRID
polypeptide lacking the nucleotides encoding the amino-terminal
methionine (e.g., nucleotides 186-959 in SEQ ID NO:1) as it is
known that the methionine is cleaved naturally and such sequences
maybe useful in genetically engineering TRID expression vectors.
Polypeptides encoded by such polynucleotides are also provided,
such as polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of, an
amino acid sequence at positions 2-259 of SEQ ID NO:2, or the
polypeptide sequence encoded by the clone deposited with the ATCC
as Deposit No. 97798 lacking an amino terminal methionine.
[0061] Preferred nucleic acid fragments of the present invention
include nucleic acid molecules encoding a member selected from the
group: a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the TRID extracellular domain (amino acid residues from about 27 to
about 240 in SEQ ID NO:2); a polypeptide comprising or
alternatively consisting of, the TRID cysteine rich domain (amino
acid residues from about 53 to about 150 in SEQ ID NO:2); a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the TRID
transmembrane domain (amino acid residues from about 241 to about
259 in SEQ ID NO:2); and a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively
consisting of, one, two, three, four or more, epitope bearing
portions of the TRID receptor protein. In additional embodiments,
the polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode a polypeptide
comprising, or alternatively consisting of, any combination of 1,
2, 3, 4, or all 5 of the above-encoded polypeptide embodiments.
Since the location of these domains have been predicted by computer
graphics, one of ordinary skill would appreciate that the amino
acid residues constituting these domains may vary slightly (e.g.,
by about 1 to 15 residues) depending on the criteria used to define
each domain.
[0062] It is believed one or both of the extracellular cysteine
rich motifs of TRID disclosed in FIGS. 1A-B is important for
interactions between TRID and its ligands (e.g., TRAIL).
Accordingly, specific embodiments of the invention are directed to
polynucleotides encoding polypeptides which comprise, or
alternatively consist of, the amino acid sequence of amino acid
residues 53 to 110, and/or 111 to 150 of SEQ ID NO:2, as disclosed
in FIGS. 1A-B. In a specific embodiment the polynucleotides
encoding TRID polypeptides of the invention comprise, or
alternatively consist of both of the extracellular cysteine rich
motifs disclosed in FIGS. 1A-B. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0063] In additional embodiments, the polynucleotides of the
invention encode functional attributes of TRID. Preferred
embodiments of the invention in this regard include fragments that
comprise alpha-helix and alpha-helix forming regions
("alpha-regions"), beta-sheet and beta-sheet forming regions
("beta-regions"), turn and turn-forming regions ("turn-regions"),
coil and coil-forming regions ("coil-regions"), hydrophilic
regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta
amphipathic regions, flexible regions, surface-forming regions and
high antigenic index regions of TRID.
[0064] The data representing the structural or functional
attributes of TRID set forth in FIG. 3 and/or Table I, as described
above, was generated using the various modules and algorithms of
the DNA*STAR set on default parameters. In a preferred embodiment,
the data presented in columns VIII, IX, XIII, and XIV of Table I
can be used to determine regions of TRID which exhibit a high
degree of potential for antigenicity. Regions of high antigenicity
are determined from the data presented in columns VIII, IX, XIII,
and/or XIV by choosing values which represent regions of the
polypeptide which are likely to be exposed on the surface of the
polypeptide in an environment in which antigen recognition may
occur in the process of initiation of an immune response.
[0065] Certain preferred regions in these regards are set out in
FIG. 3, but may, as shown in Table I, be represented or identified
by using tabular representations of the data presented in FIG. 3.
The DNA*STAR computer algorithm used to generate FIG. 3 (set on the
original default parameters) was used to present the data in FIG. 3
in a tabular format (See Table I). The tabular format of the data
in FIG. 3 may be used to easily determine specific boundaries of a
preferred region.
[0066] The above-mentioned preferred regions set out in FIG. 3 and
in Table I include, but are not limited to, regions of the
aforementioned types identified by analysis of the amino acid
sequence set out in SEQ ID NO:2. As set out in FIG. 3 and in Table
I, such preferred regions include Gamier-Robson alpha-regions,
beta-regions, turn-regions, and coil-regions (columns I, III, V,
and VII in Table I), Chou-Fasman alpha-regions, beta-regions, and
turn-regions (columns II, IV, and VI in Table I), Kyte-Doolittle
hydrophilic regions (column VIII in Table I), Hopp-Woods
hydrophobic regions (column IX in Table I), Eisenberg alpha- and
beta-amphipathic regions (columns X and XI in Table I),
Karplus-Schulz flexible regions (column XII in Table I),
Jameson-Wolf regions of high antigenic index (column XIII in Table
I), and Emini surface-forming regions (column XIV in Table I).
Among highly preferred polynucleotides in this regard are those
that encode polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting
of, regions of TRID that combine several structural features, such
as several (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) of the same or different region
features set out above.
1TABLE I Res Position I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII XIII
XIV Met 1 A . . . . . . -0.23 0.09 * * . -0.10 0.51 Ala 2 A . . . .
. . 0.20 0.09 * * . -0.10 0.62 Arg 3 A . . . . . . 0.28 -0.34 * * .
0.50 0.97 Ile 4 A . . . . . . -0.14 -0.29 * * . 0.65 1.42 Pro 5 A .
. . . . . 0.29 -0.21 * * F 0.80 1.16 Lys 6 A . . . . . . 0.19 -0.71
* * F 1.10 1.18 Thr 7 A . . B . . . -0.08 0.07 * * F 0.00 1.46 Leu
8 A . . B . . . -1.04 0.03 * * F -0.15 0.70 Lys 9 A . . B . . .
-1.01 0.24 * * . -0.30 0.26 Phe 10 A . . B . . . -1.69 0.89 * * .
-0.60 0.13 Val 11 . . B B . . . -2.59 1.09 * * . -0.60 0.11 Val 12
. . B B . . . -2.87 1.04 * * . -0.60 0.04 Val 13 . . B B . . .
-2.91 1.54 * * . -0.60 0.05 Ile 14 . . B B . . . -3.77 1.40 * * .
-0.60 0.05 Val 15 A . . B . . . -3.88 1.44 . . . -0.60 0.05 Ala 16
A . . B . . . -3.23 1.49 . . . -0.60 0.06 Val 17 A . . B . . .
-3.23 1.27 . . . -0.60 0.13 Leu 18 A . . B . . . -3.19 1.23 . . .
-0.60 0.13 Leu 19 . . B B . . . -2.89 1.27 * . . -0.60 0.11 Pro 20
A . . B . . . -2.28 1.27 . . . -0.60 0.15 Val 21 A . . B . . .
-1.99 1.39 . . . -0.60 0.28 Leu 22 A . . B . . . -1.72 1.09 . . .
-0.60 0.46 Ala 23 A . . B . . . -1.22 0.90 * . . -0.60 0.30 Tyr 24
A . . B . . . -0.72 0.96 . . . -0.60 0.58 Ser 25 A . . B . . .
-1.10 0.80 * * . -0.45 1.02 Ala 26 A . . B . . . -0.13 0.61 * . .
-0.45 1.02 Thr 27 A . . B . . . 0.68 0.11 . * F 0.00 1.28 Thr 28 A
A . B . . . 1.27 -0.24 . * F 0.60 1.65 Ala 29 A A . B . . . 1.51
-0.63 . . F 0.90 2.83 Arg 30 A A . B . . . 0.96 -1.13 . . F 0.90
3.40 Gln 31 A A . B . . . 1.33 -0.97 . . F 0.90 1.75 Glu 32 A A . B
. . . 1.64 -1.03 . * F 0.90 2.68 Glu 33 A A . . . . . 1.96 -1.13 .
* F 0.90 2.37 Val 34 . A . . . . C 2.23 -0.73 * . F 1.10 2.37 Pro
35 . A . . T . . 1.27 -0.64 * . F 1.30 1.97 Gln 36 . . . B T . .
0.68 -0.00 . . F 0.85 0.85 Gln 37 . . . B . . C 0.47 0.50 . . F
-0.10 1.15 Thr 38 . . . B . . C 0.47 0.29 . . F 0.20 1.15 Val 39 .
. . B . . C 1.32 0.26 . . F 0.20 1.15 Ala 40 . . . B . . C 1.53
0.26 * * F 0.20 1.15 Pro 41 A . . B . . . 1.64 0.26 * . F 0.00 1.38
Gln 42 A . . . . . . 1.61 -0.23 * . F 1.14 3.64 Gln 43 A . . . . .
. 1.62 -0.37 * * F 1.48 4.91 Gln 44 A . . . . T . 1.78 -0.49 * * F
2.02 4.25 Arg 45 . . . . T T . 2.41 -0.13 * * F 2.76 2.13 His 46 .
. . . T T . 2.28 -0.53 * * F 3.40 2.46 Ser 47 . . . . . T C 2.28
-0.50 * * . 2.71 1.40 Phe 48 . A . . T . . 2.28 -0.90 * * F 2.32
1.24 Lys 49 . A . . T . . 1.61 -0.90 * * F 1.98 1.58 Gly 50 . A . .
T . . 1.29 -0.83 * * F 1.49 0.63 Glu 51 . A . . T . . 0.73 -0.79 .
* F 1.30 1.13 Glu 52 A A . . . . . 0.69 -1.07 . * F 0.75 0.57 Cys
53 A . . . . T . 1.09 -0.64 . * F 1.15 0.57 Pro 54 A . . . . T .
1.01 -0.69 * * F 1.15 0.44 Ala 55 A . . . . T . 1.47 -0.19 * * F
0.85 0.35 Gly 56 A . . . . T . 1.17 -0.19 . * F 1.00 1.27 Ser 57 A
. . . . . . 1.17 -0.37 . * F 0.80 1.10 His 58 A . . . . . . 1.80
-0.80 . * F 1.44 1.88 Arg 59 A . . . . . . 1.70 -0.80 . * F 1.78
2.59 Ser 60 . . . . T . . 1.94 -0.74 . * F 2.52 2.78 Glu 61 . . . .
T . . 1.70 -0.70 . * F 2.86 2.03 His 62 . . . . T T . 1.33 -0.70 *
* F 3.40 1.04 Thr 63 . . . . T T . 1.37 -0.13 * * F 2.61 0.42 Gly
64 . . . . T T . 1.04 -0.11 * * . 2.12 0.39 Ala 65 . . . . T T .
0.68 0.31 . . . 1.18 0.44 Cys 66 . . . . T . . 0.37 0.39 . . . 0.64
0.16 Asn 67 . . . . . T C 0.40 0.39 . . . 0.30 0.24 Pro 68 . . . .
T T . 0.37 -0.04 * . F 1.53 0.41 Cys 69 . . . . T T . -0.14 -0.11 *
. F 1.81 0.76 Thr 70 . . . . T T . 0.44 -0.04 * . F 2.09 0.35 Glu
71 . . B . . . . 0.87 -0.44 * . F 1.77 0.38 Gly 72 . . . . T T .
0.56 -0.11 * . F 2.80 1.10 Val 73 . . B . . T . 0.77 -0.20 . . F
2.12 1.10 Asp 74 . . B . . T . 0.84 -0.29 . . . 1.69 1.02 Tyr 75 .
. . . . T C 0.86 0.21 . . . 1.01 1.04 Thr 76 . . . . . . C 0.86
0.17 . . F 0.68 1.88 Asn 77 . . . . . . C 1.20 -0.07 . . F 1.34
1.81 Ala 78 . . . . . T C 2.06 0.33 . . F 1.28 1.86 Ser 79 . . . .
T T . 1.84 -0.43 . . F 2.42 2.24 Asn 80 . . . . T T . 1.79 -0.49 .
. F 2.76 2.15 Asn 81 . . . . T T . 1.43 -0.50 * . F 3.40 2.85 Glu
82 . . . . . T C 0.73 -0.43 * . F 2.56 1.14 Pro 83 . . . . T T .
1.11 -0.03 . . F 2.27 0.61 Ser 84 . . . . T T . 0.74 -0.00 . . F
1.93 0.59 Cys 85 . . . . T T . 0.43 0.17 * * . 0.84 0.18 Phe 86 . .
B . . T . -0.42 0.66 * . . -0.20 0.17 Pro 87 . . . . T T . -1.09
0.87 * . . 0.20 0.09 Cys 88 . . . . T T . -0.83 1.06 * . . 0.20
0.09 Thr 89 A . . . . T . -0.83 0.49 * . . -0.20 0.22 Val 90 A . .
. . . . -0.17 0.09 * . . -0.10 0.19 Cys 91 A . . . . T . 0.53 -0.34
* * . 0.70 0.59 Lys 92 A . . . . T . 0.79 -0.51 * . F 1.15 0.71 Ser
93 A . . . . T . 1.42 -1.00 . * F 1.64 1.90 Asp 94 A . . . . T .
1.78 -1.14 * * F 1.98 4.84 Gln 95 A . . . . . . 2.33 -1.71 * * F
2.12 4.84 Lys 96 . . . . T . . 2.70 -1.33 . * F 2.86 4.84 His 97 .
. . . T T . 1.99 -1.33 . * F 3.40 3.88 Lys 98 . . . . T T . 1.98
-0.76 . * F 3.06 1.20 Ser 99 . . . . T T . 1.38 -0.67 . * F 2.57
0.87 Ser 100 . . . . T T . 1.07 -0.06 * * F 1.93 0.63 Cys 101 . . .
B T . . 1.13 -0.07 * * F 1.19 0.45 Thr 102 . . . B T . . 1.17 -0.07
* . . 0.70 0.66 Met 103 . . . B T . . 0.81 -0.46 * * . 0.70 0.83
Thr 104 . . . . T T . -0.11 -0.29 * . F 1.40 1.15 Asp 106 . . . . T
T . 0.56 -0.20 * . F 1.25 0.62 Thr 107 A . . . . T . 0.20 -0.41 * *
. 0.70 0.75 Val 108 A . . B . . . 0.84 -0.33 * . . 0.64 0.20 Cys
109 A . . B . . . 1.16 -0.33 * . . 0.98 0.24 Gln 110 . . . B T . .
0.70 -0.33 * . . 1.72 0.29 Cys 111 . . . . T T . 0.39 -0.39 . . .
2.46 0.39 Lys 112 . . . . T T . -0.00 -0.54 * * F 3.40 1.05 Glu 113
. . . . T T . 0.97 -0.33 * * F 2.61 0.53 Gly 114 . . . . T T . 1.63
-0.73 . * F 3.06 1.92 Thr 115 . . . . T . . 1.63 -0.90 * * F 2.86
1.55 Phe 116 . . . . . . C 2.30 -0.90 . * F 2.66 1.55 Arg 117 . . .
. T . . 1.96 -0.50 . * F 2.86 2.51 Asn 118 . . . . T T . 1.74 -0.54
* * F 3.40 2.33 Glu 119 . . . . T T . 2.09 -0.60 . * F 3.06 4.17
Asn 120 . . . . . T C 1.80 -1.39 . * F 2.52 3.68 Ser 121 . . . . .
T C 1.83 -0.77 . * F 2.18 2.27 Pro 122 . . . . T . . 1.83 -0.60 * *
F 1.69 0.70 Glu 123 A . . . . . . 1.88 -0.60 * . F 1.26 0.85 Met
124 A . . . . . . 1.21 -1.00 * . . 1.57 1.28 Cys 125 A . . . . T .
0.91 -0.81 * * . 1.93 0.44 Arg 126 . . . . T T . 1.32 -0.86 * * .
2.64 0.34 Lys 127 . . . . T T . 0.87 -0.86 * * F 3.10 0.68 Cys 128
. . . . T T . 0.66 -0.90 * * F 2.79 0.68 Ser 129 . . . . T . . 0.96
-1.04 * * F 2.59 0.53 Arg 130 . . . . T . . 1.28 -0.66 * * F 2.59
0.36 Cys 131 . . . . . T C 1.17 -0.23 * * F 2.29 0.66 Pro 132 . . .
. T T . 0.27 -0.80 * * F 2.79 0.85 Ser 133 . . . . T T . 0.93 -0.54
* * F 3.10 0.32 Gly 134 . . . . T T . 0.38 -0.14 * * F 2.64 1.05
Glu 135 . . . B T . . -0.03 -0.07 * * F 1.78 0.50 Val 136 . . B B .
. . 0.63 -0.11 . * F 1.07 0.50 Gln 137 . . B B . . . 0.18 -0.10 . *
. 0.61 0.82 Val 138 . . B . . T . 0.17 0.04 . * . 0.10 0.25 Ser 139
. . . . T T . 0.21 0.53 . * . 0.20 0.49 Asn 140 . . . . T T . -0.08
0.27 . * F 0.65 0.38 Cys 141 . . . . T T . 0.78 0.79 . * F 0.63
0.54 Thr 142 . . . . T . . 0.78 0.14 . * F 1.01 0.67 Ser 143 . . .
. T . . 0.74 -0.24 . * F 1.89 0.70 Trp 144 . . . . T T . 1.04 0.04
. * F 1.77 0.91 Asp 145 . . . . T T . 0.38 -0.13 * . F 2.80 1.09
Asp 146 . . . . T T . 0.19 -0.04 * . F 2.37 0.44 Ile 147 A . . . .
T . 0.50 0.21 * . . 0.94 0.31 Gln 148 A A . . . . . 0.80 -0.70 * *
. 1.16 0.32 Cys 149 . A B . . . . 0.39 -0.70 * . . 0.88 0.33 Val
150 A A . . . . . 0.04 0.09 * * . -0.30 0.41 Glu 151 A A . . . . .
-0.54 -0.17 * * . 0.30 0.23 Glu 152 A A . . . . . 0.34 -0.07 * * .
0.30 0.44 Phe 153 A A . . . . . -0.24 -0.24 * * . 0.30 0.96 Gly 154
A . . . . T . 0.11 -0.39 * * . 0.70 0.56 Ala 155 A . . . . T . 0.11
0.10 . * . 0.10 0.47 Asn 156 A . . . . T . 0.11 0.74 . * . -0.20
0.40 Ala 157 A . . . . T . -0.20 -0.04 . * . 0.70 0.70 Thr 158 A A
. . . . . 0.29 0.01 . * . -0.30 1.00 Val 159 A A . . . . . 0.04
-0.06 . * F 0.45 0.96 Glu 160 A A . . . . . 0.04 0.04 . * F -0.15
0.96 Thr 161 A A . . . . . 0.04 0.04 . * F -0.15 0.67 Pro 162 A A .
. . . . 0.63 -0.44 . * F 0.60 1.57 Ala 163 A A . . . . . 0.63 -1.09
. . F 0.90 1.57 Ala 164 A A . . . . . 0.89 -0.60 . * F 0.90 1.57
Glu 165 A A . . . . . 0.89 -0.47 . . F 0.60 1.00 Glu 166 A A . . .
. . 0.89 -0.50 * . F 0.90 1.60 Thr 167 A A . . . . . 0.80 -0.51 * .
F 0.90 2.28 Met 168 . A . . T . . 1.18 -0.63 . . F 1.30 1.76 Asn
169 . A . . T . . 1.42 -0.20 . * F 1.00 1.57 Thr 170 . A . . . . C
1.11 0.23 . . F 0.20 1.08 Ser 171 . . . . . T C 0.90 0.23 . . F
0.60 1.57 Pro 172 . . . . T T . 0.62 0.04 . . F 0.80 1.51 Gly 173 .
. . . . T C 1.01 0.14 . . F 0.60 1.06 Thr 174 . . . . . T C 0.42
0.09 . . F 0.60 1.22 Pro 175 . . . . . . C 0.14 0.20 . . F 0.25
0.80 Ala 176 . A . . . . C 0.44 0.27 . . F 0.05 0.82 Pro 177 A A .
. . . . 0.66 -0.16 . . . 0.30 0.98 Ala 178 A A . . . . . 0.69 -0.64
. . . 0.75 1.10 Ala 179 A A . . . . . 0.40 -0.59 * . . 0.75 1.57
Glu 180 A A . . . . . 0.61 -0.47 * . F 0.60 1.00 Glu 181 A A . . .
. . 0.89 -0.50 * . F 0.90 1.60 Thr 182 A A . . . . . 0.80 -0.51 * .
F 0.90 2.28 Met 183 . A . . T . . 1.18 -0.63 . . F 1.30 1.76 Asn
184 . A . . T . . 1.42 -0.20 . * F 1.00 1.57 Thr 185 . A . . . . C
1.11 0.23 . . F 0.20 1.08 Ser 186 . . . . . T C 0.90 0.23 . . F
0.60 1.57 Pro 187 . . . . T T . 0.62 0.04 . . F 0.80 1.51 Gly 188 .
. . . . T C 1.01 0.14 . . F 0.60 1.06 Thr 189 . . . . . T C 0.42
0.09 . . F 0.60 1.22 Pro 190 . . . . . . C 0.14 0.20 . . F 0.25
0.80 Ala 191 . A . . . . C 0.44 0.27 . . F 0.05 0.82 Pro 192 A A .
. . . . 0.66 -0.16 . . . 0.30 0.98 Ala 193 A A . . . . . 0.69 -0.64
. . . 0.75 1.10 Ala 194 A A . . . . . 0.40 -0.59 . . . 0.75 1.57
Glu 195 A A . . . . . 0.30 -0.47 . . F 0.60 1.00 Glu 196 A A . . .
. . 0.58 -0.41 . . F 0.60 1.43 Thr 197 A A . . . . . 0.49 -0.43 . .
F 0.60 2.05 Met 198 A A . . . . . 0.87 -0.54 . . F 1.06 1.58 Thr
199 . A . . T . . 1.11 -0.11 . . F 1.32 1.41 Thr 200 . A . . . . C
0.80 0.31 . . F 0.53 0.97 Ser 201 . . . . . T C 0.59 0.31 . . F
1.24 1.41 Pro 202 . . . . T T . 0.31 0.13 . . F 1.60 1.51 Gly 203 .
. . . . T C 0.70 0.14 . . F 1.24 1.06 Thr 204 . . . . . T C 0.42
0.09 . . F 1.08 1.22 Pro 205 . . . . . . C 0.14 0.20 . . F 0.57
0.80 Ala 206 . A . . . . C 0.44 0.27 . . F 0.21 0.82 Pro 207 A A .
. . . . 0.66 -0.16 . . . 0.30 0.98 Ala 208 A A . . . . . 0.69 -0.64
. . . 0.75 1.10 Ala 209 A A . . . . . 0.40 -0.59 . . . 0.75 1.57
Glu 210 A A . . . . . 0.30 -0.47 . . F 0.60 1.00 Glu 211 A A . . .
. . 0.58 -0.41 . . F 0.60 1.43 Thr 212 A A . . . . . 0.49 -0.43 . .
F 0.60 2.05 Met 213 A A . . . . . 0.87 -0.54 . . F 1.06 1.58 Thr
214 . A . . T . . 1.11 -0.11 . . F 1.32 1.41 Thr 215 . A . . . . C
0.80 0.31 . . F 0.53 0.97 Ser 216 . . . . . T C 0.59 0.31 . . F
1.24 1.41 Pro 217 . . . . T T . 0.31 0.13 . . F 1.60 1.51 Gly 218 .
. . . . T C 0.70 0.14 . . F 1.24 1.06 Thr 219 . . . . . T C 0.42
0.09 . . F 1.08 1.22 Pro 220 . . . . . . C 0.14 0.20 . . F 0.57
0.80 Ala 221 . A . . . . C 0.44 0.27 . . F 0.21 0.82 Pro 222 A A .
. . . . 0.66 -0.16 . . . 0.30 0.98 Ala 223 A A . . . . . 0.69 -0.64
. . . 0.75 1.10 Ala 224 A A . . . . . 0.40 -0.59 . . . 0.75 1.57
Glu 225 A A . . . . . 0.30 -0.47 . . F 0.60 1.00 Glu 226 A A . . .
. . 0.58 -0.41 . . F 0.60 1.43 Thr 227 A A . . . . . 0.49 -0.43 . .
F 0.72 2.05 Met 228 A A . . . . . 0.87 -0.54 . . F 1.14 1.58 Thr
229 . A . . T . . 1.11 -0.11 . . F 1.36 1.41 Thr 230 . A . . . . C
0.80 0.31 . . F 0.53 0.97 Ser 231 . . . . . T C 0.59 0.31 . . F
1.20 1.41 Pro 232 . . . . . T C 0.31 0.13 . . F 1.08 1.51 Gly 233 .
. . . . T C 0.61 0.14 . . F 0.96 1.06 Thr 234 . . . . . T C 0.62
0.04 . . F 0.84 1.06 Pro 235 . . . . . . C 0.90 0.04 . . F 0.37
0.92 Ala 236 . . . . T . . 0.96 0.11 . . F 0.60 1.26 Ser 237 . . .
. T T . 0.36 0.44 . . F 0.50 1.37 Ser 238 . . . . T T . 0.40 0.64 .
. . 0.20 0.73 His 239 . . . . T T . 0.04 0.60 . . . 0.20 0.97 Tyr
240 . . . . T T . -0.06 0.67 . * . 0.20 0.39 Leu 241 . . . B T . .
-0.36 0.77 . . . -0.20 0.42 Ser 242 . . . B T . . -0.91 1.07 . . .
-0.20 0.22 Cys 243 . . B B . . . -0.96 1.21 * . . -0.60 0.10 Thr
244 . . B B . . . -1.81 0.89 * . . -0.60 0.12 Ile 245 . . B B . . .
-2.46 0.89 . . . -0.60 0.06 Val 246 . . B B . . . -2.50 1.19 . * .
-0.60 0.08 Gly 247 . . B B . . . -3.01 1.26 . . . -0.60 0.04 Ile
248 . . B B . . . -3.23 1.46 * . . -0.60 0.05 Ile 249 . . B B . . .
-3.78 1.46 . . . -0.60 0.05 Val 250 . . B B . . . -3.70 1.46 . . .
-0.60 0.04 Leu 251 . . B B . . . -3.66 1.71 . . . -0.60 0.04 Ile
252 . . B B . . . -4.20 1.71 . . . -0.60 0.05 Val 253 . . B B . . .
-4.17 1.71 . . . -0.60 0.05 Leu 254 . . B B . . . -3.98 1.71 . . .
-0.60 0.04 Leu 255 A . . B . . . -3.98 1.81 . . . -0.60 0.05 Ile
256 A . . B . . . -3.56 1.77 . . . -0.60 0.05 Val 257 . . B B . . .
-3.06 1.56 . . . -0.60 0.08 Phe 258 A . . B . . . -2.59 1.30 . . .
-0.60 0.13 Val 259 A . . B . . . -2.17 1.04 . . . -0.60 0.23
[0067] Among highly preferred fragments in this regard are those
that comprise, or alternatively consist of, regions of the TRID
protein that combine several structural features, such as several
of the features set out above. Preferred nucleic acid fragments of
the present invention further include nucleic acid molecules
encoding a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
one, two, three, four, five, or more epitope-bearing portions of
the TRID protein. In particular, such nucleic In this context
"about" includes the particularly recited size, larger or smaller
by several (5, 4, 3, 2 or 1) nucleotides, at either terminus or at
both termini. acid fragments of the present invention include
nucleic acid molecules encoding: a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues from about Gln-42
to about Glu-52 in SEQ ID NO:2; a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues from about His-58
to about Cys-66 in SEQ ID NO:2; a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues from about Pro-68
to about Thr-76 in SEQ ID NO:2; a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues from about Ser-79
to about Cys-85 in SEQ ID NO:2; a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues from about Cys-91
to about Thr-102 in SEQ ID NO:2; a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acid residues from about Gln-110
to about Pro-122 in SEQ ID NO:2;
[0068] a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
amino acid residues from about Arg-126 to about Val-136 in SEQ ID
NO:2; and apolypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
amino acid residues from about Thr-142 to about Gln-148 in SEQ ID
NO:2. The inventors have determined that the above polypeptide
fragments are antigenic regions of the TRID protein. Methods for
determining other such epitope-bearing portions of the TRID protein
are described in detail below.
[0069] In specific embodiments, the polynucleotides of the
invention are less than 100000 kb, 50000 kb, 10000 kb, 1000 kb, 500
kb, 400 kb, 350 kb, 300 kb, 250 kb, 200 kb, 175 kb, 150 kb, 125 kb,
100 kb, 75 kb, 50 kb, 40 kb, 30 kb, 25 kb, 20 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, 7.5
kb, or 5 kb in length.
[0070] In further embodiments, polynucleotides of the invention
comprise, or alternatively consist of, at least 15, at least 30, at
least 50, at least 100, or at least 250, at least 500, or at least
1000 contiguous nucleotides of TRID coding sequence, but consist of
less than or equal to 1000 kb, 500 kb, 250 kb, 200 kb, 150 kb, 100
kb, 75 kb, 50 kb, 30 kb, 25 kb, 20 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, or 5 kb of
genomic DNA that flanks the 5' or 3' coding nucleotide set forth in
FIGS. 1A-D (SEQ ID NO:1). In further embodiments, polynucleotides
of the invention comprise, or alternatively consist of, at least
15, at least 30, at least 50, at least 100, or at least 250, at
least 500, or at least 1000 contiguous nucleotides of TRID coding
sequence, but do not comprise all or a portion of any TRID intron.
In another embodiment, the nucleic acid comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, TRID coding sequence does not contain
coding sequences of a genomic flanking gene (i.e., 5' or 3' to the
TRID gene in the genome). In other embodiments, the polynucleotides
of the invention do not contain the coding sequence of more than
1000, 500, 250, 100, 50, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, 4, 3,2, or 1 genomic
flanking gene(s).
[0071] Further, the invention includes a polynucleotide comprising,
or alternatively consisting of, any portion of at least about 30
nucleotides, preferably at least about 50 nucleotides, of SEQ ID
NO:1 from residue 183 to 959. In this context "about" includes the
particularly recited size, larger or smaller by several (5, 4, 3,
2, or 1) nucleotides, at either terminus or at both termini.
[0072] In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated
nucleic acid molecule comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization
conditions to a portion of the polynucleotide in a nucleic acid
molecule of the invention described above, for instance, a cDNA
clone contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798. By "stringent
hybridization conditions" is intended overnight incubation at
42.degree. C. in a solution comprising, or alternatively consisting
of,: 50% formamide, 5.times.SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium
citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5.times.Denhardt's
solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 .mu.g/ml denatured, sheared
salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0.1.times.SSC
at about 65.degree. C. Polypeptides encoded by these nucleic acid
molecules are also encompassed by the invention.
[0073] In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated
nucleic acid molecule comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide which hybridizes under lower stringency conditions
to a portion of the polynucleotide in a nucleic acid molecule of
the invention described above, for instance, a cDNA clone contained
in ATCC Deposit No. 97798. By "lower stringency conditions" is
intended overnight incubation at 35.degree. C. or 42.degree. C. in
a solution comprising, or alternatively consisting of: 50%
formamide, 5.times.SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate), 50
mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5.times.Denhardt's solution, 10%
dextran sulfate, and 20 .mu.g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm
DNA, followed by washing the filters in 3.times., 2.times.,
1.times., or 0.5.times.SSC at about 35.degree. C., 45.degree. C.,
55.degree. C., or 65.degree. C. Polypeptides encoded by these
nucleic acid molecules are also encompassed by the invention.
[0074] By a polynucleotide which hybridizes to a "portion" of a
polynucleotide is intended a polynucleotide (either DNA or RNA)
hybridizing to at least about 15 nucleotides (nt), and more
preferably at least about 20 nt, still more preferably at least
about 30 nt, and even more preferably about 30-70 (e.g., 50) nt of
the reference polynucleotide. In this context "about" includes the
particularly recited size, larger or smaller by several (5, 4, 3,
2, or 1) nucleotides, at either terminus or at both termini. These
have uses, which include, but are not limited to, as diagnostic
probes and primers as discussed above and in more detail below.
[0075] By a portion of a polynucleotide of "at least 20 nt in
length," for example, is intended 20 or more contiguous nucleotides
from the nucleotide sequence of the reference polynucleotide (e.g.,
a deposited cDNA or the nucleotide sequence as shown in SEQ ID
NO:1). Of course, a polynucleotide which hybridizes only to a poly
A sequence (such as the 3' terminal poly(A) tract of the TRID cDNA
shown in SEQ ID NO:1), or to a complementary stretch of T (or U)
residues, would not be included in a polynucleotide of the
invention used to hybridize to a portion of a nucleic acid of the
invention, since such a polynucleotide would hybridize to any
nucleic acid molecule containing a poly (A) stretch or the
complement thereof (e.g., practically any double-stranded cDNA
clone).
[0076] As indicated, nucleic acid molecules of the present
invention which encode a TRID polypeptide may include, but are not
limited to the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide, by
itself; the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide and
additional sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretary
sequence, such as a pre-, or pro- or prepro-protein sequence; the
coding sequence of the mature polypeptide, with or without the
aforementioned additional coding sequences, together with
additional, non-coding sequences, including for example, but not
limited to introns and non-coding 5' and 3' sequences, such as the
transcribed, non-translated sequences that play a role in
transcription, mRNA processing--including splicing and
polyadenylation signals, for example--ribosome binding and
stability of mRNA; additional coding sequence which codes for
additional amino acids, such as those which provide additional
functionalities. Thus, for instance, the polypeptide may be fused
to a marker sequence, such as a peptide, which facilitates
purification of the fused polypeptide. In certain preferred
embodiments of this aspect of the invention, the marker sequence is
a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector
(Qiagen, Inc.), among others, many of which are commercially
available. As described in Gentz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
86: 821-824 (1989), for instance, hexahistidine provides for
convenient purification of the fusion protein. The "HA" tag is
another peptide useful for purification which corresponds to an
epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein, which has
been described by Wilson et al., Cell 37:767-778(1984). As
discussed below, other such fusion proteins include the TRID
receptor fused to Fe at the N- or C-terminus.
[0077] Variant and Mutant Polynucleotides
[0078] The present invention further relates to variants of the
nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, which encode
portions, analogs, or derivatives of the TRID receptor. Variants
may occur naturally, such as a natural allelic variant. By an
"allelic variant" is intended one of several alternate forms of a
gene occupying a given locus on a chromosome of an organism. Genes
II, Lewin, B., ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York (1985).
Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using art-known
mutagenesis techniques.
[0079] Such variants include those produced by nucleotide
substitutions, deletions or additions. The substitutions, deletions
or additions may involve one or more nucleotides. The variants may
be altered in coding regions, non-coding regions, or both.
Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or
non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions.
Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions,
additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and
activities of the TRID polypeptide or portions thereof. Also
especially preferred in this regard are conservative
substitutions.
[0080] Further embodiments of the invention include an isolated
nucleic acid molecule comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least 90% identical,
and more preferably at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical
to: (a) a nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide having the
amino acid sequence in SEQ ID NO:2; (b) a nucleotide sequence
encoding the polypeptide having the amino acid sequence in SEQ ID
NO:2, but lacking the amino terminal methionine; (c) a nucleotide
sequence encoding the polypeptide having the amino acid sequence at
positions from about 1 to about 259 in SEQ ID NO:2; (d) a
nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide having the amino acid
sequence encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No.
97798; (e) a nucleotide sequence encoding the mature TRID
polypeptide having the amino acid sequence at positions from about
27 to about 259 in SEQ ID NO:2; (f) a nucleotide sequence encoding
the mature TRID polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded
by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798; (g) a
nucleotide sequence encoding the TRID extracellular domain having
the amino acid sequence at positions from about 27 to about 240 in
SEQ ID NO:2; (h) a nucleotide sequence that encoding the TRID
extracellular domain having the amino acid sequence encoded by the
cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798; (i) a nucleotide sequence
encoding the TRID cysteine rich domain having the amino acid
sequence at positions from about 53 to about 150 in SEQ ID NO:2; ()
a nucleotide sequence encoding the TRID cysteine rich domain having
the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA contained in ATCC
Deposit No. 97798; (k) a nucleotide sequence encoding the TRID
transmembrane domain having the amino acid sequence at positions
from about 241 to about 259 of SEQ ID NO:2; (1) a nucleotide
sequence encoding the TRID transmembrane domain having the amino
acid sequence encoded by the cDNA contained in ATCC Deposit No.
97798;(m) a nucleotide sequence that encodes a fragment of the
polypeptide of (e) or (f) having TRID functional activity (e.g.,
antigenic or biological activity); and (n) a nucleotide sequence
complementary to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) or (m) above. Also
contemplated are polypeptides encoded by the nucleotide sequences
in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) or
(m) above. In this context "about" includes the particularly
recited size, larger or smaller by several (5, 4, 3, 2 or 1)
nucleotides, at either terminus or at both termini.
[0081] Further embodiments of the invention include isolated
nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of,
a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization
conditions to a polynucleotide in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f),
(g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) or (m) above. This polynucleotide
which hybridizes does not hybridize under stringent hybridization
conditions to a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence
consisting of only A residues or of only T residues. An additional
nucleic acid embodiment of the invention relates to an isolated
nucleic acid molecule comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide which encodes the amino acid sequence of an
epitope-bearing portion of a TRID polypeptide having an amino acid
sequence in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k),
(l) or (m) above.
[0082] By a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least,
for example, 95% "identical" to a reference nucleotide sequence
encoding a TRID polypeptide is intended that the nucleotide
sequence of the polynucleotide is identical to the reference
sequence except that the polynucleotide sequence may include up to
five mismatches per each 100 nucleotides of the reference
nucleotide sequence encoding the TRID polypeptide. In other words,
to obtain a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least
95% identical to a reference nucleotide sequence, up to 5% of the
nucleotides in the reference sequence may be deleted or substituted
with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides up to 5% of the
total nucleotides in the reference sequence may be inserted into
the reference sequence. These mutations of the reference sequence
may occur at the 5' or 3' terminal positions of the reference
nucleotide sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions,
interspersed either individually among nucleotides in the reference
sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference
sequence. The reference (query) sequence may be the entire TRID
encoding nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:1 or any TRID
polynucleotide fragment (e.g., a polynucleotide encoding the amino
acid sequence of any of the TRID N- and/or C-terminal deletions
described herein), variant, derivative or analog, as described
herein.
[0083] As a practical matter, whether any particular nucleic acid
molecule is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to,
for instance, the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:1, or to
the nucleotide sequence of the deposited cDNA clone can be
determined conventionally using known computer programs such as the
Bestfit program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for
Unix, Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, 575
Science Drive, Madison, Wis. 53711). Bestfit uses the local
homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman, Advances in Applied
Mathematics 2:482-489 (1981), to find the best segment of homology
between two sequences. When using Bestfit or any other sequence
alignment program to determine whether a particular sequence is,
for instance, 95% identical to a reference sequence according to
the present invention, the parameters are set, of course, such that
the percentage of identity is calculated over the full length of
the reference nucleotide sequence and that gaps in homology of up
to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence
are allowed.
[0084] In a specific embodiment, the identity between a reference
(query) sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a
subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment,
is determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the
algorithm of Brutlag et al. (Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245 (1990)).
Preferred parameters used in a FASTDB alignment of DNA sequences to
calculate percent identity are: Matrix=Unitary, k-tuple=4, Mismatch
Penalty=1, Joining Penalty=30, Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff
Score=1, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size Penalty 0.05, Window Size=500 or
the length of the subject nucleotide sequence, whichever is
shorter. According to this embodiment, if the subject sequence is
shorter than the query sequence because of 5' or 3' deletions, not
because of internal deletions, a manual correction is made to the
results to take into consideration the fact that the FASTDB program
does not account for 5' and 3' truncations of the subject sequence
when calculating percent identity. For subject sequences truncated
at the 5' or 3' ends, relative to the query sequence, the percent
identity is corrected by calculating the number of bases of the
query sequence that are 5' and 3' of the subject sequence, which
are not matched/aligned, as a percent of the total bases of the
query sequence. A determination of whether a nucleotide is
matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence
alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percent
identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the
specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
This corrected score is what is used for the purposes of this
embodiment. Only bases outside the 5' and 3' bases of the subject
sequence, as displayed by the FASTDB alignment, which are not
matched/aligned with the query sequence, are calculated for the
purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. For
example, a 90 base subject sequence is aligned to a 100 base query
sequence to determine percent identity. The deletions occur at the
5' end of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment
does not show a matched/alignment of the first 10 bases at 5' end.
The 10 unpaired bases represent 10% of the sequence (number of
bases at the 5' and 3' ends not matched/total number of bases in
the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity
score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 bases
were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%. In
another example, a 90 base subject sequence is compared with a 100
base query sequence. This time the deletions are internal deletions
so that there are no bases on the 5' or 3' of the subject sequence
which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the
percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected.
Once again, only bases 5' and 3' of the subject sequence which are
not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected
for. No other manual corrections are made for the purposes of this
embodiment.
[0085] The present application is directed to nucleic acid
molecules at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a
nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:1, or to the nucleic acid
sequence of the deposited cDNA, irrespective of whether they encode
a polypeptide having TRID activity. This is because even where a
particular nucleic acid molecule does not encode a polypeptide
having TRID activity, one of skill in the art would still know how
to use the nucleic acid molecule, for instance, as a hybridization
probe or a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) primer. Uses of the
nucleic acid molecules of the present invention that do not encode
a polypeptide having TRID activity include, inter alia: (1)
isolating a TRID gene or allelic variants thereof in a cDNA
library; (2) in situ hybridization (e.g., "FISH") to metaphase
chromosomal spreads to provide precise chromosomal location of the
TRID gene, as described in Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A
Manual of Basic Techniques, Pergamon Press, New York (1988); and
Northern Blot analysis for detecting TRID mRNA expression in
specific tissues.
[0086] Preferred, however, are nucleic acid molecules having
sequences at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a
nucleic acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:1, or to the nucleic acid
sequence of the deposited cDNA which does, in fact, encode a
polypeptide having TRID receptor activity. By "a polypeptide having
TRID receptor activity" is intended polypeptides exhibiting
activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of
the TRID receptor of the invention (either the full length protein
or preferably the mature protein or extracellular domain alone), as
measured in aparticular biological assay. The TNF family ligands
(including TRAIL) induce various cellular responses by binding to
TNF-family receptors, including the TRID of the present invention.
Cells which express TRID are believed to have a potent cellular
response to ligands including TRAIL. By a "cellular response to a
TNF-family ligand" is intended any genotypic, phenotypic, and/or
morphological change to a cell, cell line, tissue, tissue culture
or patient that is induced by a TNF-family ligand. As indicated,
such cellular responses include not only normal physiological
responses to TNF-family ligands, but also diseases associated with
increased cell proliferation or the inhibition of increased cell
proliferation, such as by the inhibition of apoptosis.
[0087] Of course, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of
ordinary skill in the art will immediately recognize that a large
number of the nucleic acid molecules having a sequence at least
90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to the nucleic acid
sequence of a deposited cDNA or the nucleic acid sequence shown in
SEQ ID NO:1 will encode a polypeptide "having TRID protein
activity." In fact, since degenerate variants of these nucleotide
sequences all encode the same polypeptide, this will be clear to
the skilled artisan even without performing the above described
comparison assay. It will be further recognized in the art that,
for such nucleic acid molecules that are not degenerate variants, a
reasonable number will also encode a polypeptide having TRID
protein activity. This is because the skilled artisan is fully
aware of amino acid substitutions that are either less likely or
not likely to significantly effect protein function (e.g.,
replacing one aliphatic amino acid with a second aliphatic amino
acid), as further described below.
[0088] For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically
silent amino acid substitutions is provided in Bowie et al.,
"Deciphering the Message in Protein Sequences: Tolerance to Amino
Acid Substitutions," Science 247:1306-1310 (1990), wherein the
authors indicate that proteins are surprisingly tolerant of amino
acid substitutions.
[0089] Polynucleotide Assays
[0090] This invention is also related to the use of the TRID
polynucleotides to detect complementary polynucleotides such as,
for example, as a diagnostic reagent. Detection of a mutated form
of TRID associated with a dysfunction will provide a diagnostic
tool that can add or define a diagnosis of a disease or
susceptibility to a disease which results from under-expression
over-expression or altered expression of TRID or a soluble form
thereof, such as, for example, tumors or autoimmune disease.
[0091] Individuals carrying mutations in the TRID gene may be
detected at the DNA level by a variety of techniques. Nucleic acids
for diagnosis may be obtained from a patient's cells, such as from
blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy and autopsy material. The
genomic DNA may be used directly for detection or may be amplified
enzymatically by using PCR prior to analysis. (Saiki et al, Nature
324:163-166 (1986)). RNA or cDNA may also be used in the same ways.
As an example, PCR primers complementary to the nucleic acid
encoding TRID can be used to identify and analyze TRID expression
and mutations. For example, deletions and insertions can be
detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison
to the normal genotype. Point mutations can be identified by
hybridizing amplified DNA to radiolabeled TRID RNA or
alternatively, radiolabeled TRID antisense DNA sequences. Perfectly
matched sequences can be distinguished from mismatched duplexes by
RNase A digestion or by differences in melting temperatures.
[0092] Sequence differences between a reference gene and genes
having mutations also may be revealed by direct DNA sequencing. In
addition, cloned DNA segments may be employed as probes to detect
specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of such methods can be
greatly enhanced by appropriate use of PCR or another amplification
method. For example, a sequencing primer is used with
double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule
generated by a modified PCR. The sequence determination is
performed by conventional procedures with radiolabeled nucleotide
or by automatic sequencing procedures with fluorescent-tags.
[0093] Genetic testing based on DNA sequence differences may be
achieved by detection of alteration in electrophoretic mobility of
DNA fragments in gels, with or without denaturing agents. Small
sequence deletions and insertions can be visualized by high
resolution gel electrophoresis. DNA fragments of different
sequences may be distinguished on denaturing formamide gradient
gels in which the mobilities of different DNA fragments are
retarded in the gel at different positions according to their
specific melting or partial melting temperatures (see, e.g., Myers
et aL, Science 230:1242 (1985)).
[0094] Sequence changes at specific locations also may be revealed
by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and S1 protection or
the chemical cleavage method (e.g., Cotton et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397-4401 (1985)).
[0095] Thus, the detection of a specific DNA sequence may be
achieved by methods such as hybridization, RNase protection,
chemical cleavage, direct DNA sequencing or the use of restriction
enzymes, (e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphisms ("RFLP")
and Southern blotting of genomic DNA.
[0096] In addition to more conventional gel-electrophoresis and DNA
sequencing, mutations also can be detected by in situ analysis.
[0097] Vectors and Host Cells
[0098] The present invention also relates to vectors which include
the isolated DNA molecules of the present invention, host cells
which are genetically engineered with the recombinant vectors of
the invention and the production of TRID polypeptides or fragments
thereof by recombinant techniques.
[0099] Host cells can be genetically engineered to incorporate
nucleic acid molecules and express polypeptides of the present
invention. The polynucleotides may be introduced alone or with
other polynucleotides. Such other polynucleotides may be introduced
independently, co-introduced or introduced joined to the
polynucleotides of the invention.
[0100] In accordance with this aspect of the invention the vector
may be, for example, a plasmid vector, a single or double-stranded
phage vector, a single or double-stranded RNA or DNA viral vector.
Such vectors may be introduced into cells as polynucleotides,
preferably DNA, by well known techniques for introducing DNA and
RNA into cells. Viral vectors may be replication competent or
replication defective. In the latter case viral propagation
generally will occur only in complementing host cells.
[0101] Preferred among vectors, in certain respects, are those for
expression of polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present
invention. Generally, such vectors comprise cis-acting control
regions effective for expression in a host operatively linked to
the polynucleotide to be expressed. Appropriate trans-acting
factors either are supplied by the host, supplied by a
complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon
introduction into the host.
[0102] A great variety of expression vectors can be used to express
a polypeptide of the invention. Such vectors include chromosomal,
episomal and virus-derived vectors e.g., vectors derived from
bacterial plasmids, from bacteriophage, from yeast episomes, from
yeast chromosomal elements, from viruses such as baculoviruses,
papova viruses, such as SV40, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl
pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, and vectors
derived from combinations thereof, such as those derived from
plasmid and bacteriophage genetic elements, such as cosmids and
phagemids, all may be used for expression in accordance with this
aspect of the present invention. Generally, any vector suitable to
maintain, propagate or express polynucleotides to express a
polypeptide in a host may be used for expression in this
regard.
[0103] The DNA sequence in the expression vector is operatively
linked to appropriate expression control sequence(s)), including,
for instance, a promoter to direct mRNA transcription.
Representatives of such promoters include the phage lambda PL
promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early
and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name just a
few of the well-known promoters. In general, expression constructs
will contain sites for transcription, initiation and termination,
and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for
translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed
by the constructs will include a translation initiating AUG at the
beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately
positioned at the end of the polypeptide to be translated.
[0104] In addition, the constructs may contain control regions that
regulate as well as engender expression. Generally, such regions
will operate by controlling transcription, such as repressor
binding sites and enhancers, among others.
[0105] Vectors for propagation and expression generally will
include selectable markers. Such markers also may be suitable for
amplification or the vectors may contain additional markers for
this purpose. In this regard, the expression vectors preferably
contain one or more selectable marker genes to provide a phenotypic
trait for selection of transformed host cells. Preferred markers
include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for
eukaryotic cell culture, and tetracycline or ampicillin resistance
genes for culturing E. coli and other bacteria.
[0106] The vector containing the appropriate DNA sequence as
described elsewhere herein, as well as an appropriate promoter, and
other appropriate control sequences, may be introduced into an
appropriate host using a variety of well known techniques suitable
to expression therein of a desired polypeptide. Representative
examples of appropriate hosts include bacterial cells, such as E.
coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells,
such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and
Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes
melanoma cells; and plant cells. Hosts for of a great variety of
expression constructs are well known, and those of skill will be
enabled by the present disclosure readily to select a host for
expressing a polypeptides in accordance with this aspect of the
present invention.
[0107] Among vectors preferred for use in bacteria are pQE70, pQE60
and pQE-9, available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors,
Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A, available from
Stratagene; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5
available from Pharmacia. Among preferred eukaryotic vectors are
pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXT1 and pSG available from Stratagene; and
pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia. These vectors
are listed solely by way of illustration of the many commercially
available and well known vectors available to those of skill in the
art.
[0108] Selection of appropriate vectors and promoters for
expression in a host cell is a well known procedure and the
requisite techniques for expression vector construction,
introduction of the vector into the host and expression in the host
are routine skills in the art.
[0109] The present invention also relates to host cells containing
the above-described vector constructs described herein, and
additionally encompasses host cells containing nucleotide sequences
of the invention that are operably associated with one or more
heterologous control regions (e.g., promoter and/or enhancer) using
techniques known of in the art. The host cell can be a higher
eukaryotic cell, such as a mammalian cell (e.g., a human derived
cell), or a lower eukaryotic cell, such as a yeast cell, or the
host cell can be a prokaryotic cell, such as a bacterial cell. The
host strain may be chosen which modulates the expression of the
inserted gene sequences, or modifies and processes the gene product
in the specific fashion desired. Expression from certain promoters
can be elevated in the presence of certain inducers; thus
expression of the genetically engineered polypeptide may be
controlled. Furthermore, different host cells have characteristics
and specific mechanisms for the translational and
post-translational processing and modification (e.g.,
phosphorylation, cleavage) of proteins. Appropriate cell lines can
be chosen to ensure the desired modifications and processing of the
foreign protein expressed.
[0110] Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be
effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated
transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection,
electroporation, transduction, infection or other methods. Such
methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as
Davis et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986).
[0111] In addition to encompassing host cells containing the vector
constructs discussed herein, the invention also encompasses
primary, secondary, and immortalized host cells of vertebrate
origin, particularly mammalian origin, that have been engineered to
delete or replace endogenous genetic material (e.g., TRID coding
sequence), and/or to include genetic material (e.g., heterologous
polynucleotide sequences) that is operably associated with TRID
polynucleotides of the invention, and which activates, alters,
and/or amplifies endogenous TRID polynucleotides. For example,
techniques known in the art may be used to operably associate
heterologous control regions (e.g., promoter and/or enhancer) and
endogenous TRID polynucleotide sequences via homologous
recombination (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,670, issued Jun. 24,
1997; International Publication Number WO 96/29411, published Sep.
26,1996; International Publication Number WO 94/12650, published
Aug. 4,1994; Koller etal., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935
(1989); and Zijlstra et al., Nature 342:435-438 (1989), the
disclosures of each of which are incorporated by reference in their
entireties).
[0112] TRID receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides may be used
in accordance with the present invention for a variety of
applications, particularly those that make use of the chemical and
biological properties of TRID. Among these are applications in
treatment of tumors, resistance to parasites, bacteria and viruses,
to induce proliferation of T-cells, endothelial cells and certain
hematopoietic cells, to treat restenosis, graft vs. host disease,
to regulate anti-viral responses and to prevent certain autoimmune
diseases after stimulation of TRID by an agonist or by a TRAIL
binding facilitator. Additional applications relate to diagnosis
and to treatment of disorders of cells, tissues and organisms.
These aspects of the invention are discussed further below.
[0113] Transgenics and "Knockouts"
[0114] The proteins of the invention can also be expressed in
transgenic animals. Animals of any species, including, but not
limited to, mice, rats, rabbits, hamsters, guinea pigs, pigs,
micro-pigs, goats, sheep, cows and non-human primates, e.g.,
baboons, monkeys, and chimpanzees may be used to generate
transgenic animals. In a specific embodiment, techniques described
herein or otherwise known in the art, are used to express
polypeptides of the invention in humans, as part of a gene therapy
protocol.
[0115] Any technique known in the art may be used to introduce the
transgene (i.e., nucleic acids of the invention) into animals to
produce the founder lines of transgenic animals. Such techniques
include, but are not limited to, pronuclear microinjection
(Paterson et al, Appl. MicrobioL Biotechnol. 40:691-698 (1994);
Carver et al., Biotechnology (NY) 11:1263-1270 (1993); Wright et
al., Biotechnology (NY) 9:830-834 (1991); and Hoppe et al., U.S.
Pat. No. 4,873,191 (1989)); retrovirus mediated gene transfer into
germ lines (Van der Putten et aL, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA
82:6148-6152 (1985)), blastocysts or embryos; gene targeting in
embryonic stem cells (Thompson et al., Cell 56:313-321 (1989));
electroporation of cells or embryos (Lo, Mol Cell. Biol.
3:1803-1814 (1983)); introduction of the polynucleotides of the
invention using a gene gun (see, e.g., Ulmer et al., Science
259:1745 (1993); introducing nucleic acid constructs into embryonic
pleuripotent stem cells and transferring the stem cells back into
the blastocyst; and sperm-mediated gene transfer (Lavitrano et al.,
Cell 57:717-723 (1989); etc. For a review of such techniques, see
Gordon, "Transgenic Animals," Intl. Rev. Cytol. 115:171-229 (1989),
which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Further,
the contents of each of the documents recited in this paragraph is
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0116] Any technique known in the art may be used to produce
transgenic clones containing polynucleotides of the invention, for
example, nuclear transfer into enucleated oocytes of nuclei from
cultured embryonic, fetal, or adult cells induced to quiescence
(Campell et al., Nature 380:64-66 (1996); Wilmut et al., Nature
385:810-813 (1997)), each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0117] The present invention provides for transgenic animals that
carry the transgene in all their cells, as well as animals which
carry the transgene in some, but not all their cells, i. e., mosaic
animals or chimeric animals. The transgene may be integrated as a
single transgene or as multiple copies such as in concatamers,
e.g., head-to-head tandems or head-to-tail tandems. The transgene
may also be selectively introduced into and activated in a
particular cell type by following, for example, the teaching of
Lasko et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:6232-6236 (1992)). The
regulatory sequences required for such a cell-type specific
activation will depend upon the particular cell type of interest,
and will be apparent to those of skill in the art. When it is
desired that the polynucleotide transgene be integrated into the
chromosomal site of the endogenous gene, gene targeting is
preferred. Briefly, when such a technique is to be utilized,
vectors containing some nucleotide sequences homologous to the
endogenous gene are designed for the purpose of integrating, via
homologous recombination with chromosomal sequences, into and
disrupting the function of the nucleotide sequence of the
endogenous gene. The transgene may also be selectively introduced
into a particular cell type, thus inactivating the endogenous gene
in only that cell type, by following, for example, the teaching of
Gu et al. (Science 265:103-106 (1994)). The regulatory sequences
required for such a cell-type specific inactivation will depend
upon the particular cell type of interest, and will be apparent to
those of skill in the art. The contents of each of the documents
recited in this paragraph is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety.
[0118] Once transgenic animals have been generated, the expression
of the recombinant gene may be assayed utilizing standard
techniques. Initial screening may be accomplished by Southern blot
analysis or PCR techniques to analyze animal tissues to verify that
integration of the transgene has taken place. The level of mRNA
expression of the transgene in the tissues of the transgenic
animals may also be assessed using techniques which include, but
are not limited to, Northern blot analysis of tissue samples
obtained from the animal, in situ hybridization analysis, and
reverse transcriptase-PCR (rt-PCR). Samples of transgenic
gene-expressing tissue may also be evaluated immunocytochemically
or immunohistochemically using antibodies specific for the
transgene product.
[0119] Once the founder animals are produced, they may be bred,
inbred, outbred, or crossbred to produce colonies of the particular
animal. Examples of such breeding strategies include, but are not
limited to: outbreeding offounder animals with more than one
integration site in order to establish separate lines; inbreeding
of separate lines in order to produce compound transgenics that
express the transgene at higher levels because of the effects of
additive expression of each transgene; crossing of heterozygous
transgenic animals to produce animals homozygous for a given
integration site in order to both augment expression and eliminate
the need for screening of animals by DNA analysis; crossing of
separate homozygous lines to produce compound heterozygous or
homozygous lines; and breeding to place the transgene on a distinct
background that is appropriate for an experimental model of
interest.
[0120] Transgenic and "Iknock-out" animals of the invention have
uses which include, but are not limited to, animal model systems
useful in elaborating the biological function of TRID polypeptides,
studying conditions and/or disorders associated with aberrant TRID
expression, and in screening for compounds effective in
ameliorating such conditions and/or disorders.
[0121] In further embodiments of the invention, cells that are
genetically engineered to express the proteins of the invention, or
alternatively, that are genetically engineered not to express the
proteins of the invention (e.g., knockouts) are administered to a
patient in vivo. Such cells may be obtained from the patient (i.
e., animal, including human) or an MHC compatible donor and can
include, but are not limited to fibroblasts, bone marrow cells,
blood cells (e.g., lymphocytes), adipocytes, muscle cells,
endothelial cells, etc. The cells are genetically engineered in
vitro using recombinant DNA techniques to introduce the coding
sequence of polypeptides of the invention into the cells, or
alternatively, to disrupt the coding sequence and/or endogenous
regulatory sequence associated with the polypeptides of the
invention, e.g., by transduction (using viral vectors, and
preferably vectors that integrate the transgene into the cell
genome) or transfection procedures, including, but not limited to,
the use of plasmids, cosmids, YACs, naked DNA, electroporation,
liposomes, etc. The coding sequence of the polypeptides of the
invention can be placed under the control of a strong constitutive
or inducible promoter or promoter/enhancer to achieve expression,
and preferably secretion, of the polypeptides of the invention.
[0122] The engineered cells which express and preferably secrete
the polypeptides of the invention can be introduced into the
patient systemically, e.g., in the circulation, or
intraperitoneally. Alternatively, the cells can be incorporated
into a matrix and implanted in the body, e.g., genetically
engineered fibroblasts can be implanted as part of a skin graft;
genetically engineered endothelial cells can be implanted as part
of a lymphatic or vascular graft. (See, for example, Anderson et
al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,399,349; and Mulligan & Wilson, U.S. Pat.
No. 5,460,959, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in
its entirety).
[0123] When the cells to be administered are non-.alpha.utologous
or non-MHC compatible cells, they can be administered using well
known techniques which prevent the development of a host immune
response against the introduced cells. For example, the cells may
be introduced in an encapsulated form which, while allowing for an
exchange of components with the immediate extracellular
environment, does not allow the introduced cells to be recognized
by the host immune system.
[0124] TRID Polypeptides and Fragments
[0125] The polypeptides of the present invention are preferably
provided in an isolated form. For example, a recombinantly produced
version of the TRID polypeptide can be substantially purified by
the one-step method described in Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31-40
(1988). The invention further provides an isolated TRID polypeptide
having the amino acid sequences encoded by the deposited cDNA, or
the amino acid sequences in SEQ ID NO:2, or a peptide or
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a portion
of the above polypeptides.
[0126] Polypeptide fragments of the present invention include
polypeptides comprising or alternatively, consisting of, an amino
acid sequence contained in SEQ ID NO:2, encoded by the cDNA
contained in the deposited clone, or encoded by nucleic acids which
hybridize (e.g., under stringent hybridization conditions) to the
nucleotide sequence contained in the deposited clone, or shown in
SEQ ID NO:1 or the complementary strand thereto. Protein fragments
may be "free-standing," or comprised within a larger polypeptide of
which the fragment forms a part or region, most preferably as a
single continuous region. Representative examples of polypeptide
fragments of the invention, include, for example, fragments that
comprise or alternatively, consist of from about amino acid
residues: 1 to 26, 27 to 50, 51 to 100, 151 to 200, 201 to 240,
and/or 241 to 259, of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional representative
examples of polypeptide fragments of the invention, include, for
example, fragments that comprise, or alternatively consisting of,
from about amino acid residues: 1-60, 11-70, 21-80, 31-90, 41-100,
51-110, 61-120, 71-130, 81-140, 91-150, 101-160, 111-170, 121-180,
131-190, 141-200, 151-210, 161-220, 171-230, 181-240, 191-250,
and/or 201-249 of SEQ ID NO:2, as well as isolated polynucleotides
which encode these polypeptides. In this context "about" includes
the particularly recited value, larger or smaller by several (5, 4,
3, 2, or 1) amino acids, at either extreme or at both extremes.
Moreover, polypeptide fragments can be at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 175 or 200 amino
acids in length. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are
also encompassed by the invention.
[0127] In specific embodiments, polypeptide fragments of the
invention comprise, or alternatively consist of, amino acid
residues: 1-259, 27-259, 27-240, 53-150, and/or 241-259, of TRID as
depicted in SEQ ID NO:2. Polynucleotides encoding these
polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0128] In additional embodiments, the polypeptide fragments of the
invention comprise, or alternatively consist, of one or more TRID
domains. Preferred polypeptide fragments of the present invention
include a member selected from the group: (a) a polypeptide
comprising or alternatively, consisting of, the TRID transmembrane
domain (predicted to constitute amino acid residues from about 241
to about 259 of SEQ ID NO:2); (b) a polypeptide comprising or
alternatively, consisting of, the TRID receptor extracellular
domain (predicted to constitute amino acid residues from about 27
to about 240 of SEQ ID NO:2); (c) a polypeptide comprising or
alternatively, consisting of, the TRID cysteine rich domain
(predicted to constitute amino acid residues from about 53 to about
150 of SEQ ID NO:2); (d) a polypeptide comprising or alternatively,
consisting of, fragment of the predicted mature TRID polypeptide,
wherein the fragment has a TRID functional activity (e.g.,
antigenic activity or biological acitivity); or (e) a polypeptide
comprising, or alternatively consisting of, one, two, three, four
or more, epitope bearing portions of the TRID receptor protein. In
additional embodiments, the polypeptide fragments of the invention
comprise, or alternatively consist of, any combination of (a), (b),
(c), (d), or (e) of the above members. Polynucleotides encoding
these polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0129] As discussed above, it is believed that one or both of the
extracellular cysteine rich motifs of TRID is important for
interactions between TRID and its ligands (e.g., TRAIL).
Accordingly, in preferred embodiments, polypeptide fragments of the
invention comprise, or alternatively consist of amino acid residues
53 to 110, and/or 111 to 153 of SEQ ID NO:2. In a specific
embodiment the polypeptides of the invention comprise, or
alternatively consist of both of the extracellular cysteine rich
motifs disclosed in SEQ ID NO:2. Polynucleotides encoding these
polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0130] Among the especially preferred fragments of the invention
are fragments characterized by structural or functional attributes
of TRID. Such fragments include amino acid residues that comprise
alpha-helix and alpha-helix forming regions ("alpha-regions"),
beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions ("beta-regions"), turn
and turn-forming regions ("turn-regions"), coil and coil-forming
regions ("coil-regions"), hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions,
alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, surface
forming regions, and high antigenic index regions (i.e., containing
four or more contiguous amino acids having an antigenic index of
greater than or equal to 1.5, as identified using the default
parameters of the Jameson-Wolf program) of complete (ie.,
full-length) TRID (SEQ ID NO:2). Certain preferred regions are
those set out in FIG. 3 and include, but are not limited to,
regions of the aforementioned types identified by analysis of the
amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO:2, such preferred regions
include; Garnier-Robson predicted alpha-regions, beta-regions,
turn-regions, and coil-regions; Chou-Fasman predicted
alpha-regions, beta-regions, and turn-regions; Kyte-Doolittle
predicted hydrophilic and Hopp-Woods hydrophobic regions; Eisenberg
alpha and beta amphipathic regions; Emini surface-forming regions;
and Jameson-Wolf high antigenic index regions, as predicted using
the default parameters of these computer programs. Polynucleotides
encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by the
invention.
[0131] Among highly preferred fragments in this regard are those
that comprise, or alternatively consist of, regions of TRID that
combine several structural features, such as several of the
features set out above.
[0132] The present invention encompasses TRID proteins containing
the polypeptide sequence encoded by the polynucleotides of the
invention. The TRID proteins of the invention may be in monomers or
multimers (i.e., dimers, trimers, tetramers, and higher multimers).
Accordingly, the present invention relates to monomers and
multimers of the TRID proteins of the invention, their preparation,
and compositions (preferably, pharmaceutical compositions)
containing them. In specific embodiments, the polypeptides of the
invention are monomers, dimers, trimers or tetramers. In additional
embodiments, the multimers of the invention are at least dimers, at
least trimers, or at least tetramers.
[0133] Multimers encompassed by the invention may be homomers or
heteromers. As used herein, the term homomer, refers to a multimer
containing only TRID proteins of the invention (including TRID
fragments, variants, and fusion proteins, as described herein).
These homomers may contain TRID proteins having identical or
different polypeptide sequences. In a specific embodiment, a
homomer of the invention is a multimer containing only TRID
proteins having an identical polypeptide sequence. In another
specific embodiment, a homomer of the invention is a multimer
containing TRID proteins having different polypeptide sequences. In
specific embodiments, the multimer of the invention is a homodimer
(e.g., containing TRID proteins having identical or different
polypeptide sequences) or a homotrimer (e.g., containing TRID
proteins having identical or different polypeptide sequences). In
additional embodiments, the homomeric multimer of the invention is
at least a homodimer, at least a homotrimer, or at least a
homotetramer.
[0134] As used herein, the term heteromer refers to a multimer
containing heterologous proteins (i.e., proteins containing only
polypeptide sequences that do not correspond to a polypeptide
sequences encoded by the TRID gene) in addition to the TRID
proteins of the invention. In a specific embodiment, the multimer
of the invention is a heterodimer, a heterotrimer, or a
heterotetramer. In additional embodiments, the heteromeric multimer
of the invention is at least a heterodimer, at least a
heterotrimer, or at least a heterotetramer.
[0135] Multimers of the invention may be the result of hydrophobic,
hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent associations and/or may be
indirectly linked, by for example, liposome formation. Thus, in one
embodiment, multimers of the invention, such as, for example,
homodimers or homotrimers, are formed when proteins of the
invention contact one another in solution. In another embodiment,
heteromultimers of the invention, such as, for example,
heterotrimers or heterotetramers, are formed when proteins of the
invention contact antibodies to the polypeptides of the invention
(including antibodies to the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a
fusion protein of the invention) in solution. In other embodiments,
multimers of the invention are formed by covalent associations with
and/or between the TRID proteins of the invention. Such covalent
associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained
in the polypeptide sequence of the protein (e.g., the polypeptide
sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:2 or the polypeptide encoded by the
deposited cDNA clone). In one instance, the covalent associations
are cross-linking between cysteine residues located within the
polypeptide sequences of the proteins which interact in the native
(i.e., naturally occurring) polypeptide. In another instance, the
covalent associations are the consequence of chemical or
recombinant manipulation. Alternatively, such covalent associations
may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in the
heterologous polypeptide sequence in a TRID fusion protein. In one
example, covalent associations are between the heterologous
sequence contained in a fusion protein of the invention (see, e.g.,
U.S. Pat. No. 5,478,925). In a specific example, the covalent
associations are between the heterologous sequence contained in a
TRID-Fc fusion protein of the invention (as described herein). In
another specific example, covalent associations of fusion proteins
of the invention are between heterologous polypeptide sequences
from another TNF family ligand/receptor member that is capable of
forming covalently associated multimers, such as for example,
oseteoprotegerin (see, e.g., International Publication No. WO
98/49305, the contents of which are herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0136] The multimers of the invention may be generated using
chemical techniques known in the art. For example, proteins desired
to be contained in the multimers of the invention may be chemically
cross-linked using linker molecules and linker molecule length
optimization techniques known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety). Additionally, multimers of the invention may be
generated using techniques known in the art to form one or more
inter-molecule cross-links between the cysteine residues located
within the polypeptide sequence of the proteins desired to be
contained in the multimer (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,478,925,
which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
Further, proteins of the invention may be routinely modified by the
addition of cysteine or biotin to the C terminus or N-terminus of
the polypeptide sequence of the protein and techniques known in the
art may be applied to generate multimers containing one or more of
these modified proteins (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,478,925, which
is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Additionally,
techniques known in the art may be applied to generate liposomes
containing the protein components desired to be contained in the
multimer of the invention (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,478,925,
which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0137] Alternatively, multimers of the invention may be generated
using genetic engineering techniques known in the art. In one
embodiment, proteins contained in multimers of the invention are
produced recombinantly using fusion protein technology described
herein or otherwise known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety). In a specific embodiment, polynucleotides coding for a
homodimer of the invention are generated by ligating a
polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention to
a sequence encoding a linker polypeptide and then further to a
synthetic polynucleotide encoding the translated product of the
polypeptide in the reverse orientation from the original C-terminus
to the N-terminus (lacking the leader sequence) (see, e.g., U.S.
Pat. No. 5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety). In another embodiment, recombinant techniques
described herein or otherwise known in the art are applied to
generate recombinant polypeptides of the invention which contain a
transmembrane domain and which can be incorporated by membrane
reconstitution techniques into liposomes (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
5,478,925, which is herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety).
[0138] N-Terminal and C-Terminal Deletion Mutants
[0139] To improve or alter the characteristics of a TRID
polypeptide, protein engineering may be employed. Recombinant DNA
technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create
novel mutant proteins or "muteins" including single or multiple
amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions or fusion proteins.
Such modified polypeptides can show, e.g., enhanced activity or
increased stability. In addition, they may be purified in higher
yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural
polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage
conditions.
[0140] For instance, for many proteins, including the extracellular
domain of a membrane associated protein or the mature form(s) of a
secreted protein, it is known in the art that one or more amino
acids may be deleted from the N-terminus or C-terminus without
substantial loss of biological function. For instance, Ron et al.,
J. Biol. Chem., 268:2984-2988 (1993) reported modified KGF proteins
that had heparin binding activity even if 3, 8, or 27
amino-terminal amino acid residues were missing. In the present
case, since the proteins of the invention are members of the TNFR
polypeptide family, deletions of N-terminal amino acids up to the
cysteine at position C-53 of SEQ ID NO:2 may retain some biological
activity such as regulation of proliferation and apoptosis of
lymphoid cells. Polypeptides having further N-terminal deletions
including the C-53 residue in SEQ ID NO:2, would not be expected to
retain such biological activities because it is known that these
residues in a TRID-related polypeptide are required for forming a
disulfide bridge to provide structural stability which is needed
for ligand binding.
[0141] However, even if deletion of one or more amino acids from
the N-terminus of a protein results in modification or loss of one
or more biological functions of the protein, other functional
activities (e.g., biological activities, ability to multimerize,
ability to bind TRIAL ligand) may still be retained. For example,
the ability of the shortened protein to induce and/or bind to
antibodies which recognize the complete or mature form of the TRID
protein generally will be retained when less than the majority of
the residues of the complete protein or extracellular domain are
removed from the N-terminus. Whether a particular polypeptide
lacking N-terminal residues of a complete protein retains such
immunologic activities can readily be determined by routine methods
described herein and otherwise known in the art. TRID muteins with
a large number of deleted N-terminal amino acid residues are
expected to retain some biological or immunogenic activities. In
fact, peptides composed of as few as six TRID amino acid residues
may often evoke an immune response.
[0142] Accordingly, the present invention further provides
polypeptides having one or more residues deleted from the amino
terminus of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, up to the
cysteine residue in each which is at position number 53, and
polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides. In particular, the
present invention provides TRID polypeptides comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, the amino acid sequence of residues
n.sup.1-259 of SEQ ID NO:2 where n.sup.1 is an integer in the range
of 1-53 where 53 is the position of the first cysteine residue from
the N-terminus of the complete TRID polypeptide (shown in SEQ ID
NO:2) believed to be required for activity of the TRID protein.
[0143] More in particular, the invention provides polynucleotides
encoding polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of residues:
M-1 to V-259; A-2 to V-259; R-3 to V-259; I-4 to V-259; P-5 to
V-259; K-6 to V-259; T-7 to V-259; L-8 to V-259; K-9 to V-259; F-10
to V-259; V-11 to V-259; V-12 to V-259; V-13 to V-259; I-14 to
V-259; V-15 to V-259; A-16 to V-259; V-17 to V-259; L-18 to V-259;
L-19 to V-259; P-20 to V-259; V-21 to V-259; L-22 to V-259; A-23 to
V-259; Y-24 to V-259; S-25 to V-259; A-26 to V-259; T-27 to V-259;
T-28 to V-259; A-29 to V-259; R-30 to V-259; Q-31 to V-259; E-32 to
V-259; E-33 to V-259; V-34 to V-259; P-35 to V-259; Q-36 to V-259;
Q-37 to V-259; T-38 to V-259; V-39 to V-259; A-40 to V-259; P-41 to
V-259; Q-42 to V-259; Q-43 to V-259; Q-44 to V-259; R-45 to V-259;
H-46 to V-259; S-47 to V-259; F-48 to V-259; K-49 to V-259; G-50 to
V-259; E-51 to V-259; E-52 to V-259; and/or C-53 to V-259 of SEQ ID
NO:2. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides also are
provided.
[0144] The present invention is also directed to nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%,
98%, or 99% identical to the polynucleotide sequences encoding the
polypeptides described above. The invention is further directed to
nucleic acid molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
polynucleotide sequences which encode polypeptides that are at
least 80%, 85%, 90%,92%,95%,96%,97%,98%, or 99% identical to the
polypeptides described above. The present invention also
encompasses the above polynucleotide sequences fused to a
heterologous polynucleotide sequence. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0145] Similarly, the present invention further provides
polypeptides having one or more residues deleted from the amino
terminus of the TRID amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, up
to the leucine residue at position number 255 and polynucleotides
encoding such polypeptides. In particular, the present invention
provides polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the amino acid sequence of residues n.sup.2-259 of SEQ ID NO:2,
where n.sup.2 is an integer from 2 to 254 corresponding to the
position of the amino acid residue in SEQ ID NO:2.
[0146] More in particular, the invention provides polynucleotides
encoding polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the amino acid sequence of residues of A-2 to V-259; R-3 to V-259;
I-4 to V-259; P-5 to V-259; K-6 to V-259; T-7 to V-259; L-8 to
V-259; K-9 to V-259; F-10 to V-259; V-11 to V-259; V-12 to V-259;
V-13 to V-259; I-14 to V-259; V-15 to V-259; A-16 to V-259; V-17 to
V-259; L-18 to V-259; L-19 to V-259; P-20 to V-259; V-21 to V-259;
L-22 to V-259; A-23 to V-259; Y-24 to V-259; S-25 to V-259; A-26 to
V-259; T-27 to V-259; T-28 to V-259; A-29 to V-259; R-30 to V-259;
Q-31 to V-259; E-32 to V-259; E-33 to V-259; V-34 to V-259; P-35 to
V-259; Q-36 to V-259; Q-37 to V-259; T-38 to V-259; V-39 to V-259;
A-40 to V-259; P-41 to V-259; Q-42 to V-259; Q-43 to V-259; Q-44 to
V-259; R-45 to V-259; H-46 to V-259; S-47 to V-259; F-48 to V-259;
K-49 to V-259; G-50 to V-259; E-51 to V-259; E-52 to V-259; C-53 to
V-259; P-54 to V-259; A-55 to V-259; G-56 to V-259; S-57 to V-259;
H-58 to V-259; R-59 to V-259; S-60 to V-259; E-61 to V-259; H-62 to
V-259; T-63 to V-259; G-64 to V-259; A-65 to V-259; C-66 to V-259;
N-67 to V-259; P-68 to V-259; C-69 to V-259; T-70 to V-259; E-71 to
V-259; G-72 to V-259; V-73 to V-259; D-74 to V-259; Y-75 to V-259;
T-76 to V-259; N-77 to V-259; A-78 to V-259; S-79 to V-259; N-80 to
V-259; N-81 to V-259; E-82 to V-259; P-83 to V-259; S-84 to V-259;
C-85 to V-259; F-86 to V-259; P-87 to V-259; C-88 to V-259; T-89 to
V-259; V-90 to V-259; C-91 to V-259; K-92 to V-259; S-93 to V-259;
D-94 to V-259; Q-95 to V-259; K-96 to V-259; H-97 to V-259; K-98 to
V-259; S-99 to V-259; S-100 to V-259; C-101 to V-259; T-102 to
V-259; M-103 to V-259; T-104 to V-259; R-105 to V-259; D-106 to
V-259; T-107 to V-259; V-108 to V-259; C-109 to V-259; Q-110 to
V-259; C-111 to V-259; K-112 to V-259; E-113 to V-259; G-114 to
V-259; T-115 to V-259; F-116 to V-259; R-117 to V-259; N-118 to
V-259; E-119 to V-259; N-120 to V-259; S-121 to V-259; P-122 to
V-259; E-123 to V-259; M-124 to V-259; C-125 to V-259; R-126 to
V-259; K-127 to V-259; C-128 to V-259; S-129 to V-259; R-130 to
V-259; C-131 to V-259; P-132 to V-259; S-133 to V-259; G-134 to
V-259; E-135 to V-259; V-136 to V-259; Q-137 to V-259; V-138 to
V-259; S-139 to V-259; N-140 to V-259; C-141 to V-259; T-142 to
V-259; S-143 to V-259; W-144 to V-259; D-145 to V-259; D-146 to
V-259; 1-147 to V-259; Q-148 to V-259; C-149 to V-259; V-150 to
V-259; E-151 to V-259; E-152 to V-259; F-153 to V-259; G-154 to
V-259; A-155 to V-259; N-156 to V-259; A-157 to V-259; T-158 to
V-259; V-159 to V-259; E-160 to V-259; T-161 to V-259; P-162 to
V-259; A-163 to V-259; A-164 to V-259; E-165 to V-259; E-166 to
V-259; T-167 to V-259; M-168 to V-259; N-169 to V-259; T-170 to
V-259; S-171 to V-259; P-172 to V-259; G-173 to V-259; T-174 to
V-259; P-175 to V-259; A-176 to V-259; P-177 to V-259; A-178 to
V-259; A-179 to V-259; E-180 to V-259; E-181 to V-259; T-182 to
V-259; M-183 to V-259; N-184 to V-259; T-185 to V-259; S-186 to
V-259; P-187 to V-259; G-188 to V-259; T-189 to V-259; P-190 to
V-259; A-191 to V-259; P-192 to V-259; A-193 to V-259; A-194 to
V-259; E-195 to V-259; E-196 to V-259; T-197 to V-259; M-198 to
V-259; T-199 to V-259; T-200 to V-259; S-201 to V-259; P-202 to
V-259; G-203 to V-259; T-204 to V-259; P-205 to V-259; A-206 to
V-259; P-207 to V-259; A-208 to V-259; A-209 to V-259; E-210 to
V-259; E-211 to V-259; T-212 to V-259; M-213 to V-259; T-214 to
V-259; T-215 to V-259; S-216 to V-259; P-217 to V-259; G-218 to
V-259; T-219 to V-259; P-220 to V-259; A-221 to V-259; P-222 to
V-259; A-223 to V-259; A-224 to V-259; E-225 to V-259; E-226 to
V-259; T-227 to V-259; M-228 to V-259; T-229 to V-259; T-230 to
V-259; S-231 to V-259; P-232 to V-259; G-233 to V-259; T-234 to
V-259; P-235 to V-259; A-236 to V-259; S-237 to V-259; S-238 to
V-259; H-239 to V-259; Y-240 to V-259; L-241 to V-259; S-242 to
V-259; C-243 to V-259; T-244 to V-259; 1-245 to V-259; V-246 to
V-259; G-247 to V-259; I-248 to V-259; I-249 to V-259; V-250 to
V-259; L-251 to V-259; I-252 to V-259; V-253 to V-259; and/or L-254
to V-259; of the TRID sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2. Polypeptides
encoded by these polynucleotides are also encompassed by the
invention.
[0147] The present invention is also directed to nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%,
98%, or 99% identical to the polynucleotide sequences encoding the
polypeptides described above. The invention is further directed to
nucleic acid molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
polynucleotide sequences which encode polypeptides that are at
least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to
the polypeptides described above. The present invention also
encompasses the above polynucleotide sequences fused to a
heterologous polynucleotide sequence. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0148] Similarly, many examples of biologically functional
C-terminal deletion muteins are known. For instance, interferon
gamma shows up to ten times higher activities by deleting 8-10
amino acid residues from the carboxy terminus of the protein
(Dobeli et al., J. Biotechnology 7:199-216 (1988)). In the present
case, since the protein of the invention is a member of the TNFR
polypeptide family, deletions of C-terminal amino acids up to the
cysteine at position 149 of SEQ ID NO:2, may retain some biological
activity such as regulation of proliferation and apoptosis of
lymphoid cells. Polypeptides having further C-terminal deletions
including the cysteine at position 149 of SEQ ID NO:2 would not be
expected to retain such biological activities because it is known
that this residue in TNF receptor-related polypeptides is required
for forming a disulfide bridge to provide structural stability
which is needed for ligand binding.
[0149] Also as mentioned above, even if deletion of one or more
amino acids from the C-terminus of a protein results in
modification or loss of one or more biological functions of the
protein, other functional activities (e.g., biological activities,
ability to multimerize, ability to bind TRID ligand) may still be
retained. Thus, the ability of the shortened protein to induce
and/or bind to antibodies which recognize the complete or mature
form of the protein generally will be retained when less than the
majority of the residues of the complete or mature form protein are
removed from the C-terminus. Whether a particular polypeptide
lacking C-terminal residues of a complete protein retains such
immunologic activities can readily be determined by routine methods
described herein and otherwise known in the art. TRID muteins with
a large number of deleted C-terminal amino acid residues are
expected to retain some biological or immunogenic activities. In
fact, peptides composed of as few as six TRID amino acid residues
may often evoke an immune response.
[0150] Accordingly, the present invention further provides
polypeptides having one or more residues from the carboxy terminus
of the amino acid sequence of TRID shown in SEQ ID NO:2 up to the
cysteine at position 149 of SEQ ID NO:2, and polynucleotides
encoding such polypeptides. In particular, the present invention
provides polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of residues
1-m.sup.1 of the amino acid sequence in SEQ ID NO:2, where m.sup.1
is any integer in the range of 149-259. Polynucleotides encoding
these polypeptides also are provided.
[0151] More in particular, the invention provides polynucleotides
encoding polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the amino acid sequence of residues: M-1 to V-259; M-1 to F-258;
M-1 to V-257; M-1 to 1-256; M-1 to L-255; M-1 to L-254; M-1 to
V-253; M-1 to I-252; M-1 to L-251; M-1 to V-250; M-1 to I-249; M-1
to I-248; M-1 to G-247; M-1 to V-246; M-1 to I-245; M-1 to T-244;
M-1 to C-243; M-1 to S-242; M-1 to L-241; M-1 to Y-240; M-1 to
H-239; M-1 to S-238; M-1 to S-237; M-1 to A-236; M-1 to P-235; M-1
to T-234; M-1 to G-233; M-1 to P-232; M-1 to S-231; M-1 to T-230;
M-1 to T-229; M-1 to M-228; M-1 to T-227; M-1 to E-226; M-1 to
E-225; M-1 to A-224; M-1 to A-223; M-1 to P-222; M-1 to A-221; M-1
to P-220; M-1 to T-219; M-1 to G-218; M-1 to P-217; M-1 to S-216;
M-1 to T-215; M-1 to T-214; M-1 to M-213; M-1 to T-212; M-1 to
E-211; M-1 to E-210; M-1 to A-209; M-1 to A-208; M-1 to P-207; M-1
to A-206; M-1 to P-205; M-1 to T-204; M-1 to G-203; M-1 to P-202;
M-1 to S-201; M-1 to T-200; M-1 to T-199; M-1 to M-198; M-1 to
T-197; M-1 to E-196; M-1 to E-195; M-1 to A-194; M-1 to A-193; M-1
to P-192; M-1 to A-191; M-1 to P-190; M-1 to T-189; M-1 to G-188;
M-1 to P-187; M-1 to S-186; M-1 to T-185; M-1 to N-184; M-1 to
M-183; M-1 to T-182; M-1 to E-181; M-1 to E-180; M-1 to A-179; M-1
to A-178; M-1 to P-177; M-1 to A-176; M-1 to P-175; M-1 to T-174;
M-1 to G-173; M-1 to P-172; M-1 to S-171; M-1 to T-170; M-1 to
N-169; M-1 to M-168; M-1 to T-167; M-1 to E-166; M-1 to E-165; M-1
to A-164; M-1 to A-163; M-1 to P-162; M-1 to T-161; M-1 to E-160;
M-1 to V-159; M-1 to T-158; M-1 to A-157; M-1 to N-156; M-1 to
A-155; M-1 to G-154; M-1 to F-153;M-1 to E-152; M-1 to E-151; M-1
to V-150; and/or M-1 to C-149. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0152] The present invention is also directed to nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%,
98%, or 99% identical to the polynucleotide sequences encoding the
polypeptides described above. The invention is further directed to
nucleic acid molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
polynucleotide sequences which encode polypeptides that are at
least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to
the polypeptides described above. The present invention also
encompasses the above polynucleotide sequences fused to a
heterologous polynucleotide sequence. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0153] The present invention further provides polypeptides having
one or more residues deleted from the carboxy terminus of the amino
acid sequence of the TRID polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:2, up to
the lysine residue at position number 6, and polynucleotides
encoding such polypeptides. In particular, the present invention
provides polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the amino acid sequence of residues 1-m.sup.2 of SEQ ID NO:2, where
m.sup.2 is an integer from 6 to 258 corresponding to the position
of the amino acid residue in SEQ ID NO:2.
[0154] More in particular, the invention provides polynucleotides
encoding polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the amino acid sequence of residues: M-1 to F-258; M-1 to V-257;
M-1 to I-256; M-1 to L-255; M-1 to L-254; M-1 to V-253; M-1 to
I-252; M-1 to L-251; M-1 to V-250; M-1 to I-249; M-1 to I-248; M-1
to G-247; M-1 to V-246; M-1 to I-245; M-1 to T-244; M-1 to C-243;
M-1 to S-242; M-1 to L-241; M-1 to Y-240; M-1 to H-239; M-1 to
S-238; M-1 to S-237; M-1 to A-236; M-1 to P-235; M-1 to T-234; M-1
to G-233; M-1 to P-232; M-1 to S-231; M-1 to T-230; M-1 to T-229;
M-1 to M-228; M-1 to T-227; M-1 to E-226; M-1 to E-225; M-1 to
A-224; M-1 to A-223; M-1 to P-222; M-1 to A-221; M-1 to P-220; M-1
to T-219; M-1 to G-218; M-1 to P-217; M-1 to S-216; M-1 to T-215;
M-1 to T-214; M-1 to M-213; M -1 to T-212; M-1 to E-211; M-1 to
E-210; M-1 to A-209; M-1 to A-208; M-1 to P-207; M-1 to A-206; M-1
to P-205; M-1 to T-204; M-1 to G-203; M-1 to P-202; M-1 to S-201;
M-1 to T-200; M-1 to T-199; M-1 to M-198; M-1 to T-197; M-1 to
E-196; M-1 to E-195; M-1 to A-194; M-1 to A-193; M-1 to P-192; M-1
to A-191; M-1 to P-190; M-1 to T-189; M-1 to G-188; M-1 to P-187;
M-1 to S-186; M-1 to T-185; M-1 to N-184; M-1 to M-183; M-1 to
T-182; M-1 to E-181; M-1 to E-180; M-1 to A-179; M-1 to A-178; M-1
to P-177; M-1 to A-176; M-1 to P-175; M-1 to T-174; M-1 to G-173;
M-1 to P-172; M-1 to S-171; M-1 to T-170; M-1 to N-169; M-1 to
M-168; M-1 to T-167; M-1 to E-166; M-1 to E-165; M-1 to A-164; M-1
to A-163; M-1 to P-162; M-1 to T-161; M-1 to E-160; M-1 to V-159;
M-1 to T-158; M-1 to A-157; M-1 to N-156; M-1 to A-155; M-1 to
G-154; M-1 to F-153; M-1 to E-152; M-1 to E-151; M-1 to V-150; M-1
to C-149; M-1 to Q-148; M-1 to 1-147; M-1 to D-146; M-1 to D-145;
M-1 to W-144; M-1 to S-143; M-1 to T-142; M-1 to C-141; M-1 to
N-140; M-1 to S-139; M-1 to V-138; M-1 to Q-137; M-1 to V-136; M-1
to E-135; M-1 to G-134; M-1 to S-133; M-1 to P-132; M-1 to C-131;
M-1 to R-130; M-1 to S-129; M-1 to C-128; M-1 to K-127; M-1 to
R-126; M-1 to C-125; M-1 to M-124; M-1 to E-123; M-1 to P-122; M-1
to S-121; M-1 to N-120; M-1 to E-119; M-1 to N-118; M-1 to R-117;
M-1 to F-116; M-1 to T-115; M-1 to G-114; M-1 to E-113; M-1 to
K-112; M-1 to C-111; M-1 to Q-110; M-1 to C-109; M-1 to V-108; M-1
to T-107; M-1 to D-106; M-1 to R-105; M-1 to T-104; M-1 to M-103;
M-1 to T-102; M-1 to C-101; M-1 to S-100; M-1 to S-99; M-1 to K-98;
M-1 to H-97; M-1 to K-96; M-1 to Q-95; M-1 to D-94; M-1 to S-93;
M-1 to K-92; M-1 to C-91; M-1 to V-90; M-1 to T-89; M-1 to C-88;
M-1 to P-87; M-1 to F-86; M-1 to C-85; M-1 to S-84; M-1 to P-83;
M-1 to E-82; M-1 to N-81; M-1 to N-80; M-1 to S-79; M-1 to A-78;
M-1 to N-77; M-1 to T-76; M-1 to Y-75; M -1 to D-74; M -1 to V-73;
M-I to G-72; M -1 to E-71; M-1 to T-70; M-1 to C-69; M -1 to P-68;
M -1 to N-67; M-1 to C-66; M-1 to A-65; M-1 to G-64; M-1 to T-63;
M-1 to H-62; M-1 to E-61; M-1 to S-60; M-1 R-59; M-1 to H-58; M-1
to S-57; M-1 to G-56; M-I to A-55; M-1 to P-54; M-1 to C-53; M-1 to
E-52; M-1 to E-51; M-1 to G-50; M-1 to K-49; M-1 to F-48; M-1 to
S-47; M-1 to H-46; M-1 to R-45; M-1 to Q-44; M-I to Q-43; M-1 to
Q-42; M-1 to P-41; M-1 to A-40; M-1 to V-39; M-1 to T-38; M-1 to
Q-37; M-1 to Q-36; M-1 to P-35; M-1 to V-34; M-1 to E-33; M-1 to
E-32; M-1 to Q-31; M-1 to R-30; M-1 to A-29; M-1 to T-28; M-1 to
T-27; M-1 to A-26; M-1 to S-25; M-1 to Y-24; M-1 to A-23; M-1 to
L-22; M-1 to V-21; M-1 to P-20; M-1 to L-19; M-1 to L-18; M-1 to
V-17; M-1 to A-16; M-1 to V-15; M-1 to 1-14; M-1 to V-13 ; M-1 to
V-12; M-1 to V-11; M-1 to F-10; M-1 to K-9; M-1 to L-8; M-1 to T-7;
and/or M-1 to K-6; of the TRID sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2.
Polypeptides encoded by these polynucleotides are also encompassed
by the invention.
[0155] The present invention is also directed to nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%,
98%, or 99% identical to the polynucleotide sequences encoding the
polypeptides described above. The invention is further directed to
nucleic acid molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
polynucleotide sequences which encode polypeptides that are at
least 80%, 85%, 90%,92%,95%,96%,97%,98%, or 99% identical to the
polypeptides described above. The present invention also
encompasses the above polynucleotide sequences fused to a
heterologous polynucleotide sequence. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0156] Similarly, the present invention further provides
polypeptides having one or more residues deleted from the carboxy
terminus of the amino acid sequence of the extracellular domain of
the TRID polypeptide shown in SEQ ID NO:2, up to the glutamine
residue at position number 33, and polynucleotides encoding such
polypeptides. In particular, the present invention provides
polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the amino
acid sequence of residues 27-m.sup.3 of SEQ ID NO:2, where m.sup.3
is an integer from 33 to 259 corresponding to the position of the
amino acid residue in SEQ ID NO:2.
[0157] More in particular, the invention provides polynucleotides
encoding polypeptides comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
the amino acid sequence of residues: T-27 to F-258; T-27 to V-257;
T-27 to 1-256; T-27 to L-255; T-27 to L-254; T-27 to V-253; T-27 to
1-252; T-27 to L-251; T-27 to V-250; T-27 to 1-249; T-27 to 1-248;
T-27 to G-247; T-27 to V-246; T-27 to 1-245; T-244; T-27 to C-243;
T-27 to S-242; T-27 to L-241; T-27 to Y-240; T-27 to H-239; T-27 to
S-238; T-27 to S-237; T-27 to A-236; T-27 to P-235; T-27 to T-234;
T-27 to G-233; T-27 to P-232; T-27 to S-231; T-27 to T-230; T-27 to
T-229; T-27 to M-228; T-27 to T-227; T-27 to E-226; T-27 to E-225;
T-27 to A-224; T-27 to A-223; T-27 to P-222; T-27 to A-221; T-27 to
P-220; T-27 to T-219; T-27 to G-218; T-27 to P-217; T-27 to S-216;
T-27 to T-215; T-27 to T-214; T-27 to M-213; T-27 to T-212; T-27 to
E-211; T-27 to E-210; T-27 to A-209; T-27 to A-208; T-27 to P-207;
T-27 to A-206; T-27 to P-205; T-27 to T-204; T-27 to G-203; T-27 to
P-202; T-27 to S-201; T-27 to T-200; T-27 to T-199; T-27 to M-198;
T-27 to T-197; T-27 to E-196; T-27 to E-195; T-27 to A-194; T-27 to
A-193; T-27 to P-192; T-27 to A-191; T-27 to P-190; T-27 to T-189;
T-27 to G-188; T-27 to P-187; T-27 to S-186; T-27 to T-185; T-27 to
N-184; T-27 to M-183; T-27 to T-182; T-27 to E-181; T-27 to E-180;
T-27 to A-179; T-27 to A-178; T-27 to P-177; T-27 to A-176; T-27 to
P-175; T-27 to T-174; T-27 to G-173; T-27 to P-172; T-27 to S-171;
T-27 to T-170; T-27 to N-169; T-27 to M-168; T-27 to T-167; T-27 to
E-166; T-27 to E-165; T-27 to A-164; T-27 to A-163; T-27 to P-162;
T-27 to T-161; T-27 to E-160; T-27 to V-159; T-27 to T-158; T-27 to
A-157; T-27 to N-156; T-27 to A-155; T-27 to G-154; T-27 to F-153;
T-27 to E-152; T-27 to E-151; T-27 to V-150; T-27 to C-149; T-27 to
Q-148; T-27 to I-147; T-27 to D-146; T-27 to D-145; T-27 to W-144;
T-27 to S-143; T-27 to T-142; T-27 to C-141; T-27 to N -140; T-27
to S-139; T-27 to V-138; T-27 to Q-137; T-27 to V-136; T-27 to
E-135; T-27 to G-134; T-27 to S-133; T-27 to P-132; T-27 to C-131;
T-27 to R-130; T-27 to S-129; T-27 to C-128; T-27 to K-127; T-27 to
R-126; T-27 to C-125; T-27 to M-124; T-27 to E-123; T-27 to P-122;
T-27 to S-121; T-27 to N-120; T-27 to E-119; T-27 to N-118; T-27 to
R-117; T-27 to F-116; T-27 to T-115; T-27 to G-114; T-27 to E-113;
T-27 to K-112; T-27 to C-111; T-27 to Q-110; T-27 to C-109; T-27 to
V-108; T-27 to T-107; T-27 to D-106; T-27 to R-105; T-27 to T-104;
T-27 to M-103; T-27 to T-102; T-27 to C-101; T-27 to S-100; T-27 to
S-99; T-27 to K-98; T-27 to H-97; T-27 to K-96; T-27 to Q-95; T-27
to D-94; T-27 to S-93; T-27 to K-92; T-27 to C-91; T-27 to V-90;
T-27 to T-89; T-27 to C-88; T-27 to P-87; T-27 to F-86; T-27 to
C-85; T-27 to S-84; T-27 to P-83; T-27 to E-82; T-27 to N-81; T-27
to N-80; T-27 to S-79; T-27 to A-78; T-27 to N-77; T-27 to T-76;
T-27 to Y-75; T-27 to D-74; T-27 to V-73; T-27 to G-72; T-27 to
E-71; T-27 to T-70; T-27 to C-69; T-27 to P-68; T-27 to N-67; T-27
to C-66; T-27 to A-65; T-27 to G-64; T-27 to T-63; T-27 to H-62;
T-27 to E-61; T-27 to S-60; T-27 to R-59; T-27 to H-58; T-27 to
S-57; T-27 to G-56; T-27 to A-55; T-27 to P-54; T-27 to C-53; T-27
to E-52; T-27 to E-51; T-27 to G-50; T-27 to K-49; T-27 to F-48;
T-27 to S-47; T-27 to H-46; T-27 to R-45; T-27 to Q-44; T-27 to
Q-43; T-27 to Q-42; T-27 to P-41; T-27 to A-40; T-27 to V-39; T-27
to T-38; T-27 to Q-37; T-27 to Q-36; T-27 to P-35; T-27 to V-34;
and/or T-27 to E-33; of the TRID extracellular domain sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO:2. Polypeptides encoded by these polynucleotides
are also encompassed by the invention.
[0158] The present invention is also directed to nucleic acid
molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a
polynucleotide sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 96%, 97%,
98%, or 99% identical to the polynucleotide sequences encoding the
polypeptides described above. The invention is further directed to
nucleic acid molecules comprising, or alternatively consisting of,
polynucleotide sequences which encode polypeptides that are at
least 80%, 85%, 90%,92%,95%,96%,97%,98%, or 99% identical to the
polypeptides described above. The present invention also
encompasses the above polynucleotide sequences fused to a
heterologous polynucleotide sequence. Polypeptides encoded by these
polynucleotides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0159] The invention also provides polypeptides having one or more
amino acids deleted from both the amino and the carboxyl termini,
which may be described generally as having residues
n.sup.1-m.sup.1, n.sub.2-m.sub.1, n.sup.1-m.sup.2, n.sup.2-m.sup.2,
n.sup.1-m.sup.3, or n.sup.2-m.sup.3 of SEQ ID NO:2, where n.sup.1,
n.sup.2, m.sup.1, m.sup.2, and m.sup.3 are integers as described
above.
[0160] Also included are a nucleotide sequence encoding a
polypeptide consisting of a portion of a complete TRID amino acid
sequence encoded by a cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No.
97798, where this portion excludes from 1 to about 49 amino acids
from the amino terminus of the complete amino acid sequence encoded
by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798, or from 1 to
about 110 amino acids from the carboxy terminus of the complete
amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC
Deposit No. 97798, or any combination of the above amino terminal
and carboxy terminal deletions, of the complete amino acid sequence
encoded by the cDNA clone contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798.
Polynucleotides encoding all of the above deletion mutant
polypeptide forms also are provided.
[0161] Other Mutants
[0162] In addition to terminal deletion forms of the protein
discussed above, it will also be recognized by one of ordinary
skill in the art that some amino acid sequences of the TRID
polypeptide can be varied without significant effect on the
structure or function of the proteins. If such differences in
sequence are contemplated, it should be remembered that there will
be critical areas on the protein which determine activity. Thus,
the invention further includes variations of the TRID polypeptide,
which show substantial TRID polypeptide activity or which include
regions of TRID protein such as the protein portions discussed
below. Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions,
repeats, and type substitutions. Guidance concerning which amino
acid changes are likely to be phenotypically silent can be found in
Bowie, J. U. et al., "Deciphering the Message in Protein Sequences:
Tolerance to Amino Acid Substitutions," Science 247:1306-1310
(1990).
[0163] Thus, the fragment, derivative, or analog of the polypeptide
of SEQ ID NO:2, or that encoded by the deposited cDNA, may be: (i)
one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted
with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a
conserved amino acid residue(s), and more preferably at least one
but less than ten conserved amino acid residue(s)), and such
substituted amino acid residue(s) may or may not be one encoded by
the genetic code; or (ii) one in which one or more of the amino
acid residues includes a substituent group;or (iii) one in which
the mature or soluble extracellular polypeptide is fused with
another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of
the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol); or (iv) one in
which the additional amino acids are fused to the mature
polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or
secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification
of the mature polypeptide or a proprotein sequence. Such fragments,
derivatives and analogs are deemed to be within the scope of those
skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
[0164] Thus, the TRID of the present invention may include one or
more amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions, either from
natural mutations or human manipulation. As indicated, changes are
preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid
substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or
activity of the protein (see Table 2).
2TABLE 2 Conservative Amino Acid Substitutions Aromatic
Phenylalanine Tryptophan Tyrosine Hydrophobic Leucine Isoleucine
Valine Polar Glutamine Asparagine Basic Arginine Lysine Histidine
Acidic Aspartic Acid Glutamic Acid Small Alanine Serine Threonine
Methionine Glycine
[0165] In specific embodiments, the number of substitutions,
additions or deletions in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2
and/or any of the polypeptide fragments described herein (e.g., the
extracellular domain or transmembrane domain) is 75, 70, 60, 50,
40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 or 30-20,
20-15, 20-10, 15-10, 10-1, 5-10, 1-5, 1-3 or 1-2.
[0166] Amino acids in the TRID protein of the present invention
that are essential for function can be identified by methods known
in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning
mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081-1085 (1989)).
The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every
residue in the molecule The resulting mutant molecules are then
tested for biological activity such as receptor binding or in vitro
proliferative activity.
[0167] Of particular interest are substitutions of charged amino
acids with another charged amino acids and with neutral or
negatively charged amino acids. The latter results in proteins with
reduced positive charge to improve the characteristics of the TRID
protein. The prevention of aggregation is highly desirable.
Aggregation of proteins not only results in a loss of activity but
can also be problematic when preparing pharmaceutical formulations,
because they can be immunogenic. (Pinckard et al., Clin Exp.
Immunol. 2:331-340 (1967); Robbins et al., Diabetes 36:838-845
(1987); Cleland et al., Crit. Rev. Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems
10:307-377 (1993)).
[0168] The replacement of amino acids can also change the
selectivity of binding of a ligand to cell surface receptors. For
example, Ostade et al., Nature 361:266-268 (1993), describes
certain mutations resulting in selective binding of TNF-.alpha. to
only one of the two known types of TNF receptors. Sites that are
critical for ligand-receptor binding can also be determined by
structural analysis such as crystallization, nuclear magnetic
resonance or photoaffinity labeling (Smith et al., J. Mol. Biol.
224:899-904 (1992) and de Vos et al., Science 255:306-312
(1992)).
[0169] Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using
art-known mutagenesis techniques, which include, but are not
limited to oligonucleotide mediated mutagenesis, alanine scanning,
PCR mutagenesis, site directed mutagenesis (see e.g., Carter et
al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13:4331 (1986); and Zoller et al., Nucl.
Acids Res. 10:6487 (1982)), cassette mutagenesis (see e.g., Wells
et al., Gene 34:315(1985)), restriction selection mutagenesis (see
e.g., Wells et al., Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA 317:415
(1986)).
[0170] Thus, the invention also encompasses TRID derivatives and
analogs that have one or more amino acid residues deleted, added,
or substituted to generate TRID polypeptides that are better suited
for expression, scale up, etc., in the host cells chosen. For
example, cysteine residues can be deleted or substituted with
another amino acid residue in order to eliminate disulfide bridges;
N-linked glycosylation sites can be altered or eliminated to
achieve, for example, expression of a homogeneous product that is
more easily recovered and purified from yeast hosts which are known
to hyperglycosylate N-linked sites. To this end, a variety of amino
acid substitutions at one or both of the first or third amino acid
positions on any one or more of the glycosylation recognitions
sequences in the TRID polypeptides of the invention, and/or an
amino acid deletion at the second position of any one or more such
recognition sequences will prevent glycosylation of the TRID at the
modified tripeptide sequence (see, e.g., Miyajimo et al., EMBO J
5(6):1193-1197).
[0171] The present inventors have discovered that the TRID
polypeptide is a 259 residue protein exhibiting two main structural
domains. First, the extracellular TRAIL ligand binding domain was
identified within residues from about 27 to about 240 in SEQ ID
NO:2. Second, the transmembrane domain was identified within
residues from about 241 to about 259 in SEQ ID NO:2. As mentioned
above, however, TRID, surprisingly lacks a putative intracellular
signalling domain, thus, the name "TRID" (TRAIL Receptor Without an
Intracellular Domain").
[0172] The polypeptides of the present invention include the
polypeptide encoded by the deposited cDNA including the leader; the
mature polypeptide encoded by the deposited the cDNA minus the
leader (i.e., the mature protein); a polypeptide comprising, or
alternatively consisting of, amino acids about 1 to about 259 in
SEQ ID NO:2; a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting
of, amino acids about 2 to about 259 in SEQ ID NO:2 as well as
polypeptides which are at least 80% identical, more preferably at
least 90% or 95% identical, still more preferably at least 96%,
97%, 98%, or 99% identical to the polypeptides described above, and
also include portions of such polypeptides with at least 30 amino
acids and more preferably at least 50 amino acids.
[0173] By a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for
example, 95% "identical" to a reference amino acid sequence of a
TRID polypeptide is intended that the amino acid sequence of the
polypeptide is identical to the reference sequence except that the
polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations
per each 100 amino acids of the reference amino acid of the TRID
polypeptide. In other words, to obtain a polypeptide having an
amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to a reference amino
acid sequence, up to 5% of the amino acid residues in the reference
sequence may be deleted or substituted with another amino acid, or
a number of amino acids up to 5% of the total amino acid residues
in the reference sequence may be inserted into the reference
sequence. These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at
the amino or carboxy terminal positions of the reference amino acid
sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed
either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in
one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
[0174] As a practical matter, whether any particular polypeptide is
at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to, for instance,
the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, or to the amino acid
sequence encoded by the deposited cDNA clone, can be determined
conventionally using known computer programs such the Bestfit
program (Wisconsin Sequence Analysis Package, Version 8 for Unix,
Genetics Computer Group, University Research Park, 575 Science
Drive, Madison, Wis. 53711). When using Bestfit or any other
sequence alignment program to determine whether a particular
sequence is, for instance, 95% identical to a reference sequence
according to the present invention, the parameters are set, of
course, such that the percentage of identity is calculated over the
full length of the reference amino acid sequence and that gaps in
homology of up to 5% of the total number of amino acid residues in
the reference sequence are allowed.
[0175] In a specific embodiment, the identity between a reference
(query) sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a
subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment,
is determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the
algorithm of Brutlag et al. (Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245 (1990)).
Preferred parameters used in a FASTDB amino acid alignment are:
Matrix=PAM 0, k-tuple=2, Mismatch Penalty=1, Joining Penalty=20,
Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff Score=1, Window Size=sequence
length, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size Penalty=0.05, Window Size=500 or
the length of the subject amino acid sequence, whichever is
shorter. According to this embodiment, if the subject sequence is
shorter than the query sequence due to N- or C-terminal deletions,
not because of internal deletions, a manual correction is made to
the results to take into consideration the fact that the FASTDB
program does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of the
subject sequence when calculating global percent identity. For
subject sequences truncated at the N- and C-termini, relative to
the query sequence, the percent identity is corrected by
calculating the number of residues of the query sequence that are
N- and C-terminal of the subject sequence, which are not
matched/aligned with a corresponding subject residue, as a percent
of the total bases of the query sequence. A determination ofwhether
a residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB
sequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the
percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the
specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
This final percent identity score is what is used for the purposes
of this embodiment. Only residues to the N- and C-termini of the
subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with the query
sequence, are considered for the purposes of manually adjusting the
percent identity score. That is, only query residue positions
outside the farthest N- and C-terminal residues of the subject
sequence. For example, a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is
aligned with a 100 residue query sequence to determine percent
identity. The deletion occurs at the N-terminus of the subject
sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a
matching/alignment of the first 10 residues at the N-terminus. The
10 unpaired residues represent 10% of the sequence (number of
residues at the N- and C-termini not matched/total number of
residues in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the
percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the
remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the final percent
identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90 residue subject
sequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence. This time
the deletions are internal deletions so there are no residues at
the N- or C-termini of the subject sequence which are not
matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity
calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only
residue positions outside the N- and C-terminal ends of the subject
sequence, as displayed in the FASTDB alignment, which are not
matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected for.
No other manual corrections are made for the purposes of this
embodiment.
[0176] The polypeptide of the present invention have uses which
include, but are not limited to, as sources for generating
antibodies that bind the polypeptides of the invention, and as a
molecular weight marker on SDS-PAGE gels or on molecular sieve gel
filtration columns using methods well known to those of skill in
the art.
[0177] The present application is also directed to proteins
containing polypeptides at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%
identical to the TRID polypeptide sequence set forth herein as
n.sup.1-259, n.sup.2-259,-m.sup.1, 1-m.sup.2, 1-m.sup.3,
n.sup.1-m.sup.1, n.sup.2-m.sup.1, n.sup.1-m.sup.2, n.sup.2-m.sup.2,
n.sup.1-m.sup.3, or n.sup.2-m.sup.3 of SEQ ID NO:2, where n.sup.1,
n.sup.2, m.sup.1, m.sup.2, and m.sup.3 are integers as described
above. In preferred embodiments, the application is directed to
proteins containing polypeptides at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%
or 99% identical to polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of
the specific TRID N- and C-terminal deletions recited herein.
Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by
the invention.
[0178] In certain preferred embodiments, TRID proteins of the
invention comprise, or alternatively consist of, fusion proteins as
described herein wherein the TRID polypeptides are those described
as n.sup.1-259, n.sup.2-259,-m.sup.1, 1-m.sup.2, 1-m.sup.3,
n.sup.1-m.sup.1, n.sup.2-m , n.sup.1-m.sup.2, n.sup.2-m.sup.2,
n.sup.1-m.sup.3, or n.sup.2-m.sup.3 of SEQ ID NO:2, where n.sup.1,
n.sup.2, m.sup.1, m.sup.2, and m.sup.3 are integers as described
above. In preferred embodiments, the application is directed to
nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%
identical to the nucleic acid sequences encoding polypeptides
having the amino acid sequence of the specific N- and C-terminal
deletions recited herein. Polynucleotides encoding these
polypeptides are also encompassed by the invention.
[0179] Epitope-Bearing Portions
[0180] The present invention encompasses polypeptides comprising,
or alternatively consisting of, an epitope of the polypeptide
having an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, or an epitope of the
polypeptide sequence encoded by a polynucleotide sequence contained
in the cDNA assigned ATCC Accession No. 97798, encoded by a
polynucleotide that hybridizes to the complement of the sequence of
SEQ ID NO:1, or contained in the cDNA assigned ATCC Accession No.
97798 under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency
hybridization conditions as defined supra. The present invention
further encompasses polynucleotide sequences encoding an epitope of
a polypeptide sequence of the invention (such as, for example, the
sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO:1), polynucleotide sequences of the
complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an
epitope of the invention, and polynucleotide sequences which
hybridize to the complementary strand under stringent hybridization
conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions defined
supra.
[0181] The term "epitopes," as used herein, refers to portions of a
polypeptide having antigenic or immunogenic activity in an animal,
preferably a mammal, and most preferably in a human. In a preferred
embodiment, the present invention encompasses a polypeptide
comprising an epitope, as well as the polynucleotide encoding this
polypeptide. An "immunogenic epitope," as used herein, is defined
as a portion of a protein that elicits an antibody response in an
animal, as determined by any method known in the art, for example,
by the methods for generating antibodies described infra. (See, for
example, Geysen et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3998-4002
(1983)). The term "antigenic epitope," as used herein, is defined
as a portion of a protein to which an antibody can
immunospecifically bind its antigen as determined by any method
well known in the art, for example, by the immunoassays described
herein. Immunospecific binding excludes non-specific binding but
does not necessarily exclude cross-reactivity with other antigens.
Antigenic epitopes need not necessarily be immunogenic.
[0182] Fragments that function as epitopes may be produced by any
conventional means. (See, e.g., Houghten, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 82:5131-5135 (1985), further described in U.S. Pat. No.
4,631,211).
[0183] Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the
invention are therefore useful to raise antibodies, including
monoclonal antibodies, that bind specifically to a polypeptide of
the invention. See, for instance, Wilson et al., Cell 37:767-778
(1984) at 777.
[0184] In the present invention, antigenic epitopes preferably
contain a sequence of at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least
7, more preferably at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least
15, at least 20, at least 25, and, most preferably, between about
15 to about 30 amino acids contained within the amino acid sequence
of a polypeptide of the invention. Preferred polypeptides
comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15,
20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or
100 amino acid residues in length. Antigenic epitopes are useful,
for example, to raise antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies,
that specifically bind the epitope. Antigenic epitopes can be used
as the target molecules in immunoassays. (See, for instance, Wilson
et al, Cell 37:767-778 (1984); Sutcliffe et al., Science
219:660-666 (1983)). Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides
are also encompassed by the invention.
[0185] Similarly, immunogenic epitopes can be used, for example, to
induce antibodies according to methods well known in the art. (See,
for instance, Sutcliffe et al., supra; Wilson et al., supra; Chow
et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:910-914; and Bittle et al.,
J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354 (1985). A preferred immunogenic epitope
includes the secreted protein. The polypeptides comprising one or
more immunogenic epitopes may be presented for eliciting an
antibody response together with a carrier protein, such as an
albumin, to an animal system (such as, for example, rabbit or
mouse), or, if the polypeptide is of sufficient length (at least
about 25 amino acids), the polypeptide may be presented without a
carrier. However, immunogenic epitopes comprising as few as 8 to 10
amino acids have been shown to be sufficient to raise antibodies
capable of binding to, at the very least, linear epitopes in a
denatured polypeptide (e.g., in Western blotting).
[0186] Epitope-bearing polypeptides of the present invention may be
used to induce antibodies according to methods well known in the
art including, but not limited to, in vivo immunization, in vitro
immunization, and phage display methods. See, e.g., Sutcliffe et
al., supra; Wilson et al., supra, and Bittle et al., J. Gen.
Virol., 66:2347-2354 (1985). If in vivo immunization is used,
animals may be immunized with free peptide; however, anti-peptide
antibody titer may be boosted by coupling the peptide to a
macromolecular carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) or
tetanus toxoid. For instance, peptides containing cysteine residues
may be coupled to a carrier using a linker such as
maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), while other
peptides may be coupled to carriers using a more general linking
agent such as glutaraldehyde. Animals such as, for example,
rabbits, rats, and mice are immunized with either free or
carrier-coupled peptides, for instance, by intraperitoneal and/or
intradermal injection of emulsions containing about 100 micrograms
of peptide or carrier protein and Freund's adjuvant or any other
adjuvant known for stimulating an immune response. Several booster
injections may be needed, for instance, at intervals of about two
weeks, to provide a useful titer of anti-peptide antibody that can
be detected, for example, by ELISA assay using free peptide
adsorbed to a solid surface. The titer of anti-peptide antibodies
in serum from an immunized animal may be increased by selection of
anti-peptide antibodies, for instance, by adsorption to the peptide
on a solid support and elution of the selected antibodies according
to methods well known in the art.
[0187] As to the selection of peptides or polypeptides bearing an
antigenic epitope (i.e., that contain a region of a protein
molecule to which an antibody can bind), it is well known in that
art that relatively short synthetic peptides that mimic part of a
protein sequence are routinely capable of eliciting an antiserum
that reacts with the partially mimicked protein. See, for instance,
Sutcliffe, J. G., et al., "Antibodies That React With Predetermined
Sites on Proteins," Science, 219:660-666 (1983). Peptides capable
of eliciting protein-reactive sera are frequently represented in
the primary sequence of a protein, can be characterized by a set of
simple chemical rules, and are confined neither to immunodominant
regions of intact proteins (i.e., immunogenic epitopes) nor to the
amino or carboxyl terminals. Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and
polypeptides of the invention are therefore useful to raise
antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies, that bind specifically
to a polypeptide of the invention. See, for instance, Wilson et
al., Cell 37:767-778 (1984) at 777.
[0188] Non-limiting examples of antigenic polypeptides or peptides
that can be used to generate TRID-specific antibodies include: a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Gln-42 to about Glu-52 in SEQ ID NO:2; a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about His-58 to about Cys-66 in SEQ ID NO:2; a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Pro-68 to about Thr-76 in SEQ ID NO:2; a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Ser-79 to about Cys-85 in SEQ ID NO:2; a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Cys-91 to about Thr-102 in SEQ ID NO:2;
apolypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Gln-110 to about Pro-122 in SEQ ID NO:2; a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Arg-126 to about Val-136 in SEQ ID NO:2; and a
polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, amino acid
residues from about Thr-142 to about Gln-148 in SEQ ID NO:2. As
indicated above, the inventors have determined that the above
polypeptide fragments are antigenic regions of the TRID protein.
Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptides are also encompassed by
the invention.
[0189] The epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the
invention may be produced by any conventional means *See, e.g,
Houghten, R. A. "General method for the rapid solid-phase synthesis
of large numbers ofpeptides: specificity of antigen-antibody
interaction at the level of individual amino acids." Proc. Natl.
Acad Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985); this "Simultaneous Multiple
Peptide Synthesis (SMPS)" process is further described in U.S. Pat.
No. 4,631,211 to Houghten et al. (1986)).
[0190] Further still, U.S. Pat. No. 5,194,392 to Geysen (1990)
describes a general method of detecting or determining the sequence
of monomers (amino acids or other compounds) which is a topological
equivalent of the epitope (i.e., a "mimotope") which is
complementary to a particular paratope (antigen binding site) of an
antibody of interest. More generally, U.S. Pat. No. 4,433,092 to
Geysen (1989) describes a method of detecting or determining a
sequence of monomers which is atopographical equivalent of a ligand
which is complementary to the ligand binding site of a particular
receptor of interest. Similarly, U.S. Pat. No. 5,480,971 to
Houghten, R. A. et al. (1996) on Peralkylated Oligopeptide Mixtures
discloses linear C1-C7-alkyl peralkylated oligopeptides and sets
and libraries of such peptides, as well as methods for using such
oligopeptide sets and libraries for determining the sequence of a
peralkylated oligopeptide that preferentially binds to an acceptor
molecule of interest. Thus, non-peptide analogs of the
epitope-bearing peptides of the invention also can be made
routinely by these methods.
[0191] Fusion Proteins and Modified Proteins
[0192] As one of skill in the art will appreciate, TRID receptor
polypeptides of the present invention and the epitope-bearing
fragments thereof described herein above (e.g., corresponding to a
portion of the extracellular domain, such as, for example,
polypeptide sequence comprising, or alternatively, consisting of,
amino acid residues 1 to 240, 27 to 240, 30 to 240, 35 to 240, 40
to 240 and 50 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2) fused to other polypeptide
sequences. For example, the polypeptides of the present invention
may be fused with the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgA, IgE,
IgG, IgM), or portions thereof(CH1, CH2, CH3, or any combination
thereof and portions thereof) resulting in chimeric polypeptides.
Such fusion proteins may facilitate purification and may increase
half-life in vivo. This has been shown for chimeric proteins
consisting of the first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide
and various domains of the constant regions of the heavy or light
chains of mammalian immunoglobulins. See, e.g., EP 394,827;
Traunecker et al., Nature, 331:84-86 (1988). IgG Fusion proteins
that have a disulfide-linked dimeric structure due to the IgG
portion disulfide bonds have also been found to be more efficient
in binding and neutralizing other molecules than monomeric
polypeptides or fragments thereofalone. See, e.g, Fountoulakis et
al., J. Biochem., 270:3958-3964 (1995). Nucleic acids encoding the
above epitopes can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an
epitope tag (e.g., the hemagglutinin ("HA") tag or flag tag) to aid
in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide. For
example, a system described by Janknecht et al. allows for the
ready purification of non-denatured fusion proteins expressed in
human cell lines (Janknecht et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
USA 88:8972-897). In this system, the gene of interest is subcloned
into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the open reading
frame of the gene is translationally fused to an amino-terminal tag
consisting of six histidine residues. The tag serves as a
matrix-binding domain for the fusion protein. Extracts from cells
infected with the recombinant vaccinia virus are loaded onto
Ni.sup.2+ nitriloacetic acid-agarose column and histidine-tagged
proteins can be selectively eluted with imidazole-containing
buffers.
[0193] Additional fusion proteins of the invention may be generated
through the techniques of gene-shuffling, motif-shuffling,
exon-shuffling, and/or codon-shuffling (collectively referred to as
"DNA shuffling"). DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate the
activities of polypeptides of the invention, such methods can be
used to generate polypeptides with altered activity, as well as
agonists and antagonists of the polypeptides. See, generally, U.S.
Pat. Nos. 5,605,793; 5,811,238; 5,830,721; 5,834,252; and
5,837,458, and Patten et al., Curr. Opinion Biotechnol. 8:724-33
(1997); Harayama, Trends Biotechnol. 16(2):76-82 (1998); Hanssonet
al., J. Mol. Biol. 287:265-76 (1999); and Lorenzo and Blasco,
Biotechniques 24(2):308-13 (1998) (each of these patents and
publications are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In one embodiment, alteration ofpolynucleotides corresponding to
SEQ ID NO:1 and the polypeptides encoded by these polynucleotides
may be achieved by DNA shuffling. DNA shuffling involves the
assembly of two or more DNA segments by homologous or site-specific
recombination to generate variation in the polynucleotide sequence.
In another embodiment, polynucleotides of the invention, or the
encoded polypeptides, may be altered by being subjected to random
mutagenesis by error-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or
other methods prior to recombination. In another embodiment, one or
more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc.,
of a polynucleotide coding a polypeptide of the invention may be
recombined with one or more components, motifs, sections, parts,
domains, fragments, etc. of one or more heterologous molecules.
[0194] As one of skill in the art will appreciate, TRID
polypeptides of the present invention and the epitope-bearing
fragments thereof described herein (e.g., corresponding to a
portion of the extracellular domain such as, for example, amino
acid residues 1 to 240 of SEQ ID NO:2) can be combined with parts
of the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgG), resulting in
chimeric polypeptides. These fuision proteins facilitate
purification and show an increased half-life in vivo. This has been
shown, e.g., for chimeric proteins consisting of the first two
domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains of the
constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian
immunoglobulins (EPA 394,827; Traunecker et al., Nature 331:84-86
(1988)). Fusion proteins that have a disulfide-linked dimeric
structure due to the IgG part can also be more efficient in binding
and neutralizing other molecules than the monomeric TRID protein or
protein fragment alone (Fountoulakis et al., J. Biochem
270:3958-3964 (1995)). The epitope-bearing peptides and
polypeptides of the invention may be produced by any conventional
means. Houghten, R. A., "General method for the rapid solid-phase
synthesis of large numbers of peptides: specificity of
antigen-antibody interaction at the level of individual amino
acids," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985). This
"Simultaneous Multiple Peptide Synthesis (SMPS)" process is further
described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,631,211 to Houghten et al. (1986).
[0195] The polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form, such as
a fusion protein, and can include not only secretion signals but
also additional heterologous functional regions. Thus, for
instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged
amino acids, can be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to
improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during
purification or during subsequent handling and storage. Also,
peptide moieties can be added to the polypeptide to facilitate
purification. Such regions can be removed prior to final
preparation of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to
polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion, to improve
stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are
familiar and routine techniques in the art.
[0196] A preferred fusion protein comprises a heterologous region
from immunoglobulin that is useful to solubilize proteins. For
example, EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869) discloses
fusion proteins comprising various portions of constant region of
immunoglobin molecules together with another human protein or part
thereof. In many cases, the Fc part in a fusion protein is
thoroughly advantageous for use in therapy and diagnosis and thus
results, for example, in improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A
0232 262). On the other hand, for some uses, it would be desirable
to be able to delete the Fc part after the fusion protein has been
expressed, detected and purified in the advantageous manner
described. This is the case when the Fc portion proves to be a
hindrance to use in therapy and diagnosis, for example, when the
fusion protein is to be used as an antigen for immunizations. In
drug discovery, for example, human proteins, such as the
hIL5-receptor, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of
high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5.
See, D. Bennett et al., Journal of Molecular Recognition 8:52-58
(1995) and K. Johanson et al., The Journal of Biological Chemistry
270:16:9459-9471 (1995).
[0197] In another embodiment, TRID receptor polypeptides of the
present invention and the epitope-bearing fragments thereof
described herein above (e.g., corresponding to a portion of the
extracellular domain, such as, for example, polypeptide sequence
comprising, or alternatively, consisting of, amino acid residues 1
to 240, 27 to 240, 30 to 240, 35 to 240, 40 to 240 and 50 to 240 of
SEQ ID NO:2) can be combined as a fusion protein with a polypeptide
having intracellular signaling activity which is activated upon
ligand binding. For example, a TRID polypeptide of the present
invention can be coupled with the intracellular activation domain
of a heterologous TNF-family receptor. Such a fusion protein, when
expressed in a host cell, would, when bound to TRAIL, activate a
detectable signal, such as, but not limited to, apoptosis or NF-kB
activation. Such a fusion protein is useful for screening for
ligand binding, or screening for agonists and/or antagonists of a
TRID polypeptide.
[0198] In addition, proteins of the invention can be chemically
synthesized using techniques known in the art (e.g., see Creighton,
Proteins: Structures and Molecular Principles, W. H. Freeman &
Co., N.Y. (1983), and Hunkapiller, M., et al., Nature 310:105-111
(1984)). For example, a peptide corresponding to a fragment of the
TRID polypeptides of the invention can be synthesized by use of a
peptide synthesizer. Furthermore, if desired, nonclassical amino
acids or chemical amino acid analogs can be introduced as a
substitution or addition into the TRID polypeptide sequence.
Non-classical amino acids include, but are not limited to, to the
D-isomers of the common amino acids, 2,4-diaminobutyric acid,
a-amino isobutyric acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, Abu, 2-amino butyric
acid, g-Abu, e-Ahx, 6-amino hexanoic acid, Aib, 2-amino isobutyric
acid, 3-amino propionic acid, ornithine, norleucine, norvaline,
hydroxyproline, sarcosine, citrulline, homocitrulline, cysteic
acid, t-butylglycine, t-butylalanine, phenylglycine,
cyclohexylalanine, b-alanine, fluoro-amino acids, designer amino
acids such as b-methyl amino acids, Ca-methyl amino acids,
Na-methyl amino acids, and amino acid analogs in general.
Furthermore, the amino acid can be D (dextrorotary) or L
(levorotary).
[0199] Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using
art-known mutagenesis techniques, which include, but are not
limited to oligonucleotide mediated mutagenesis, alanine scanning,
PCR mutagenesis, site directed mutagenesis (see, e.g., Carter et
al., Nucl. Acids Res. 13:4331 (1986); and Zoller et al., Nucl.
Acids Res. 10:6487 (1982)), cassette mutagenesis (see, e.g., Wells
et al., Gene 34:315 (1985)), restriction selection mutagenesis
(see, e.g., Wells et al., Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA
317:415 (1986)).
[0200] The TRID polypeptides of the invention can be recovered and
purified by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or
ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange
chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic
interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography,
hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. Most
preferably, high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is
employed for purification.
[0201] Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally
purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and
products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or
eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher
plant, insect and mammalian cells. Depending upon the host employed
in a recombinant production procedure, the polypeptides of the
present invention may be glycosylated or non-glycosylated. In
addition, polypeptides of the invention may also include an initial
modified methionine residue, in some cases as a result of
host-mediated processes.
[0202] The invention additionally, encompasses TRID polypeptides
which are differentially modified during or after translation,
e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation,
derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic
cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand,
etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications may be carried out by
known techniques, including but not limited to, specific chemical
cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8
protease, NaBH.sub.4, acetylation, formylation, oxidation,
reduction, metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin,
etc.
[0203] Additional post-translational modifications encompassed by
the invention include, for example, e.g., N-linked or O-linked
carbohydrate chains, processing of N-terminal or C-terminal ends),
attachment of chemical moieties to the amino acid backbone,
chemical modifications of N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains,
and addition or deletion of an N-terminal methionine residue as a
result of procaryotic host cell expression. The polypeptides may
also be modified with a detectable label, such as an enzymatic,
fluorescent, isotopic or affinity label to allow for detection and
isolation of the protein.
[0204] Also provided by the invention are chemically modified
derivatives of TRID which may provide additional advantages such as
increased solubility, stability and circulating time of the
polypeptide, or decreased immunogenicity (see U.S. Pat. No.
4,179,337). The chemical moieties for derivitization may be
selected from water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol,
ethylene glycol/propylene glycol copolymers,
carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol and the like.
The polypeptides may be modified at random positions within the
molecule, or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may
include one, two, three or more attached chemical moieties.
[0205] The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be
branched or unbranched. For polyethylene glycol, the preferred
molecular weight is between about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term
"about" indicating that in preparations ofpolyethylene glycol, some
molecules will weigh more, some less, than the stated molecular
weight) for ease in handling and manufacturing. Other sizes may be
used, depending on the desired therapeutic profile (e.g., the
duration of sustained release desired, the effects, if any on
biological activity, the ease in handling, the degree or lack of
antigenicity and other known effects of the polyethylene glycol to
a therapeutic protein or analog). For example, the polyethylene
glycol may have an average molecular weight of about 200, 500,
1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000,
6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10,000, 10,500, 11,000,
11,500, 12,000, 12,500, 13,000, 13,500, 14,000, 14,500, 15,000,
15,500, 16,000, 16,500, 17,000, 17,500, 18,000, 18,500, 19,000,
19,500, 20,000, 25,000, 30,000, 35,000, 40,000, 50,000, 55,000,
60,000, 65,000, 70,000, 75,000, 80,000, 85,000, 90,000, 95,000, or
100,000 kDa.
[0206] The polyethylene glycol molecules (or other chemical
moieties) should be attached to the protein with consideration of
effects on functional or antigenic domains of the protein. There
are a number of attachment methods available to those skilled in
the art, e.g., EP 0 401 384, herein incorporated by reference
(coupling PEG to G-CSF), see also Malik et al., Exp. Hematol.
20:1028-1035 (1992) (reporting pegylation of GM-CSF using tresyl
chloride). For example, polyethylene glycol may be covalently bound
through amino acid residues via a reactive group, such as, a free
amino or carboxyl group. Reactive groups are those to which an
activated polyethylene glycol molecule may be bound. The amino acid
residues having a free amino group may include lysine residues and
the N-terminal amino acid residues; those having a free carboxyl
group may include aspartic acid residues glutamic acid residues and
the C-terminal amino acid residue. Sulfhydryl groups may also be
used as a reactive group for attaching the polyethylene glycol
molecules. Preferred for therapeutic purposes is attachment at an
amino group, such as attachment at the N-terminus or lysine
group.
[0207] As suggested above, polyethylene glycol may be attached to
proteins via linkage to any of a number of amino acid residues. For
example, polyethylene glycol can be linked to a proteins via
covalent bonds to lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid,
or cysteine residues. One or more reaction chemistries may be
employed to attach polyethylene glycol to specific amino acid
residues (e.g., lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, or
cysteine) of the protein or to more than one type of amino acid
residue (e.g., lysine, histidine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid,
cysteine and combinations thereof) of the protein.
[0208] One may specifically desire proteins chemically modified at
the N-terminus. Using polyethylene glycol as an illustration of the
present composition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene
glycol molecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the
proportion of polyethylene glycol molecules to protein (or peptide)
molecules in the reaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to
be performed, and the method of obtaining the selected N-terminally
pegylated protein. The method of obtaining the N-terminally
pegylated preparation (i.e., separating this moiety from other
monopegylated moieties if necessary) may be by purification of the
N-terminally pegylated material from a population of pegylated
protein molecules. Selective proteins chemically modified at the
N-terminus modification may be accomplished by reductive alkylation
which exploits differential reactivity ofdifferent types of primary
amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available for
derivatization in a particular protein. Under the appropriate
reaction conditions, substantially selective derivatization of the
protein at the N-terminus with a carbonyl group containing polymer
is achieved.
[0209] As indicated above, pegylation of the proteins of the
invention may be accomplished by any number ofmeans. For example,
polyethylene glycol may be attached to the protein either directly
or by an intervening linker. Linkerless systems for attaching
polyethylene glycol to proteins are described in Delgado et al.,
Crit. Rev. Thera. Drug Carrier Sys. 9:249-304 (1992); Francis et
al., Intern. J. of Hematol. 68:1-18 (1998); U.S. Pat. No.
4,002,531; U.S. Pat. No. 5,349,052; WO 95/06058; and WO 98/32466,
the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by
reference.
[0210] One system for attaching polyethylene glycol directly to
amino acid residues of proteins without an intervening linker
employs tresylated MPEG, which is produced by the modification of
monmethoxy polyethylene glycol (MPEG) using tresylchloride
(ClSO.sub.2CH.sub.2CF.sub.3). Upon reaction of protein with
tresylated MPEG, polyethylene glycol is directly attached to amine
groups of the protein. Thus, the invention includes
protein-polyethylene glycol conjugates produced by reacting
proteins of the invention with a polyethylene glycol molecule
having a 2,2,2-trifluoreothane sulphonyl group.
[0211] Polyethylene glycol can also be attached to proteins using a
number of different intervening linkers. For example, U.S. Pat. No.
5,612,460, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by
reference, discloses urethane linkers for connecting polyethylene
glycol to proteins. Protein-polyethylene glycol conjugates wherein
the polyethylene glycol is attached to the protein by a linker can
also be produced by reaction of proteins with compounds such as
MPEG-succinimidylsuccinate, MPEG activated with
1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole, MPEG-2,4,5-trichloropenylca- rbonate,
MPEG-p-nitrophenolcarbonate, and various MPEG-succinate
derivatives. A number additional polyethylene glycol derivatives
and reaction chemistries for attaching polyethylene glycol to
proteins are described in WO 98/32466, the entire disclosure of
which is incorporated herein by reference. Pegylated protein
products produced using the reaction chemistries set out herein are
included within the scope of the invention.
[0212] The number ofpolyethylene glycol moieties attached to each
protein of the invention (i.e., the degree of substitution) may
also vary. For example, the pegylated proteins of the invention may
be linked, on average, to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15,
17, 20, or more polyethylene glycol molecules. Similarly, the
average degree of substitution within ranges such as 1-3, 2-4, 3-5,
4-6, 5-7, 6-8, 7-9, 8-10, 9-11, 10-12, 11-13, 12-14, 13-15, 14-16,
15-17, 16-18, 17-19, or 18-20 polyethylene glycol moieties per
protein molecule. Methods for determining the degree of
substitution are discussed, for example, in Delgado et al., Crit.
Rev. Thera. Drug Carrier Sys. 9:249-304 (1992).
[0213] As mentioned the TRID proteins of the invention may be
modified by either natural processes, such as posttranslational
processing, or by chemical modification techniques which are well
known in the art. It will be appreciated that the same type of
modification may be present in the same or varying degrees at
several sites in a given TRID polypeptide. TRID polypeptides may be
branched, for example, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may
be cyclic, with or without branching. Cyclic, branched, and
branched cyclic TRID polypeptides may result from posttranslation
natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods.
Modifications include acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation,
amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a
heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide
derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative,
covalent attachment of phosphotidylinositol, cross-linking,
cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of
covalent cross-links, formation of cysteine, formation of
pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI
anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation,
myristoylation, oxidation, pegylation, proteolytic processing,
phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation,
sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acids to
proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination. (See, for
instance, PROTEINS--STRUCTURE AND MOLECULAR PROPERTIES, 2nd Ed., T.
E. Creighton, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993);
POSTTRANSLATIONAL COVALENT MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS, B. C. Johnson,
Ed., Academic Press, New York, pgs. 1-12 (1983); Seifter et al.,
Meth Enzymol 182:626-646 (1990); Rattan et al., Ann NY Acad Sci
663:48-62 (1992).)
[0214] Antibodies
[0215] TRID-protein specific antibodies for use in the present
invention can be raised against the intact TRID proteins or an
antigenic polypeptide fragment thereof, which may be presented
together with a carrier protein, such as an albumin, to an animal
system (such as rabbit or mouse) or, if it is long enough (at least
about 25 amino acids), without a carrier.
[0216] The present invention further relates to antibodies and
T-cell antigen receptors (TCR) which specifically bind the
polypeptides of the present invention. The antibodies of the
present invention include IgG (including IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, and
IgG4), IgA (including IgA1 and IgA2), IgD, IgE, or IgM, and IgY. As
used herein, the term "antibody" (Ab) or "monoclonal antibody"
(Mab) is meant to include intact molecules (e.g., whole
antibodies), as well as antibody fragments including single-chain
whole antibodies, and antigen-binding fragments thereof (such as,
for example, Fab and F(ab')2 fragments) which are capable of
specifically binding to a TNFR protein. Fab and F(ab')2 fragments
lack the Fc fragment of intact antibody, clear more rapidly from
the circulation, and may have less non-specific tissue binding of
an intact antibody (Wahl et al., J. Nucl. Med. 24:316-325 (1983)).
Thus, these fragments are preferred.
[0217] Most preferably the antibodies are human antigen-binding
antibody fragments of the present invention and include, but are
not limited to, Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2, Fd, single-chain Fvs (scFv),
single-chain antibodies, disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv) and fragments
comprising either a V.sub.L or V.sub.H domain. Antigen-binding
antibody fragments, including single-chain antibodies, may comprise
the variable region(s) alone or in combination with the entirety or
a portion of the following: hinge region, CH1, CH2, and CH3
domains. Also included in the invention are antigen-binding
fragments also comprising any combination of variable region(s)
with a hinge region, CH1, CH2, and CH3 domains. The antibodies of
the invention may be from any animal origin including birds and
mammals. Preferably, the antibodies are human, murine, donkey, ship
rabbit, goat, guinea pig, camel, horse, or chicken. As used herein,
"human" antibodies include antibodies having the amino acid
sequence of a human immunoglobulin and include antibodies isolated
from human immunoglobulin libraries or from animals transgenic for
one or more human immunoglobulin and that do not express endogenous
immunoglobulins, as described infra and, for example in, U.S. Pat.
No. 5,939,598 by Kucherlapati et al.
[0218] The antibodies of the present invention may be monospecific,
bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity.
Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of
a polypeptide of the present invention or may be specific for both
a polypeptide of the present invention as well as for heterologous
compositions, such as a heterologous polypeptide or solid support
material. See, e.g., WO 93/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO
92/05793; Tutt, A. et al. J. Immuno. 147:60-69 (1991); U.S. Pat.
Nos. 5,573,920, 4,474,893, 5,601,819, 4,714,681, 4,925,648;
Kostelny, S. A. et al. J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 (1992).
[0219] Antibodies of the present invention may be described or
specified in terms of the epitope(s) or portion(s) of a polypeptide
of the present invention which are recognized or specifically bound
by the antibody. The epitope(s) or polypeptide portion(s) may be
specified as described herein, e.g., by N-terminal and C-terminal
positions, by size in contiguous amino acid residues, or listed in
the Tables and Figures. Antibodies which specifically bind any
epitope or polypeptide of the present invention may also be
excluded. Therefore, the present invention includes antibodies that
specifically bind polypeptides of the present invention, and allows
for the exclusion of the same.
[0220] Antibodies of the present invention may also be described or
specified in terms of their cross-reactivity. Antibodies that do
not bind any other analog, ortholog, or homolog of the polypeptides
of the present invention are included. Antibodies that do not bind
polypeptides with less than 95%, less than 90%, less than 85%, less
than 80%, less than 75%, less than 70%, less than 65%, less than
60%, less than 55%, and less than 50% identity (as calculated using
methods known in the art and described herein) to a polypeptide of
the present invention are also included in the present invention.
Further included in the present invention are antibodies which only
bind polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides which hybridize to a
polynucleotide of the present invention under stringent
hybridization conditions (as described herein). Antibodies of the
present invention may also be described or specified in terms of
their binding affinity. Preferred binding affinities include those
with a dissociation constant or Kd less than 5.times.10.sup.-2M,
10.sup.-2M, 5.times.10.sup.-3M, 10.sup.-.sup.3M,
5.times.10.sup.-4M, 10.sup.-4M, 5.times.10.sup.-5M, 10.sup.-5M,
5.times.10.sup.-6M, 10.sup.-.sup.6M, 5.times.10.sup.-7M,
10.sup.-.sup.7M, 5.times.10.sup.-8M, 10.sup.-8M,
5.times.10.sup.-9M, 10.sup.-9M, 5.times.10.sup.-10M, 10.sup.-10M,
5.times.10.sup.-11M, 10.sup.-11M, 5.times.10.sup.-12M, 10.sup.31
12M, 5.times.10.sup.-13M, 10.sup.-13M, 5.times.10.sup.-14M,
10.sup.-14M, 5.times.10.sup.-15M, and 10.sup.-15M.
[0221] The invention also provides antibodies that competitively
inhibit binding of an antibody to an epitope of the invention as
determined by any method known in the art for determining
competitive binding, for example, the immunoassays described
herein. In preferred embodiments, the antibody competitively
inhibits binding to the epitope by at least 90%, at least 80%, at
least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%.
[0222] Antibodies of the present invention may act as agonists,
TRAIL binding facilitators, or antagonists of the polypeptides of
the present invention. For example, the present invention includes
antibodies which disrupt the receptor/ligand interactions with the
polypeptides of the invention either partially or fully. The
invention features both receptor-specific antibodies and
ligand-specific antibodies. The invention also features
receptor-specific antibodies which do not prevent ligand binding
but prevent receptor activation. Receptor activation (ie.,
signaling) may be determined by techniques described herein or
otherwise known in the art. For example, receptor activation can be
determined by detecting the phosphorylation (e.g., tyrosine or
serine/threonine) of the receptor or its substrate by
immunoprecipitation followed by western blot analysis (for example,
as described supra). In specific embodiments, antibodies are
provided that inhibit ligand or receptor activity by at least 90%,
at least 80%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50% of the
activity in absence of the antibody.
[0223] The invention also features receptor-specific antibodies
which both prevent ligand binding and receptor activation as well
as antibodies that recognize the receptor-ligand complex, and,
preferably, do not specifically recognize the unbound receptor or
the unbound ligand. Likewise, included in the invention are
neutralizing antibodies which bind the ligand and prevent binding
of the ligand to the receptor, as well as antibodies which bind the
ligand, thereby preventing receptor activation, but do not prevent
the ligand from binding the receptor. Further included in the
invention are antibodies which activate the receptor. These
antibodies may act as receptor agonists, i.e., potentiate or
activate either all or a subset of the biological activities of the
ligand-mediated receptor activation. The antibodies may be
specified as agonists, TRAIL binding facilitators, antagonists or
inverse agonists for biological activities comprising the specific
biological activities of the peptides of the invention disclosed
herein. Thus, the invention further relates to antibodies which act
as agonists, TRAIL binding facilitators, or antagonists of the
polypeptides of the present invention. The above antibody agonists
or TRAIL binding facilitators can be made using methods known in
the art. See, e.g., PCT publication WO 96/40281; U.S. Pat. No.
5,811,097; Deng et al., Blood 92(6):1981-1988 (1998); Chen et al.,
Cancer Res. 58(16):3668-3678 (1998); Harrop et al., J. Immunol.
161(4):1786-1794 (1998); Zhu et al., Cancer Res. 58(15):3209-3214
(1998); Yoon et al., J. Immunol. 160(7):3170-3179 (1998); Prat et
al., J. Cell. Sci. 111(Pt2):237-247 (1998); Pitard et al., J.
Immunol. Methods 205(2):177-190(1997); Liautard et al., Cytokine
9(4):233-241 (1997); Carlson et al., J. Biol. Chem.
272(17):11295-11301(1997); Taryman et al., Neuron 14(4):755-762
(1995); Muller et al., Structure 6(9):1153-1167 (1998); Bartunek et
al., Cytokine 8(1): 14-20 (1996) (which are all incorporated by
reference herein in their entireties).
[0224] Antibodies of the present invention have uses that include,
but are not limited to, methods known in the art to purify, detect,
and target the polypeptides of the present invention including both
in vitro and in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods. For
example, the antibodies have use in immunoassays for qualitatively
and quantitatively measuring levels of the polypeptides of the
present invention in biological samples. See, e.g., Harlow et al.,
ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory
Press, 2nd ed. 1988) (incorporated by reference in the
entirety).
[0225] The antibodies of the present invention may be used either
alone or in combination with other compositions. The antibodies may
further be recombinantly fused to a heterologous polypeptide at the
N- or C-terminus or chemically conjugated (including covalently and
non-covalently conjugations) to polypeptides or other compositions.
For example, antibodies of the present invention may be
recombinantly fused or conjugated to molecules useful as labels in
detection assays and effector molecules such as heterologous
polypeptides, drugs, or toxins. See, e.g., WO 92/08495; WO
91/14438; WO 89/12624; U.S. Pat. No. 5,314,995; and EP 0 396
387.
[0226] The antibodies of the invention include derivatives that are
modified, i.e, by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule
to the antibody such that covalent attachment does not prevent the
antibody from generating an anti-idiotypic response. For example,
but not by way of limitation, the antibody derivatives include
antibodies that have been modified, e.g., by glycosylation,
acetylation, pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization
by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage
to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. Any of numerous
chemical modifications may be carried out by known techniques,
including, but not limited to specific chemical cleavage,
acetylation, formylation, metabolic synthesis oftunicamycin, etc.
Additionally, the derivative may contain one or more non-classical
amino acids.
[0227] The antibodies of the present invention may be generated by
any suitable method known in the art. Polyclonal antibodies to an
antigen of interest can be produced by various procedures well
known in the art. For example, a polypeptide of the invention can
be administered to various host animals including, but not limited
to, rabbits, mice, rats, etc. to induce the production of sera
containing polyclonal antibodies specific for the antigen. Various
adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response,
depending on the host species, and include but are not limited to,
Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels such as aluminum
hydroxide, surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic
polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet
hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants
such as BCG (bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum.
Such adjuvants are also well known in the art.
[0228] In the most preferred method, the antibodies of the present
invention are monoclonal antibodies. The term "monoclonal antibody"
is not a limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma
technology. The term "monoclonal antibody" refers to an antibody
that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic,
prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is
produced. Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide
variety of techniques known in the art including the use of
hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technology.
[0229] For example, monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using
hybridoma technology (Kohler et al., Nature 256:495 (1975); Kohler
et al., Eur. J. Immunol 6:511 (1976); Kohler et al., Eur. J.
Immunol. 6:292 (1976); Hammerling et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies
and T-Cell Hybridomas, Elsevier, N.Y., (1981) pp. 563-681). In
general, such procedures involve immunizing an animal (preferably a
mouse) with a TRID protein antigen or, more preferably, with a TRID
protein-expressing cell. Suitable cells can be recognized by their
capacity to bind anti-TRID protein antibody. Such cells may be
cultured in any suitable tissue culture medium; however, it is
preferable to culture cells in Earle's modified Eagle's medium
supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (inactivated at about
56.degree. C.), and supplemented with about 10 g/l of nonessential
amino acids, about 1,000 U/ml of penicillin, and about 100 .mu.g/ml
of streptomycin. The splenocytes of such mice are extracted and
fused with a suitable myeloma cell line. Any suitable myeloma cell
line may be employed in accordance with the present invention;
however, it is preferable to employ the parent myeloma cell line
(SP20), available from the American Type Culture Collection,
Rockville, Md. After fusion, the resulting hybridoma cells are
selectively maintained in HAT medium, and then cloned by limiting
dilution as described by Wands et al (Gastroenterology 80:225-232
(1981)). The hybridoma cells obtained through such a selection are
then assayed to identify clones which secrete antibodies capable of
binding the desired TRID antigen.
[0230] Accordingly, the present invention provides methods of
generating monoclonal antibodies as well as antibodies produced by
the method comprising culturing a hybridoma cell secreting an
antibody of the invention wherein, preferably, the hybridoma is
generated by fusing splenocytes isolated from a mouse immunized
with an antigen of the invention with myeloma cells and then
screening the hybridomas resulting from the fusion for hybridoma
clones that secrete an antibody able to bind a polypeptide of the
invention.
[0231] Antibody fragments that recognize specific epitopes may be
generated by known techniques. For example, Fab and F(ab')2
fragments of the invention may be produced by proteolytic cleavage
of immunoglobulin molecules, using enzymes such as papain (to
produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments).
F(ab')2 fragments contain the variable region, the light chain
constant region and the CHI domain of the heavy chain.
[0232] Hybridoma techniques include those known in the art and
taught in Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold
Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al.,
in: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND T-CELL HYBRIDOMAS 563-681 (Elsevier,
N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their
entireties). It will be appreciated that Fab and F(ab')2 and other
fragments of the antibodies of the present invention may be used
according to the methods disclosed herein. Fab and F(ab')2
fragments may be produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes
such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce
F(ab')2 fragments). Alternatively, TRID protein-binding fragments
can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA
technology or through synthetic chemistry.
[0233] Alternatively, additional antibodies capable of binding to
the TRID antigen may be produced in a two-step procedure through
the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies. Such a method makes use of
the fact that antibodies are themselves antigens, and that,
therefore, it is possible to obtain an antibody which binds to a
second antibody. In accordance with this method, TRID-protein
specific antibodies are used to immunize an animal, preferably a
mouse. The splenocytes of such an animal are then used to produce
hybridoma cells, and the hybridoma cells are screened to identify
clones which produce an antibody whose ability to bind to the TRID
protein-specific antibody can be blocked by the TRID protein
antigen. Such antibodies comprise anti-idiotypic antibodies to the
TRID protein-specific antibody and can be used to immunize an
animal to induce formation of further TRID protein-specific
antibodies.
[0234] For in vivo use of anti-TRID in humans, it may be preferable
to use "humanized" chimeric monoclonal antibodies. Such antibodies
can be produced using genetic constructs derived from hybridoma
cells producing the monoclonal antibodies described above. Methods
for producing chimeric antibodies are known in the art. See, for
review, Morrison, Science 229:1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques
4:214 (1986); Cabilly et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Taniguchi et
al., EP 171496; Morrison et al., EP 173494; Neuberger et al., WO
8601533; Robinson et al., WO 8702671; Boulianne et al., Nature
312:643 (1984); Neuberger et al., Nature 314:268 (1985).
[0235] Alternatively, antibodies of the present invention can be
produced through the application of recombinant DNA and phage
display technology or through synthetic chemistry using methods
known in the art. For example, the antibodies of the present
invention can be prepared using various phage display methods known
in the art. In phage display methods, functional antibody domains
are displayed on the surface of a phage particle which carries
polynucleotide sequences encoding them. Pliage with a desired
binding property are selected from a repertoire or combinatorial
antibody library (e.g. human or murine) by selecting directly with
antigen, typically antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or
bead. Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage
including fd and M13 with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv
antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III
or gene VIII protein. Examples of phage display methods that can be
used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those
disclosed in Brinkman U. et al. J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50
(1995); Ames, R. S. et al. J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186 (1995);
Kettleborough, C. A. et al. Eur. J. Immunol. 24:952-958 (1994);
Persic, L. et al. Gene 187:9-18 (1997); Burton, D. R. et al.
Advances in Immunology 57:191-280 (1994); PCT/GB91/01134; WO
90/02809; WO 91/10737; WO 92/01047; WO 92/18619; WO 93/11236; WO
95/15982; WO 95/20401; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,698,426, 5,223,409,
5,403,484, 5,580,717, 5,427,908, 5,750,753, 5,821,047, 5,571,698,
5,427,908, 5,516,637, 5,780,225, 5,658,727, 5,733,743, and
5,969,108 (said references incorporated by reference in their
entireties).
[0236] As described in the above references, after phage selection,
the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used
to generate whole antibodies, including human antibodies, or any
other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any
desired host including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells,
yeast, and bacteria. For example, techniques to recombinantly
produce Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2 fragments can also be employed using
methods known in the art such as those disclosed in WO 92/22324;
Mullinax, R. L. et al. BioTechniques 12(6):864-869 (1992); and
Sawai, H. et al., AJRI34:26-34 (1995); and Better, M. et al.
Science 240:1041-1043 (1988) (said references incorporated by
reference in their entireties).
[0237] Examples oftechniques which can be used to produce
single-chain Fvs and antibodies include those described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 4,946,778 and 5,258,498; Huston et al. Methods in
Enzymology 203:46-88 (1991); Shu, L. et al. PNAS 90:7995-7999
(1993); and Skerra, A. et al. Science 240:1038-1040 (1988). For
some uses, including in vivo use of antibodies in humans and in
vitro detection assays, it may be preferable to use chimeric,
humanized, or human antibodies. Methods for producing chimeric
antibodies are known in the art. See e.g., Morrison, Science
229:1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Gillies, S.
D. et al. J. Immunol. Methods 125:191-202 (1989); and U.S. Pat. No.
5,807,715. Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of
techniques including CDR-grafting (EP 0 239 400; WO 91/09967; U.S.
Pat. Nos. 5,530,101; and 5,585,089), veneering or resurfacing (EP 0
592 106; EP 0 519 596; Padlan E. A., Molecular Immunology
28(4/5):489-498 (1991); Studnicka G. M. et a., Protein Engineering
7(6):805-814 (1994); Roguska M. A. et al. PNAS 91:969-973 (1994)),
and chain shuffling (U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332). Completely human
antibodies are particularly desirable for therapeutic treatment of
human patients. Human antibodies can be made by a variety of
methods known in the art including phage display methods described
above. See also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,444,887, 4,716,111, 5,545,806,
and 5,814,318; and International patent application publication
numbers WO 98/46645, WO 98/50433, WO 98/24893, WO 98/16654, WO
96/34096, WO 96/33735, and WO 91/10741 (said references
incorporated by reference in their entireties).
[0238] Human antibodies can also be produced using transgenic mice
which are incapable of expressing functional endogenous
immunoglobulins, but which can express human immunoglobulin genes.
For example, the human heavy and light chain immunoglobulin gene,
complexes may be introduced randomly or by homologous recombination
into mouse embryonic stem cells. Alternatively, the human variable
region, constant region, and diversity region may be introduced
into mouse embryonic stem cells in addition to the human heavy and
light chain genes. The mouse heavy and light chain immunoglobulin
genes may be rendered non-functional separately or simultaneously
with the introduction of human immunoglobulin loci by homologous
recombination. In particular, homozygous deletion of the JH region
prevents endogenous antibody production. The modified embryonic
stem cells are expanded and microinjected into blastocysts to
produce chimeric mice. The chimeric mice are then bred to produce
homozygous offspring that express human antibodies. The transgenic
mice are immunized in the normal fashion with a selected antigen,
e.g., all or a portion of a polypeptide of the invention.
Monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen can be obtained
from the immunized, transgenic mice using conventional hybridoma
technology.
[0239] The human immunoglobulin transgenes harbored by the
transgenic mice rearrange during B-cell differentiation, and
subsequently undergo class switching and somatic mutation. Thus,
using such a technique, it is possible to produce therapeutically
useful IgG, IgA, IgM and IgE antibodies. For an overview of this
technology for producing human antibodies, see Lonberg and Huszar
(1995, Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93). For a detailed discussion of
this technology for producing human antibodies and human monoclonal
antibodies and protocols for producing such antibodies, see, e.g.,
PCT publications WO 98/24893; WO 30 96/34096; WO 96/33735; U.S.
Pat. Nos. 5,413,923; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; 5,569,825; 5,661,016;
5,545,806; 5,814,318; and 5,939,598, which are incorporated by
reference herein in their entirety. In addition, companies such as
Abgenix, Inc. (Freemont, Calif.) and GenPharm (San Jose, Calif.)
can be engaged to provide human antibodies directed against a
selected antigen using technology similar to that described
above.
[0240] Completely human antibodies which recognize a selected
epitope can be generated using a technique referred to as "guided
selection." In this approach a selected non-human monoclonal
antibody, e.g., a mouse antibody, is used to guide the selection of
a completely human antibody recognizing the same epitope. (Jespers
et al., Bio/technology 12:899-903 (1988)).
[0241] As discussed above, antibodies to the TRID proteins of the
invention can, in turn, be utilized to generate anti-idiotype
antibodies that "mimic" TRID using techniques well known to those
skilled in the art. (See, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J.
7(5):437-444; (1989) and Nissinoff, J. Immunol. 147(8):2429-2438
(1991)). For example, antibodies which bind to TRID and
competitively inhibit TRID multimerization and/or binding to ligand
can be used to generate anti-idiotypes that "mimic" the TRID
mutimerization and/or binding domain and, as a consequence, bind to
and neutralize TRID and/or its ligand. Such neutralizing
anti-idiotypes or Fab fragments of such anti-idiotypes can be used
in therapeutic regimens to neutralize TRID ligand. For example,
such anti-idiotypic antibodies can be used to bind TRID, or to bind
TRID ligands/receptors, and thereby block TRID mediated inhibition
of apoptosis.
[0242] Further included in the present invention are antibodies
recombinantly fused or chemically conjugated (including both
covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to a polypeptide of the
present invention. The antibodies may be specific for antigens
other than polypeptides of the present invention. For example,
antibodies may be used to target the polypeptides of the present
invention to particular cell types, either in vitro or in vivo, by
fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to
antibodies specific for particular cell surface receptors.
Antibodies fused or conjugated to the polypeptides of the present
invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and
purification methods using methods known in the art. See e.g.,
Harbor et al. supra and WO 93/21232; EP 0 439 095; Naramura, M. et
al. Immunol. Lett. 39:91-99 (1994); U.S. Pat. No. 5,474,981;
Gillies, S. O. et al. PNAS 89:1428-1432 (1992); Fell, H. P. et al.
J. Immunol. 146:2446-2452 (1991) (said references incorporated by
reference in their entireties).
[0243] The present invention further includes compositions
comprising, or alternatively consisting of, TRID polypeptides of
the present invention fused or conjugated to antibody domains other
than the variable regions. For example, the polypeptides of the
present invention may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc
region, or portion thereof. The antibody portion fused to a
polypeptide of the present invention may comprise the hinge region,
CH1 domain, CH2 domain, and CH3 domain or any combination of whole
domains or portions thereof. The polypeptides of the present
invention may be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions
to increase the in vivo half life of the polypeptides or for use in
immunoassays using methods known in the art. The polypeptides may
also be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to form
multimers. For example, Fc portions fused to the polypeptides of
the present invention can form dimers through disulfide bonding
between the Fc portions. Higher multimeric forms can be made by
fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM. Methods for
fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to
antibody portions are known in the art. See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
5,336,603, 5,622,929, 5,359,046, 5,349,053, 5,447,851, 5,112,946;
EP 0 307 434, EP 0 367 166; WO 96/04388, WO 91/06570; Ashkenazi, A.
et al. PNAS 88:10535-10539 (1991); Zheng, X. X. et al. J. Immunol.
154:5590-5600 (1995); and Vil, H. et al. PNAS 89:11337-11341 (1992)
(said references incorporated by reference in their
entireties).
[0244] In addition, the present invention includes antibodies which
disrupt the ability of the proteins of the invention to
multimerize. In another example, the present invention includes
antibodies which allow the proteins of the invention to
multimerize, but disrupts the ability of the proteins of the
invention to bind one or more TRID receptor(s)/ligand(s) (e.g.,
TRAIL). In yet another example, the present invention includes
antibodies which allow the proteins of the invention to
multimerize, and bind TRID receptor(s)/ligand(s) (e.g., TRAIL), but
blocks biological activity associated with the TRID/receptor/ligand
complex.
[0245] A. Polynucleotides Encoding Antibodies.
[0246] The invention further provides polynucleotides comprising a
nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody of the invention and
fragments thereof. The invention also encompasses polynucleotides
that hybridize under stringent or lower stringency hybridization
conditions, e.g., as defined supra, to polynucleotides that encode
an antibody, preferably, that specifically binds to a polypeptide
of the invention, preferably, an antibody that binds to a
polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
[0247] The polynucleotides may be obtained, and the nucleotide
sequence of the polynucleotides determined, by any method known in
the art. For example, if the nucleotide sequence of the antibody is
known, a polynucleotide encoding the antibody may be assembled from
chemically synthesized oligonucleotides (e.g., as described in
Kutmeier et al., BioTechniques 17:242 (1994)), which, briefly,
involves the synthesis of overlapping oligonucleotides containing
portions of the sequence encoding the antibody, annealing and
ligation ofthose oligonucleotides, and then amplification of the
ligated oligonucleotides by PCR.
[0248] Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding an antibody may be
generated from nucleic acid from a suitable source. If a clone
containing a nucleic acid encoding a particular antibody is not
available, but the sequence of the antibody molecule is known, a
nucleic acid encoding the immunoglobulin may be obtained from a
suitable source (e.g., an antibody cDNA library, or a CDNA library
generated from, or nucleic acid, preferably poly A+RNA, isolated
from, any tissue or cells expressing the antibody, such as
hybridoma cells selected to express an antibody of the invention)
by PCR amplification using synthetic primers hybridizable to the 3'
and 5' ends of the sequence or by cloning using an oligonucleotide
probe specific for the particular gene sequence to identify, e.g.,
a cDNA clone from a cDNA library that encodes the antibody.
Amplified nucleic acids generated by PCR may then be cloned into
replicable cloning vectors using any method well known in the
art.
[0249] Once the nucleotide sequence and corresponding amino acid
sequence of the antibody is determined, the nucleotide sequence of
the antibody may be manipulated using methods well known in the art
for the manipulation of nucleotide sequences, e.g., recombinant DNA
techniques, site directed mutagenesis, PCR, etc. (see, for example,
the techniques described in Sambrook et al., 1990, Molecular
Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2d Ed., Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. and Ausubel et al., eds.,
1998, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley &
Sons, N.Y., which are both incorporated by reference herein in
their entireties), to generate antibodies having a different amino
acid sequence, for example to create amino acid substitutions,
deletions, and/or insertions.
[0250] In a specific embodiment, the amino acid sequence of the
heavy and/or light chain variable domains may be inspected to
identify the sequences of the complementarity determining regions
(CDRs) by methods that are well know in the art, e.g., by
comparison to known amino acid sequences of other heavy and light
chain variable regions to determine the regions of sequence
hypervariability. Using routine recombinant DNA techniques, one or
more of the CDRs may be inserted within framework regions, e.g.,
into human framework regions to humanize a non-human antibody, as
described supra. The framework regions may be naturally occurring
or consensus framework regions, and preferably human framework
regions (see, e.g., Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 278:457-479(1998)
for a listing of human framework regions). Preferably, the
polynucleotide generated by the combination of the framework
regions and CDRs encodes an antibody that specifically binds a
polypeptide of the invention. Preferably, as discussed supra, one
or more amino acid substitutions may be made within the framework
regions, and, preferably, the amino acid substitutions improve
binding of the antibody to its antigen. Additionally, such methods
may be used to make amino acid substitutions or deletions of one or
more variable region cysteine residues participating in an
intrachain disulfide bond to generate antibody molecules lacking
one or more intrachain disulfide bonds. Other alterations to the
polynucleotide are encompassed by the present invention and within
the skill of the art.
[0251] In addition, techniques developed for the production of
"chimeric antibodies" (Morrison et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci.
81:851-855; Neuberger et al., 1984, Nature 312:604-608; Takeda et
al., 1985, Nature 314:452-454) by splicing genes from a mouse
antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with
genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological
activity can be used. As described supra, a chimeric antibody is a
molecule in which different portions are derived from different
animal species, such as those having a variable region derived from
a murine monoclonal antibody and a human immunoglobulin constant
region, e.g., humanized antibodies.
[0252] Alternatively, techniques described for the production of
single chain antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,694,778; Bird, 1988,
Science 242:423-42; Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA
85:5879-5883; and Ward et al., 1989, Nature 334:544-554) can be
adapted to produce single chain antibodies. Single chain antibodies
are formed by linking the heavy and light chain fragments of the Fv
region via an amino acid bridge, resulting in a single chain
polypeptide. Techniques for the assembly of functional Fv fragments
in E. coli may also be used (Skerra et al., 1988, Science
242:1038-1041).
[0253] B. Methods of Producing Antibodies
[0254] The antibodies of the invention can be produced by any
method known in the art for the synthesis of antibodies, in
particular, by chemical synthesis or preferably, by recombinant
expression techniques.
[0255] Recombinant expression of an antibody of the invention, or
fragment, derivative or analog thereof, e.g., a heavy or light
chain of an antibody of the invention, requires construction of an
expression vector containing a polynucleotide that encodes the
antibody. Once a polynucleotide encoding an antibody molecule or a
heavy or light chain of an antibody, or portion thereof (preferably
containing the heavy or light chain variable domain), of the
invention has been obtained, the vector for the production of the
antibody molecule may be produced by recombinant DNA technology
using techniques well known in the art. Thus, methods for preparing
a protein by expressing a polynucleotide containing an antibody
encoding nucleotide sequence are described herein. Methods which
are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct
expression vectors containing antibody coding sequences and
appropriate transcriptional and translational control signals.
These methods include, for example, in vitro recombinant DNA
techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic
recombination. The invention, thus, provides replicable vectors
comprising a nucleotide sequence encoding an antibody molecule of
the invention, or a heavy or light chain thereof, or a heavy or
light chain variable domain, operably linked to a promoter. Such
vectors may include the nucleotide sequence encoding the constant
region of the antibody molecule (see, e.g., PCT Publication WO
86/05807; PCT Publication WO 89/01036; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,122,464)
and the variable domain of the antibody may be cloned into such a
vector for expression of the entire heavy or light chain.
[0256] The expression vector is transferred to a host cell by
conventional techniques and the transfected cells are then cultured
by conventional techniques to produce an antibody of the invention.
Thus, the invention includes host cells containing a polynucleotide
encoding an antibody of the invention, or a heavy or light chain
thereof, operably linked to a heterologous promoter. In preferred
embodiments for the expression of double-chained antibodies,
vectors encoding both the heavy and light chains may be
co-expressed in the host cell for expression of the entire
immunoglobulin molecule, as detailed below.
[0257] A variety of host-expression vector systems may be utilized
to express the antibody molecules of the invention. Such
host-expression systems represent vehicles by which the coding
sequences of interest may be produced and subsequently purified,
but also represent cells which may, when transformed or transfected
with the appropriate nucleotide coding sequences, express an
antibody molecule of the invention in situ. These include but are
not limited to microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., E. coli, B.
subtilis) transformed with recombinant bacteriophage DNA, plasmid
DNA or cosmid DNA expression vectors containing antibody coding
sequences; yeast (e.g., Saccharomyces, Pichia) transformed with
recombinant yeast expression vectors containing antibody coding
sequences; insect cell systems infected with recombinant virus
expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus) containing antibody coding
sequences; plant cell systems infected with recombinant virus
expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco
mosaic virus, TMV) or transformed with recombinant plasmid
expression vectors (e.g., Ti plasmid) containing antibody coding
sequences; or mammalian cell systems (e.g., COS, CHO, BHK, 293, 3T3
cells) harboring recombinant expression constructs containing
promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (e.g.,
metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (e.g., the
adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5 K promoter).
Preferably, bacterial cells such as Escherichia coli, and more
preferably, eukaryotic cells, especially for the expression of
whole recombinant antibody molecule, are used for the expression of
a recombinant antibody molecule. For example, mammalian cells such
as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO), in conjunction with a vector
such as the major intermediate early gene promoter element from
human cytomegalovirus is an effective expression system for
antibodies (Foecking et al., 1986, Gene 45:101; Cockett et al.,
1990, Bio/Technology 8:2).
[0258] In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors may be
advantageously selected depending upon the use intended for the
antibody molecule being expressed. For example, when a large
quantity of such a protein is to be produced, for the generation of
pharmaceutical compositions of an antibody molecule, vectors which
direct the expression of high levels of fusion protein products
that are readily purified may be desirable. Such vectors include,
but are not limited, to the E. coli expression vector pUR278
(Ruther et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2:1791), in which the antibody coding
sequence may be ligated individually into the vector in frame with
the lac Z coding region so that a fusion protein is produced; pIN
vectors (Inouye & Inouye, 1985, Nucleic Acids Res.
13:3101-3109; Van Heeke & Schuster, 1989, J. Biol. Chem.
24:5503-5509); and the like. pGEX vectors may also be used to
express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione
S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble
and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption and
binding to a matrix glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution
in the presence of free glutathione. The pGEX vectors are designed
to include thrombin or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that
the cloned target gene product can be released from the GST
moiety.
[0259] In an insect system, Autographa californica nuclear
polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign
genes. The virus grows in Spodoptera frugiperda cells. The antibody
coding sequence may be cloned individually into non-essential
regions (for example the polyhedrin gene) of the virus and placed
under control of an AcNPV promoter (for example the polyhedrin
promoter).
[0260] In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression
systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an
expression vector, the antibody coding sequence of interest may be
ligated to an adenovirus transcription/translation control complex,
e.g, the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. This
chimeric gene may then be inserted in the adenovirus genome by in
vitro or in vivo recombination. Insertion in a non-essential region
of the viral genome (e.g., region E1 or E3) will result in a
recombinant virus that is viable and capable of expressing the
antibody molecule in infected hosts. (e.g., see Logan & Shenk,
1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:355-359). Specific initiation
signals may also be required for efficient translation of inserted
antibody coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation
codon and adjacent sequences. Furthermore, the initiation codon
must be in phase with the reading frame of the desired coding
sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. These
exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can
be of a variety of origins, both natural and synthetic. The
efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of
appropriate transcription enhancer elements, transcription
terminators, etc. (see Bittner et al., 1987, Methods in Enzymol.
153:51-544).
[0261] In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen which
modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or modifies and
processes the gene product in the specific fashion desired. Such
modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage)
of protein products may be important for the function of the
protein. Different host cells have characteristic and specific
mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification
of proteins and gene products. Appropriate cell lines or host
systems can be chosen to ensure the correct modification and
processing of the foreign protein expressed. To this end,
eukaryotic host cells which possess the cellular machinery for
proper processing of the primary transcript, glycosylation, and
phosphorylation of the gene product may be used. Such mammalian
host cells include but are not limited to CHO, VERY, BHK, HeLa,
COS, MDCK, 293, 3T3, WI38, and in particular, breast cancer cell
lines such as, for example, BT483, Hs578T, HTB2, BT20 and T47D, and
normal mammary gland cell line such as, for example, CRL7030 and
Hs578Bst.
[0262] For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant
proteins, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines
which stably express the antibody molecule may be engineered.
Rather than using expression vectors which contain viral origins of
replication, host cells can be transformed with DNA controlled by
appropriate expression control elements (e.g., promoter, enhancer,
sequences, transcription terminators, polyadenylation sites, etc.),
and a selectable marker. Following the introduction of the foreign
DNA, engineered cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an
enriched media, and then are switched to a selective media. The
selectable marker in the recombinant plasmid confers resistance to
the selection and allows cells to stably integrate the plasmid into
their chromosomes and grow to form foci which in turn can be cloned
and expanded into cell lines. This method may advantageously be
used to engineer cell lines which express the antibody molecule.
Such engineered cell lines may be particularly useful in screening
and evaluation of compounds that interact directly or indirectly
with the antibody molecule.
[0263] A number of selection systems may be used, including but not
limited to the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et
al., 1977, Cell 11:223), hypoxanthine-guanine
phosphoribosyltransferase (Szybalska & Szybalski, 192, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 48:202), and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase
(Lowy et al., 1980, Cell 22:817) genes can be employed in tk-,
hgprt- or aprt-cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite resistance
can be used as the basis of selection for the following genes:
dhfr, which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler et al.,
1980, Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:357; O'Hare et al., 1981, Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 78:1527); gpt, which confers resistance to
mycophenolic acid (Mulligan & Berg, 1981, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 78:2072); neo, which confers resistance to the
aminoglycoside G-418 Clinical Pharmacy 12:488-505; Wu and Wu, 1991,
Biotherapy 3:87-95; Tolstoshev, 1993, Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol.
32:573-596; Mulligan, 1993, Science 260:926-932; and Morgan and
Anderson, 1993, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; May, 1993, TIB TECH
11(5):155-215); and hygro, which confers resistance to hygromycin
(Santerre et al., 1984, Gene 30:147). Methods commonly known in the
art of recombinant DNA technology which can be used are described
in Ausubel et al. (eds.), 1993, Current Protocols in Molecular
Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y.; Kriegler, 1990, Gene Transfer
and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press, N.Y.; and in
Chapters 12 and 13, Dracopoli et al. (eds), 1994, Current Protocols
in Human Genetics, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y.; Colberre-Garapin et
al., 1981, J. Mol. Biol. 150:1, which are incorporated by reference
herein in their entireties.
[0264] The expression levels of an antibody molecule can be
increased by vector amplification (for a review, see Bebbington and
Hentschel, The use of vectors based on gene amplification for the
expression of cloned genes in mammalian cells in DNA cloning, Vol.
3. (Academic Press, New York, 1987)). When a marker in the vector
system expressing antibody is amplifiable, increase in the level of
inhibitor present in culture of host cell will increase the number
of copies of the marker gene. Since the amplified region is
associated with the antibody gene, production of the antibody will
also increase (Crouse et al., 1983, Mol. Cell. Biol. 3:257).
[0265] The host cell may be co-transfected with two expression
vectors of the invention, the first vector encoding a heavy chain
derived polypeptide and the second vector encoding a light chain
derived polypeptide. The two vectors may contain identical
selectable markers which enable equal expression of heavy and light
chain polypeptides. Alternatively, a single vector may be used
which encodes both heavy and light chain polypeptides. In such
situations, the light chain should be placed before the heavy chain
to avoid an excess of toxic free heavy chain (Proudfoot, 1986,
Nature 322:52; Kohler, 1980, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:2197).
The coding sequences for the heavy and light chains may comprise
cDNA or genomic DNA.
[0266] Once an antibody molecule of the invention has been
recombinantly expressed, it may be purified by any method known in
the art for purification of an immunoglobulin molecule, for
example, by chromatography (e.g., ion exchange, affinity,
particularly by affinity for the specific antigen after Protein A,
and sizing column chromatography), centrifugation, differential
solubility, or by any other standard technique for the purification
of proteins.
[0267] C. Antibody Conjugates
[0268] The present invention encompasses antibodies recombinantly
fused or chemically conjugated (including both covalently and
non-covalently conjugations) to a polypeptide (or portion thereof,
preferably at least 10, 20 or 50 amino acids of the polypeptide) of
the present invention to generate fusion proteins. The fusion does
not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through linker
sequences. The antibodies may be specific for antigens other than
polypeptides (or portion thereof, preferably at least 10, 20 or 50
amino acids of the polypeptide) of the present invention. For
example, antibodies may be used to target the polypeptides of the
present invention to particular cell types, either in vitro or in
vivo, by fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present
invention to antibodies specific for particular cell surface
receptors. Antibodies fused or conjugated to the polypeptides of
the present invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and
purification methods using methods known in the art. See e.g.,
Harbor et al., supra, and PCT publication WO 93/21232; EP 439,095;
Naramura et al., Immunol. Lett. 39:91-99 (1994); U.S. Pat. No.
5,474,981; Gillies et al., PNAS 89:1428-1432 (1992); Fell et al.,
J. Immunol. 146:2446-2452 (1991), which are incorporated by
reference in their entireties.
[0269] The present invention further includes compositions
comprising the polypeptides of the present invention fused or
conjugated to antibody domains other than the variable regions. For
example, the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or
conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof. The
antibody portion fused to a polypeptide of the present invention
may comprise the constant region, hinge region, CH1 domain, CH2
domain, and CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or
portions thereof. The polypeptides may also be fused or conjugated
to the above antibody portions to form multimers. For example, Fc
portions fused to the polypeptides of the present invention can
form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions.
Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to
portions of IgA and IgM. Methods for fusing or conjugating the
polypeptides of the present invention to antibody portions are
known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,336,603; 5,622,929;
5,359,046; 5,349,053; 5,447,851; 5,112,946; EP 307,434; EP 367,166;
PCT publications WO 96/04388; WO 91/06570; Ashkenazi et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10535-10539 (1991); Zheng et al., J.
Immunol. 154:5590-5600 (1995); and Vil et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 89:11337-11341(1992) (said references incorporated by
reference in their entireties).
[0270] As discussed, supra, the polypeptides of the present
invention may be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions
to increase the in vivo half life of the polypeptides or for use in
immunoassays using methods known in the art. Further, the
polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or conjugated to
the above antibody portions to facilitate purification. One
reported example describes chimeric proteins consisting of the
first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains
of the constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian
immunoglobulins. (EP 394,827; Traunecker et al., Nature 331:84-86
(1988). The polypeptides of the present invention fused or
conjugated to an antibody having disulfide-linked dimeric
structures (due to the IgG) may also be more efficient in binding
and neutralizing other molecules, than the monomeric secreted
protein or protein fragment alone. (Fountoulakis et al., J.
Biochem. 270:3958-3964 (1995)). In many cases, the Fc part in a
fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can
result in, for example, improved pharmacokinetic properties. (EP A
232,262). Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion
protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, would be
desired. For example, the Fc portion may hinder therapy and
diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an antigen for
immunizations. In drug discovery, for example, human proteins, such
as hIL-5 receptor, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose
of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of
hIL-5. (See, D. Bennett et al., J Molecular Recognition 8:52-58
(1995); K. Johanson et al., J Biol. Chem. 270:9459-9471 (1995).
[0271] Moreover, the antibodies or fragments thereof of the present
invention can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to
facilitates their purification. In preferred embodiments, the
marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the
tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue,
Chatsworth, Calif., 91311), among others, many of which are
commercially available. As described in Gentz et al., Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 86:821-824 (1989), for instance, hexa-histidine
provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein. Other
peptide tags useful for purification include, but are not limited
to, the "HA" tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from the
influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson et al., Cell 37:767 (1984))
and the "flag" tag.
[0272] The present invention further encompasses antibodies or
fragments thereof conjugated to a diagnostic or therapeutic agent.
The antibodies can be used diagnostically to, for example, monitor
the development or progression of a tumor as part of a clinical
testing procedure to, e.g., determine the efficacy of a given
treatment and/or prevention regimens. Detection can be facilitated
by coupling the antibody to a detectable substance. Examples of
detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups,
fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent
materials, radioactive materials, positron emitting metals using
various positron emission tomographies, and nonradioactive
paramagnetic metal ions. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,741,900
for metal ions which can be conjugated to antibodies for use as
diagnostics according to the present invention. Examples of
suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline
phosphatase, .beta.-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase;
examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include
streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable
fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein,
fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine
fluoresce in, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a
luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent
materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin; and examples
of suitable radioactive material include .sup.125I, .sup.131I,
.sup.111In or .sup.99Tc.
[0273] Further, an antibody or fragment thereof may be conjugated
to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, e.g., a cytostatic or
cytocidal agent, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion. A
cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental
to cells. Examples include paclitaxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin
D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide,
vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin,
dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin
D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine,
lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs
thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to,
antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine,
6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating
agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan,
carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan,
dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and
cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines
(e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin),
antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin,
mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g.,
vincristine and vinblastine).
[0274] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a
given biological response, the therapeutic agent or drug moiety is
not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic
agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or
polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins
may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A,
pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor
necrosis factor, a-interferon, .beta.-interferon, nerve growth
factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen
activator, a thrombotic agent or an anti-angiogenic agent, e.g.,
angiostatin or endostatin; or, biological response modifiers such
as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 ("IL-1"), interleukin-2
("IL-2"), interleukin-6 ("IL-6"), granulocyte macrophase colony
stimulating factor ("GM-CSF"), granulocyte colony stimulating
factor ("G-CSF"), or other growth factors.
[0275] Antibodies may also be attached to solid supports, which are
particularly useful for immunoassays or purification of the target
antigen. Such solid supports include, but are not limited to,
glass, cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl
chloride or polypropylene.
[0276] Techniques for conjugating such therapeutic moiety to
antibodies are well known, see, e.g., Arnon et al., "Monoclonal
Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in
Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.),
pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom et al., "Antibodies
For Drug Delivery", in Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson
et al. (eds.), pp.623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987); Thorpe,
"Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A
Review", in Monoclonal Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical
Applications, Pinchera et al. (eds.), pp. 475-506 (1985);
"Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use
Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal
Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy, Baldwin et al. (eds.),
pp. 303-16 (Academic Press 1985), and Thorpe et al., "The
Preparation And Cytotoxic Properties Of Antibody-Toxin Conjugates",
Immunol. Rev. 62:119-58 (1982).
[0277] Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second
antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal
in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, which is incorporated herein by
reference in its entirety.
[0278] An antibody, with or without a therapeutic moiety conjugated
to it, administered alone or in combination with cytotoxic
factor(s) and/or cytokine(s) can be used as a therapeutic.
[0279] D. Assays For Antibody Binding
[0280] The antibodies of the invention may be assayed for
immunospecific binding by any method known in the art. The
immunoassays which can be used include but are not limited to
competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such
as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked
immunosorbent assay), "sandwich" immunoassays, immunoprecipitation
assays, precipitin reactions, gel diffusion precipitin reactions,
immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, complement-fixation
assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, protein
A immunoassays, to name but a few. Such assays are routine and well
known in the art (see, e.g., Ausubel et al., eds, 1994, Current
Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York, which is incorporated by reference herein in its
entirety). Exemplary immunoassays are described briefly below (but
are not intended by way of limitation).
[0281] Immunoprecipitation protocols generally comprise lysing a
population of cells in a lysis buffer such as RIPA buffer (1% NP-40
or Triton X-100, 1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 0.15 M NaCl,
0.01 M sodium phosphate at pH 7.2, 1% Trasylol) supplemented with
protein phosphatase and/or protease inhibitors (e.g., EDTA, PMSF,
aprotinin, sodium vanadate), adding the antibody of interest to the
cell lysate, incubating for a period of time (e.g., 1-4 hours) at
40.degree. C., adding protein A and/or protein G sepharose beads to
the cell lysate, incubating for about an hour or more at 4.degree.
C., washing the beads in lysis buffer and resuspending the beads in
SDS/sample buffer. The ability of the antibody of interest to
immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g.,
western blot analysis. One of skill in the art would be
knowledgeable as to the parameters that can be modified to increase
the binding of the antibody to an antigen and decrease the
background (e.g., pre-clearing the cell lysate with sepharose
beads). For further discussion regarding immunoprecipitation
protocols see, e.g., Ausubel et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols
in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York
at 10.16.1.
[0282] Western blot analysis generally comprises preparing protein
samples, electrophoresis of the protein samples in a polyacrylamide
gel (e.g., 8%-20% SDS-PAGE depending on the molecular weight of the
antigen), transferring the protein sample from the polyacrylamide
gel to a membrane such as nitrocellulose, PVDF or nylon, blocking
the membrane in blocking solution (e.g., PBS with 3% BSA or non-fat
milk), washing the membrane in washing buffer (e.g., PBS-Tween 20),
blocking the membrane with primary antibody (the antibody of
interest) diluted in blocking buffer, washing the membrane in
washing buffer, blocking the membrane with a secondary antibody
(which recognizes the primary antibody, e.g., an anti-human
antibody) conjugated to an enzymatic substrate (e.g., horseradish
peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase) or radioactive molecule (e.g.,
.sup.32P or .sup.125I) diluted in blocking buffer, washing the
membrane in wash buffer, and detecting the presence of the antigen.
One of skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters
that can be modified to increase the signal detected and to reduce
the background noise. For further discussion regarding western blot
protocols see, e.g., Ausubel et al., eds, 1994, Current Protocols
in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York
at 10.8.1.
[0283] ELISAs comprise preparing antigen, coating the well of a 96
well microtiter plate with the antigen, adding the antibody of
interest conjugated to a detectable compound such as an enzymatic
substrate (e.g. horseradish peroxidase or alkaline phosphatase) to
the well and incubating for a period of time, and detecting the
presence of the antigen. In ELISAs the antibody of interest does
not have to be conjugated to a detectable compound; instead, a
second antibody (which recognizes the antibody of interest)
conjugated to a detectable compound may be added to the well.
Further, instead of coating the well with the antigen, the antibody
may be coated to the well. In this case, asecond antibody
conjugated to a detectable compound may be added following the
addition of the antigen of interest to the coated well. One of
skill in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters that
can be modified to increase the signal detected as well as other
variations of ELISAs known in the art. For further discussion
regarding ELISAs see, e.g., Ausubel et al., eds, 1994, Current
Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York at 11.2.1.
[0284] The binding affinity of an antibody to an antigen and the
off-rate of an antibody-antigen interaction can be determined by
competitive binding assays. One example of a competitive binding
assay is a radioimmunoassay comprising the incubation of labeled
antigen (e.g., .sup.3H or .sup.125I) with the antibody of interest
in the presence of increasing amounts of unlabeled antigen, and the
detection of the antibody bound to the labeled antigen. The
affinity of the antibody of interest for a particular antigen and
the binding off-rates can be determined from the data by scatchard
plot analysis. Competition with a second antibody can also be
determined using radioimmunoassays. In this case, the antigen is
incubated with antibody of interest is conjugated to a labeled
compound (e.g., .sup.3H or .sup.125I) in the presence of increasing
amounts of an unlabeled second antibody.
[0285] E. Antibody Based Therapies
[0286] The present invention is fuirther directed to antibody-based
therapies which involve administering antibodies of the invention
to an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human
patient for treating and/or preventing one or more of the disorders
or conditions described herein. Therapeutic compounds of the
invention include, but are not limited to, antibodies of the
invention (including fragments, analogs and derivatives thereof as
described herein) and nucleic acids encoding antibodies of the
invention (including fragments, analogs and derivatives thereof as
described herein).
[0287] While not intending to be bound to theory, TRID receptors
are believed to inhibit programmed cell death by a process which
involves the binding of TRID ligands (e.g., TRAIL) which are then
not available to bind to receptors which mediate programmed cell
death. Thus, agents (e.g., antibodies) which prevent binding of
ligand to TRID will enhance programmed cell death.
[0288] As noted above, TRID receptors have been shown to bind
TRAIL. TRID receptors are also known to be present in a number of
tissues and on the surfaces of a number of cell types.
[0289] TRAIL is a member of the TNF family of cytokines which has
been shown to induce apoptotic cell death in a number of tumor cell
lines and appears to mediate its apoptosis inducing effects through
interaction with, e.g., DR4 and DR5 receptors. These death domain
containing receptors are believed to form membrane-bound
self-activating signaling complexes which initiate apoptosis
through cleavage of caspases.
[0290] In addition, and as shown herein, TRAIL also binds to
several receptors proposed to be "decoy" receptors, e.g., TRID,
DcR2 (a receptor with a truncated death domain), DcR1 (a
GPI-anchored receptor), and OPG (a secreted protein which binds to
another member of the TNF family, RANKL).
[0291] Antibodies which bind to TRID receptors are useful for
treating and/or preventing diseases and conditions associated with
increased or decreased apoptotic cell death. Further, these
antibodies vary in the effect they have on TRID receptors. These
effects differ based on the specific portions of the TRID receptor
to which the antibodies bind, the three-dimensional conformation of
the antibody molecules themselves, and/or the manner in which they
interact with the TRID receptor. Thus, antibodies which bind to the
extracellular domain of a TRID receptor can either stimulate or
inhibit TRID activities (e.g., the binding of TRAIL). Antibodies
which stimulate TRID receptor's ability to bind TRAIL are TRAIL
binding facilitators, and antibodies which inhibit TRID receptor
activities (e.g., by blocking the binding of TRAIL) are TRID
antagonists. In addition, TRID has an intracellular domain which
may be involved in an intracellular signaling pathway. Agonists,
including antibodies, are molecules which bind TRID in a manner
which stimulates the intracellular signaling pathway.
[0292] Antibodies of the invention which function as agonists and
antagonists, and TRAIL binding facilitators of TRID receptors
include antigen-binding antibody fragments such as Fab and
F(ab').sub.2 fragments, Fd, single-chain Fvs (scFv),
disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv) and fragments comprising either a
V.sub.L or V.sub.H domain, as well as polyclonal, monoclonal and
humanized antibodies. Each of these antigen-binding antibody
fragments and antibodies are described in more detail elsewhere
herein.
[0293] In view of the above, antibodies of the invention, as well
as other TRID antagonists, are useful for inhibiting TRID activity,
thereby promoting apoptosis in cells which express TRID receptors
(e.g., cancer cells). Antibodies of this type are useful for
prevention and/or treating diseases and conditions associated with
increased cell survival and/or insensitivity to apoptosis-inducing
agents (e.g., TRAIL), such as solid tissue cancers (e.g., skin
cancer, head and neck tumors, breast tumors, endothelioma, lung
cancer, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, and Kaposi's sarcoma) and
leukemias.
[0294] The invention encompasses anti-TRID antibodies that enhance
the binding of TRAIL, denoted herein as TRAIL binding facilitators.
TRAIL binding facilitators function by preventing apoptosis and are
useful for preventing and/or treating diseases associated with
increased apoptotic cell death. Examples of such diseases include
diabetes mellitus, AIDS, neurodegenerative disorders,
myelodysplastic syndromes, ischemic injury, toxin-induced liver
disease, septic shock, cachexia and anorexia.
[0295] When an antagonist of the invention is administered to an
individual for the treatment and/or prevention of a disease or
condition associated with increased T-cell populations or increased
cell proliferation (e.g., cancer), the antagonist may be
co-administered with another agent which induces apoptosis (e.g.,
TRAIL) or otherwise inhibits cell proliferation (e.g., an
anti-cancer drug). Combination therapies of this nature, as well as
other combination therapies, are discussed below in more
detail.
[0296] Further, TRAIL binding facilitators of the invention (e.g.,
TRID antibodies which enhance the binding of TRAIL) are also useful
for enhancing T-cell mediated immune responses, as well as
preventing and/or treating diseases and conditions associated with
decreased T-cell proliferation. Antibodies of the invention which
enhance the binding of TRID receptor ligands to TRID receptors can
inhibit T-cell apoptosis. The inhibition of apoptosis can, for
example, either result in an increase in the expansion rate of in
vivo T-cell populations or prevent adecrease in the size of such
populations. Thus, TRAIL binding facilitators of the invention can
be used to prevent and/or treat diseases or conditions associated
with decreased or decreases in T-cell populations. Examples of such
diseases and conditions include acquired immune deficiency syndrome
(AIDS) and related afflictions (e.g., AIDS related complexes),
T-cell immunodeficiencies, radiation sickness, and T-cell depletion
due to radiation and/or chemotherapy.
[0297] When a TRAIL binding facilitator of the invention is
administered to an individual for the treatment and/or prevention
of a disease or condition associated with decreased T-cell
populations, the TRAIL binding facilitator may be co-administered
with an agent which activates and/or induces lymphocyte
proliferation (e.g., a cytokine). Combination therapies of this
nature, as well as other combination therapies, are discussed below
in more detail.
[0298] TRID antibodies are thus useful for treating and/or
preventing malignancies, abnormalities, diseases and/or conditions
involving tissues and cell types which express TRID receptors.
Further, malignancies, abnormalities, diseases and/or conditions
which can be treated and/or prevented by the induction of
programmed cell death in cells which express TRID receptors can be
treated and/or prevented using TRID receptor antagonists of the
invention. Similarly, malignancies, abnormalities, diseases and/or
conditions which can be treated and/or prevented by inhibiting
programmed cell death in cells which express TRID receptors can be
treated and/or prevented using TRID receptor TRAIL binding
facilitators of the invention.
[0299] A number of additional malignancies, abnormalities, diseases
and/or conditions which can be treated using, the TRAIL binding
facilitators, agonists, and antagonists of the invention are set
out elsewhere herein, for example, in the section below entitled
"Modes of Administration".
[0300] The antibodies of the present invention may be used
therapeutically in a number of ways. For example, antibodies which
bind polynucleotides or polypeptides of the present invention can
be administered to an individual (e.g., a human) either locally or
systemically. Further, these antibodies can be administered alone,
in combination with another therapeutic agent, or associated with
or bound to a toxin.
[0301] TRID antibodies may be utilized in combination with other
monoclonal or chimeric antibodies, or with lymphokines, tumor
necrosis factors or TNF-related molecules (e.g., TNF-.alpha.,
TNF-.beta., TNF-.gamma., TNF-.gamma.-.alpha., TNF-.alpha.-.beta.,
and TRAIL), or hematopoietic growth factors (e.g., IL-2, IL-3 and
IL-7). For example, antagonistic TRID antibodies may be
administered in conjunction with TRAIL when one seeks to induce
programmed cell death in cells which express TRID receptors of the
invention. Combination therapies of this nature, as well as other
combination therapies, are discussed below in more detail.
[0302] The antibodies of the invention may be administered alone or
in combination with other types oftreatments (e.g., radiation
therapy, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, immunotherapy and
anti-tumor agents). Generally, administration of products of a
species origin or species reactivity (in the case of antibodies)
that is the same species as that of the patient is preferred. Thus,
in a preferred embodiment, human antibodies, fragments derivatives,
analogs, or nucleic acids, are administered to a human patient for
therapy or prophylaxis.
[0303] It is preferred to use high affinity and/or potent in vivo
inhibiting and/or neutralizing antibodies against polypeptides or
polynucleotides of the present invention, fragments or regions
thereof, for both immunoassays directed to and therapy of disorders
related to polynucleotides or polypeptides, including fragments
thereof, of the present invention. Such antibodies, fragments, or
regions, will preferably have an affinity for polynucleotides or
polypeptides, including fragments thereof. Preferred binding
affinities include those with a dissociation constant or Kd less
than 5.times.10.sup.-6M, 10.sup.-6M, 5.times.10.sup.-7M,
10.sup.-7M, 5.times.10.sup.-8M, 10.sup.-8M, 5.times.10.sup.-9M,
10.sup.-9M, 5.times.10.sup.-10M, 10.sup.-10M, 5.times.10.sup.-11M,
10.sup.-11M, 5.times.10.sup.-12M, 10.sup.-12M, 5.times.10.sup.-13M,
10.sup.-13M, 5.times.10.sup.14M, 10.sup.-14M, 5.times.10.sup.-15M,
and 10.sup.-15M.
[0304] Immune System-Related Disorders
[0305] Diagnosis
[0306] The present inventors have discovered that TRID is expressed
in hematopoeitic tissues and other normal human tissues. For a
number of immune system-related disorders, substantially altered
(increased or decreased) levels of TRID gene expression can be
detected in immune system tissue or other cells or bodily fluids
(e.g., sera and plasma) taken from an individual having such a
disorder, relative to a "standard" TRID gene expression level, that
is, the TRID expression level in immune system tissues or bodily
fluids from an individual not having the immune system disorder.
Thus, the invention provides a diagnostic method useful during
diagnosis of an immune system disorder, which involves measuring
the expression level of the gene encoding the TRID protein in
immune system tissue or other cells or body fluid from an
individual and comparing the measured gene expression level with a
standard TRID gene expression level, whereby an increase or
decrease in the gene expression level compared to the standard is
indicative of an immune system disorder.
[0307] In particular, it is believed that certain tissues in
mammals with cancer express significantly enhanced levels of the
TRID protein and mRNA encoding the TRID when compared to a
corresponding "standard" level. Further, it is believed that
enhanced levels of the TRID protein can be detected in certain body
fluids (e.g., sera and plasma) from mammals with such a cancer when
compared to sera from mammals of the same species not having the
cancer.
[0308] Thus, the invention provides a diagnostic method useful
during diagnosis of an immune system disorder, including cancers
which involves measuring the expression level of the gene encoding
the TRID protein in immune system tissue or other cells or body
fluid from an individual and comparing the measured gene expression
level with a standard TRID gene expression level, whereby an
increase or decrease in the gene expression level compared to the
standard is indicative of an immune system disorder.
[0309] Where a diagnosis ofa disorder in the immune system
including diagnosis of a tumor has already been made according to
conventional methods, the present invention is useful as a
prognostic indicator, whereby patients exhibiting altered
(particularly enhanced) gene expression will experience a worse
clinical outcome relative to patients expressing the gene at a
level nearer the standard level.
[0310] By "assaying the expression level of the gene encoding a
TRID protein" is intended qualitatively or quantitatively measuring
or estimating the level of TRID or the level of the mRNA encoding
TRID in a first biological sample either directly (e.g., by
determining or estimating absolute protein level or mRNA level) or
relatively (e.g., by comparing to the TRID protein level or mRNA
level in a second biological sample). Preferably, the-TRID protein
level or mRNA level in the first biological sample is measured or
estimated and compared to a standard TRID protein level or mRNA
level, the standard being taken from a second biological sample
obtained from an individual not having the disorder or being
determined by averaging levels from a population of individuals not
having a disorder of the immune system. As will be appreciated in
the art, once standard TRID protein levels or mRNA levels are
known, they can be used repeatedly as a standard for
comparison.
[0311] By "biological sample" is intended any biological sample
obtained from an individual, body fluid, cell line, tissue culture,
or other source which contains TRID protein or mRNA. As indicated,
biological samples include body fluids (such as sera, plasma,
urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) which contain free
extracellular domain(s) (or soluable form(s)) of a TRID protein,
immune system tissue, and other tissue sources found to express
complete or extracellular domain of TRID. Methods for obtaining
tissue biopsies and body fluids from mammals are well known in the
art. Where the biological sample is to include mRNA, a tissue
biopsy is the preferred source.
[0312] The invention also contemplates the use of a gene of the
present invention for diagnosing mutations in the TRID gene. For
example, if a mutation is present in one of the genes of the
present invention, conditions would result from a lack of
production of the receptor polypeptides of the present invention.
Further, mutations which enhance receptor polypeptide activity
would lead to diseases associated with an over expression of the
receptor polypeptide, e.g., endotoxic shock. Mutations in the genes
can be detected by comparing the sequence of the defective gene
with that of a normal one. Subsequently one can verify that a
mutant gene is associated with a disease condition or the
susceptibility to a disease condition. That is, a mutant gene which
leads to the overexpression of TRID would be associated with an
inability of TRAIL to inhibit tumor growth.
[0313] Other immune system disorders which may be diagnosed by the
foregoing assays include hypersensitivity, allergy, infectious
disease, graft-host disease, immunodeficiency, autoimmune diseases
and the like.
[0314] Individuals carrying mutations in the genes of the present
invention may be detected at the DNA level by a variety of
techniques. Nucleic acids used for diagnosis may be obtained from a
patient's cells, such as from blood, urine, saliva and tissue
biopsy among other tissues. The genomic DNA may be used directly
for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR (Saiki
et al., Nature, 324:163-166 (1986)) prior to analysis. RNA or cDNA
may also be used for the same purpose. As an example, PCR primers
complementary to the nucleic acid of the instant invention can be
used to identify and analyze mutations in the human genes of the
present invention. For example, deletions and insertions can be
detected by a change in the size of the amplified product in
comparison to the normal genotype. Point mutations can be
identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to radiolabeled RNA or
alternatively, radiolabeled antisense DNA sequences of the present
invention. Perfectly matched sequences can be distinguished from
mismatched duplexes by RNase A digestion or by differences in
melting temperatures. Such a diagnostic would be particularly
useful for prenatal or even neonatal testing.
[0315] Sequence differences between the reference gene and
"mutants" may be revealed by the direct DNA sequencing method. In
addition, cloned DNA segments may be used as probes to detect
specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of this method is greatly
enhanced when combined with PCR. For example, a sequencing primary
used with double stranded PCR product or a single stranded template
molecule generated by a modified PCR product. The sequence
determination is performed by conventional procedures with
radiolabeled nucleotides or by automatic sequencing procedures with
fluorescent tags.
[0316] Sequence changes at the specific locations may be revealed
by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and S1 protection or
the chemical cleavage method (for example, Cotton et al., PNAS,
85:4397-4401 (1985)).
[0317] Assaying TRID protein levels in a biological sample can
occur using antibody-based techniques. For example, TRID protein
expression in tissues can be studied with classical
immunohistological methods (Jalkanen, M., et al., J. Cell. Biol.
101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, M., et al., J. Cell. Biol.
105:3087-3096 (1987)). Other antibody-based methods useful for
detecting TRID gene expression include immunoassays, such as the
enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay
(RIA). Suitable antibody assay labels are known in the art and
include enzyme labels, such as, glucose oxidase, and radioisotopes,
such as iodine (.sup.125I, .sup.121I), carbon (.sup.14C), sulfur
(.sup.35S), tritium (.sup.3H), indium (.sup.112In), and technetium
(.sup.99mTc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and
rhodamine, and biotin.
[0318] In addition to assaying TRID protein levels in a biological
sample obtained from an individual, TRID proteins can also be
detected in vivo by imaging. Antibody labels or markers for in vivo
imaging of TRID proteins include those detectable by X-radiography,
NMR or ESR. For X-radiography, suitable labels include
radioisotopes such as barium or cesium, which emit detectable
radiation but are not overtly harmful to the subject. Suitable
markers for NMR and ESR include those with a detectable
characteristic spin, such as deuterium, which may be incorporated
into the antibody by labeling of nutrients for the relevant
hybridoma.
[0319] A TRID-specific antibody or antibody fragment which has been
labeled with an appropriate detectable imaging moiety, such as a
radioisotope (for example, .sup.131I, .sup.121In, .sup.99mTc), a
radio-opaque substance, or a material detectable by nuclear
magnetic resonance, is introduced (for example, parenterally,
subcutaneously or intraperitoneally) into the mammal to be examined
for immune system disorder. It will be understood in the art that
the size of the subject and the imaging system used will determine
the quantity of imaging moiety needed to produce diagnostic images.
In the case of a radioisotope moiety, for a human subject, the
quantity of radioactivity injected will normally range from about 5
to 20 millicuries of .sup.99mTc. The labeled antibody or antibody
fragment will then preferentially accumulate at the location of
cells which contain TRID protein. In vivo tumor imaging is
described in S. W. Burchiel et al., "Immunopharmacokinetics of
Radiolabeled Antibodies and Their Fragments" (Chapter 13 in Tumor
Imaging: The Radiochemical Detection of Cancer, S. W. Burchiel and
B. A. Rhodes, eds., Masson Publishing Inc. (1982)).
[0320] Treatment
[0321] The Tumor Necrosis Factor (TNF) family ligands are known to
be among the most pleiotropic cytokines, inducing a large number of
cellular responses, including cytotoxicity, anti-viral activity,
immunoregulatory activities, and the transcriptional regulation of
several genes (Goeddel, D. V. et al., "Tumor Necrosis Factors: Gene
Structure and Biological Activities," Symp. Quant. Biol. 51:597-609
(1986), Cold Spring Harbor; Beutler, B., and Cerami, A., Annu. Rev.
Biochem. 57:505-518 (1988); Old, L. J., Sci. Am. 258:59-75 (1988);
Fiers, W., FEBS Lett. 285:199-224 (1991)). The TNF-family ligands
induce such various cellular responses by binding to TNF-family
receptors. Cells which express a TRID polypeptide and are believed
to have a potent cellular response to TNFR ligands include
lymphocytes, endothelial cells, keratinocytes, and prostate tissue.
By "a cellular response to a TNF-family ligand" is intended any
genotypic, phenotypic, and/or morphologic change to a cell, cell
line, tissue, tissue culture or patient that is induced by a
TNF-family ligand. As indicated, such cellular responses include
not only normal physiological responses to TNF-family ligands, but
also diseases associated with increased apoptosis or the inhibition
of apoptosis.
[0322] TRID polynucleotides, polynucleotides, TRAIL binding
facilitators, agonists, and/or antagonists of the invention may be
administered to a patient (e.g., mammal, preferably human)
afflicted with any disease or disorder mediated (directly or
indirectly) by defective, or deficient levels of, TRID.
Alternatively, a gene therapy approach may be applied to treat such
diseases or disorders. In one embodiment of the invention, TRID
polynucleotide sequences are used to detect mutein TRID genes,
including defective genes. Mutein genes may be identified in in
vitro diagnostic assays, and by comparison of the TRID nucleotide
sequence disclosed herein with that of a TRID gene obtained from a
patient suspected of harboring a defect in this gene. Defective
genes may be replaced with normal TRID-encoding genes using
techniques known to one skilled in the art.
[0323] In another embodiment, the TRID polypeptides,
polynucleotides, TRAIL binding facilitators, agonists, and/or
antagonists of the present invention are used as research tools for
studying the phenotypic effects that result from inhibiting
TRAIL/TRID interactions on various cell types. TRID polypeptides
and antagonists (e.g. monoclonal antibodies to TRID) also may be
used in in vitro assays for detecting TRAIL or TRID or the
interactions thereof.
[0324] It has been reported that certain ligands of the TNF family
(of which TRAIL is a member) bind to more than one distinct cell
surface receptor protein. For example, a receptor protein
designated DR4 reportedly binds TRAIL, but is distinct from the
TRID of the present invention (Pan et al., Science 276:1111-113,
(1997); hereby incorporated by reference). In another embodiment, a
purified TRID polypeptide, TRAIL binding facilitator, agonist,
and/or antagonist is used to inhibit binding of TRAIL to endogenous
cell surface TRAIL receptors. By competing for TRAIL binding,
soluble TRID polypeptides of the present invention may be employed
to inhibit the interaction of TRAIL not only with cell surface
TRID, but also with TRAIL receptor proteins distinct from TRID.
[0325] Thus, in a further embodiment, TRID polynucleotides,
polynucleotides, TRAIL binding facilitators, agonists, and/or
antagonists of the invention are used to inhibit a functional
activity of TRAIL, in in vitro or in vivo procedures. By inhibiting
binding ofTRAIL to cell surface receptors, TRID also inhibits
biological effects that result from the binding of TRAIL to
endogenous receptors. Various forms of TRID may be employed,
including, for example, the above-described TRID fragments,
derivatives, and variants that are capable of binding TRAIL. In a
preferred embodiment, a soluble TRID, is employed to inhibit a
functional activity of TRAIL, e.g., to inhibit TRAIL-mediated
apoptosis of cells susceptible to such apoptosis. Thus, in an
additional embodiment, TRID is administered to a mammal (e.g, a
human) to treat a TRAIL-mediated disorder. Such TRAIL-mediated
disorders include conditions caused (directly or indirectly) or
exacerbated by TRAIL.
[0326] Diseases associated with increased cell survival, or the
inhibition of apoptosis, include cancers (such as follicular
lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent
tumors, including, but not limited to colon cancer, cardiac tumors,
pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, glioblastoma, lung
cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer,
neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endothelioma,
osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma,
adenoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma and
ovarian cancer); autoimmune disorders (such as multiple sclerosis,
Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary cirrhosis,
Behcet's disease, Crohn's disease, polymyositis, systemic lupus
erythematosus and immune-related glomerulonephritis rheumatoid
arthritis) and viral infections (such as herpes viruses, pox
viruses and adenoviruses), information graft v. host disease, acute
graft rejection, and chronic graft rejection. In preferred
embodiments, TRID polynucleotides, polypeptides, and/or antagonists
of the invention are used to inhibit growth, progression, and/or
metasis of cancers, in particular those listed above and in the
following paragraph.
[0327] Additional diseases or conditions associated with increased
cell survival include, but are not limited to, progression, and/or
metastases of malignancies and related disorders such as leukemia
(including acute leukemias (e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute
myelocytic leukemia (including myeloblastic, promyelocytic,
myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia)) and chronic
leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and
chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia vera, lymphomas (e.g.,
Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma,
Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and solid
tumors including, but not limited to, sarcomas and carcinomas such
as fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma,
osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma,
lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma,
mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma,
colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer,
prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma,
adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma,
papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma,
medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma,
hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal
carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung
carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial
carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma,
ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma,
oligodendroglioma, menangioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and
retinoblastoma.
[0328] Diseases associated with increased apoptosis include AIDS;
neurodegenerative disorders (such as Alzheimer's disease,
Parkinson's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Retinitis
pigmentosa, Cerebellar degeneration and brain tumor or prior
associated disease); autoimmune disorders (such as, multiple
sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary
cirrhosis, Behcet's disease, Crohn's disease, polymyositis,
systemic lupus erythematosus and immune-related glomerulonephritis
and rheumatoid arthritis), myelodysplastic syndromes (such as
aplastic anemia), graft v. host disease, ischemic injury (such as
that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion
injury), liver injury (such as hepatitis related liver injury,
ischemialreperfusion injury, cholestosis (bile duct injury) and
liver cancer), toxin-induced liver disease (such as that caused by
alcohol), septic shock, cachexia and anorexia. In preferred
embodiments, TRID polynucleotides, polypeptides TRAIL binding
facilitators, and/or agonists are used to treat the diseases and
disorders listed above.
[0329] Many of the pathologies associated with HIV are mediated by
apoptosis, including HIV-induced nephropathy and HIV encephalitis.
Thus, in additional preferred embodiments, TRID polynucleotides,
polypeptides, TRAIL binding facilitators, and/or TRID agonists of
the invention are used to treat AIDS and pathologies associated
with AIDS.
[0330] Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to
the use of TRID to reduce TRAIL-mediated death of T cells in
HIV-infected patients. The role of T cell apoptosis in the
development of AIDS has been the subject of a number of studies
(see, for example, Meyaard et al., Science 257:217-219, 1992; Groux
et al., J Exp. Med., 175:331, 1992; and Oyaizu et al., in Cell
Activation and Apoptosis in HIV Infection, Andrieu and Lu, Eds.,
Plenum Press, New York, 1995, pp. 101-114). Fas-mediated apoptosis
has been implicated in the loss of T cells in HIV individuals
(Katsikis et al., J. Exp. Med. 181:2029-2036, 1995). The state of
immunodeficiency that defines AIDS is secondary to a decrease in
the number and function of CD4.sup.+ T-lymphocytes. Recent reports
estimate the daily loss of CD4.sup.+ T cells to be between
3.5.times.10.sup.7 and 2.times.10.sup.9 cells (Wei X., et al.,
Nature 373:117-122 (1995)). One cause of CD4.sup.+ T cell depletion
in the setting of HIV infection is believed to be HIV-induced
apoptosis. Indeed, HIV-induced apoptotic cell death has been
demonstrated not only in vitro but also, more importantly, in
infected individuals (Ameisen, J. C., AIDS 8:1197-1213 (1994);
Finkel, T. H., and Banda, N. K., Curr. Opin. Immunol.
6:605-615(1995); Muro-Cacho, C. A. et al., J. Immunol.
154:5555-5566 (1995)). Furthermore, apoptosis and CD4.sup.+
T-lymphocyte depletion is tightly correlated in different animal
models of AIDS (Brunner, T., et al., Nature 373:441-444 (1995);
Gougeon, M. L., et al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retroviruses 9:553-563
(1993)) and, apoptosis is not observed in those animal models in
which viral replication does not result in AIDS (Gougeon, M. L. et
al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retroviruses 9:553-563 (1993)). Further data
indicates that uninfected but primed or activated T lymphocytes
from HIV-infected individuals undergo apoptosis after encountering
the TNF-family ligand FasL. Using monocytic cell lines that result
in death following HIV infection, it has been demonstrated that
infection of U937 cells with HIV results in the de novo expression
of FasL and that FasL mediates HIV-induced apoptosis (Badley, A. D.
et al., J. Virol. 70:199-206(1996)). Further the TNF-family ligand
was detectable in uninfected macrophages and its expression was
upregulated following HIV infection resulting in selective killing
of uninfected CD4 T-lymphocytes (Badley, A. D et al., J. Virol.
70:199-206 (1996)). It is also possible that T cell apoptosis
occurs through multiple mechanisms.
[0331] Thus, by the invention, a method for treating HIV.sup.+
individuals is provided which involves administering soluble TRID
(e.g., the extracellular domain) and/or TRID agonists of the
present invention to reduce selective killing of CD4.sup.+
T-lymphocytes. Modes of administration and dosages are discussed in
detail below. While not wanting to be bound by theory, activated
human T-cells are believed to be induced to undergo programmed cell
death (apoptosis) upon triggering through the CD3/T-cell receptor
complex, a process termed activated-induced cell death (AICD). AICD
of CD4.sup.+ T-cells isolated from HIV-Infected asymptomatic
individuals has been reported (Groux et al., supra). Thus, AICD may
play a role in the depletion of CD4.sup.+ T-cells and the
progression to AIDS in HIV-infected individuals. Thus, the present
invention provides a method of inhibiting TRAIL-mediated T-cell
death in HIV patients, comprising administering a TRID polypeptide
of the invention (preferably, a soluble TRID polypeptide) and/or
TRID agonist of the invention to the patients. Modes of
administration and dosages are discussed in detail below. In one
embodiment, the patient is asymptomatic when treatment with TRID
commences. If desired, prior to treatment, peripheral blood T-cells
may be extracted from an HIV patient, and tested for susceptibility
to TRAIL-mediated cell death by procedures known in the art. In one
embodiment, a patient's blood or plasma is contacted with TRID
polypeptides of the invention ex vivo. The TRID polypeptides of the
invention may be bound to a suitable chromatography matrix by
procedures known in the art. The patient's blood or plasma flows
through a chromatography column containing TRID bound to the
matrix, before being returned to the patient. The immobilized TRID
polypeptide binds TRAIL, thus removing TRAIL protein from the
patient's blood.
[0332] In additional embodiments a TRID polypeptide and/or agonist
of the invention is administered in combination with other
inhibitors of T-cell apoptosis. For example, as discussed above,
Fas-mediated apoptosis also has been implicated in loss of T-cells
in HIV individuals (Katsikis et al., J. Exp. Med. 181:2029-2036,
1995). Thus, a patient susceptible to both Fas ligand mediated and
TRAIL mediated T-cell death may be treated with both an agent that
blocks TRAIL/TRAIL receptor interactions and an agent that blocks
Fas-ligand/Fas interactions. Suitable agents for blocking binding
of Fas-ligand to Fas include, but are not limited to, soluble Fas
polypeptides; multimeric forms of soluble Fas polypeptides (e.g.,
dimers of sFas/Fc); anti-Fas antibodies that bind Fas without
transducing the biological signal that results in apoptosis;
anti-Fas-ligand antibodies that block binding of Fas-ligand to Fas;
and muteins of Fas-ligand that bind Fas but do not transduce the
biological signal that results in apoptosis. Preferably, the
antibodies employed according to this method are monoclonal
antibodies. Examples of suitable agents for blocking Fas-ligand/Fas
interactions, including blocking anti-Fas monoclonal antibodies,
are described in International application publication number WO
95/10540, hereby incorporated by reference.
[0333] TRID polypeptides or polynucleotides encoding TRID of the
invention may be used to treat cardiovascular disorders, including
peripheral artery disease, such as limb ischemia.
[0334] Cardiovascular disorders include cardiovascular
abnormalities, such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous
fistula, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart
defects, pulmonary atresia, and Scimitar Syndrome. Congenital heart
defects include aortic coarctation, cor triatriatum, coronary
vessel anomalies, crisscross heart, dextrocardia, patent ductus
arteriosus, Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic
left heart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of fallot, transposition
of great vessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid atresia,
persistent truncus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as
aortopulmonary septal defect, endocardial cushion defects,
Lutembacher's Syndrome, trilogy of Fallot, thrombotic
microangiopathies (e.g., thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP)
and hemolytic-uremic syndrome (HUS)), and ventricular heart septal
defects.
[0335] Cardiovascular disorders also include heart disease, such as
arrhythmias, carcinoid heart disease, high cardiac output, low
cardiac output, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (including
bacterial), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart
failure, congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac
edema, heart hypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left
ventricular hypertrophy, right ventricular hypertrophy,
post-infarction heart rupture, ventricular septal rupture, heart
valve diseases, myocardial diseases, myocardial ischemia,
pericardial effusion, pericarditis (including constrictive and
tuberculous), pneumopericardium, postpericardiotomy syndrome,
pulmonary heart disease, rheumatic heart disease, ventricular
dysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy complications,
Scimitar Syndrome, cardiovascular syphilis, and cardiovascular
tuberculosis.
[0336] Arrhythmias include sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibrillation,
atrial flutter, bradycardia, extrasystole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome,
bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome,
parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type
pre-excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus
syndrome, tachycardias, and ventricular fibrillation. Tachycardias
include paroxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia,
accelerated idioventricular rhythm, atrioventricular nodal reentry
tachycardia, ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional
tachycardia, sinoatrial nodal reentry tachycardia, sinus
tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes, and ventricular tachycardia.
[0337] Heart valve disease include aortic valve insufficiency,
aortic valve stenosis, hear murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral
valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve
insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary
valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid atresia,
tricuspid valve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis.
[0338] Myocardial diseases include alcoholic cardiomyopathy,
congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic
subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive
cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis,
endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion
injury, and myocarditis.
[0339] Myocardial ischemias include coronary disease, such as
angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis,
coronary thrombosis, coronary vasospasm, myocardial infarction and
myocardial stunning.
[0340] Cardiovascular diseases also include vascular diseases such
as aneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, bacillary angiomatosis,
Hippel-Lindau Disease, Klippel-Trenaunay-Weber Syndrome,
Sturge-Weber Syndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic diseases,
Takayasu's Arteritis, aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial
occlusive diseases, arteritis, enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa,
cerebrovascular disorders, diabetic angiopathies, diabetic
retinopathy, embolisms, thrombosis, erythromelalgia, hemorrhoids,
hepatic veno-occlusive disease, hypertension, hypotension,
ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases, phlebitis, pulmonary
veno-occlusive disease, Raynaud's disease, CREST syndrome, retinal
vein occlusion, Scimitar syndrome, superior vena cava syndrome,
telangiectasia, atacia telangiectasia, hereditary hemorrhagic
telangiectasia, varicocele, varicose veins, varicose ulcer,
vasculitis, and venous insufficiency.
[0341] Aneurysms include dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms,
infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral
aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iliac
aneurysms.
[0342] Arterial occlusive diseases include arteriosclerosis,
intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis, fibromuscular
dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion, Moyamoya disease, renal
artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, and thromboangiitis
obliterans.
[0343] Cerebrovascular disorders include carotid artery diseases,
cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia,
cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation,
cerebral artery diseases, cerebral embolism and thrombosis, carotid
artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, Wallenberg's syndrome,
cerebral hemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma,
subaraxhnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia
(including transient), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular
leukomalacia, vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and
vertebrobasilar insufficiency.
[0344] Embolisms include air embolisms, amniotic fluid embolisms,
cholesterol embolisms, blue toe syndrome, fat embolisms, pulmonary
embolisms, and thromoboembolisms. Thrombosis include coronary
thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinal vein occlusion,
carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, Wallenberg's syndrome,
and thrombophlebitis.
[0345] Ischemia includes cerebral ischemia, ischemic colitis,
compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome, myocardial
ischemia, reperfusion injuries, and peripheral limb ischemia.
Vasculitis includes aortitis, arteritis, Behcet's Syndrome,
Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome,
thromboangiitis obliterans, hypersensitivity vasculitis,
Schoenlein-Henoch purpura, allergic cutaneous vasculitis, and
Wegener's granulomatosis.
[0346] In one embodiment, TRID polynucleotides, polypeptides, TRAIL
binding facilitators, and/or agonists of the invention are used to
treat and/or prevent thrombotic microangiopathies. One such
disorder is thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) (Kwaan, H.
C., Semin. Hematol. 24:71 (1987); Thompson et al., Blood 80:1890
(1992)). Increasing TTP-associated mortality rates have been
reported by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (Torok et al., Am.
J. Hematol. 50:84 (1995)). Plasma from patients afflicted with TTP
(including HIV+ and HIV- patients) induces apoptosis of human
endothelial cells of dermal microvascular origin, but not large
vessel origin (Laurence et al., Blood 87:3245 (1996)). Plasma of
TTP patients thus is thought to contain one or more factors that
directly or indirectly induce apoptosis. As described in
International patent application number WO 97/01633 (hereby
incorporated by reference), TRAIL is present in the serum of TTP
patients, and is likely to play a role in inducing apoptosis of
microvascular endothelial cells. Another thrombotic microangiopathy
is hemolytic-uremic syndrome (HUS) (Moake, J. L., Lancet, 343:393
(1994); Melnyk et al., (Arch. Intern. Med, 155:2077 (1995);
Thompson et al., supra). Thus, in one embodiment, the invention is
directed to use of TRID to treat and/or prevent the condition that
is often referred to as "adult HUS" (even though it can strike
children as well). A disorder known as
childhood/diarrhea-associated HUS differs in etiology from adult
HUS. In another embodiment, conditions characterized by clotting of
small blood vessels may be treated and/or prevented using TRID Such
conditions include, but are not limited to, those described herein.
For example, cardiac problems seen in about 5-10% of pediatric AIDS
patients are believed to involve clotting of small blood vessels.
Breakdown of the microvasculature in the heart has been reported in
multiple sclerosis patients. As a further example, treatment and/or
prevention of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is contemplated.
In one embodiment, a patient's blood or plasma is contacted TRID
polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the invention may be bound
to a suitable chromatography matrix by procedures known in the art.
According to this embodiment, the patient's blood or plasma flows
through a chromatography column containing TRID polynucleotides
and/or polypeptides of the invention bound to the matrix, before
being returned to the patient. The immobilized TRID binds TRAIL,
thus removing TRAIL protein from the patient's blood.
Alternatively, TRID polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the
invention may be administered in vivo to a patient afflicted with a
thrombotic microangiopathy. In one embodiment, a soluble form of
TRID polypeptide of the invention is administered to the patient.
Thus, the present invention provides a method for treating and/or
preventing a thrombotic microangiopathy, involving use of an
effective amount of TRID. A TRID polypeptide may be employed in in
vivo or ex vivo procedures, to inhibit TRAIL-mediated damage to
(e.g., apoptosis of) microvascular endothelial cells.
[0347] TRID polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the invention
may be employed in combination with other agents useful in treating
and/or preventing a particular disorder. For example, in an in
vitro study reported by Laurence et al. (Blood 87:3245 (1996)),
some reduction of TTP plasma-mediated apoptosis of microvascular
endothelial cells was achieved by using an anti-Fas blocking
antibody, aurintricarboxylic acid, or normal plasma depleted of
cryoprecipitate. Thus, a patient may be treated with a
polynucleotide and/or polypeptide of the invention in combination
with an agent that inhibits Fas-ligand-mediated apoptosis of
endothelial cells, such as, for example, an agent described above.
In one embodiment, TRID polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the
invention and an anti-FAS blocking antibody are both administered
to a patient afflicted with a disorder characterized by thrombotic
microanglopathy, such as TTP or HUS. Examples of blocking
monoclonal antibodies directed against Fas antigen (CD95) are
described in International patent application publication number WO
95/10540, hereby incorporated by reference.
[0348] The naturally occurring balance between endogenous
stimulators and inhibitors of angiogenesis is one in which
inhibitory influences predominate. Rastinejad et al., Cell
56:345-355 (1989). In those rare instances in which
neovascularization occurs under normal physiological conditions,
such as wound healing, organ regeneration, embryonic development,
and female reproductive processes, angiogenesis is stringently
regulated and spatially and temporally delimited. Under conditions
of pathological angiogenesis such as that characterizing solid
tumor growth, these regulatory controls fail. Unregulated
angiogenesis becomes pathologic and sustains progression of many
neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases. A number of serious
diseases are dominated by abnormal neovascularization including
solid tumor growth and metastases, arthritis, some types of eye
disorders, and psoriasis. See, e.g., reviews by Moses et al.,
Biotech. 9:630-634 (1991); Folkman et al., N. Engl. J. Med.,
333:1757-1763 (1995); Auerbach et al., J. Microvasc. Res.
29:401-411 (1985); Folkman, Advances in Cancer Research, eds. Klein
and Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz,
Am. J. Opthalmol. 94:715-743 (1982); and Folkman et al., Science
221:719-725 (1983). In a number of pathological conditions, the
process of angiogenesis contributes to the disease state. For
example, significant data have accumulated which suggest that the
growth of solid tumors is dependent on angiogenesis. Folkman and
Klagsbrun, Science 235:442-447 (1987).
[0349] The present invention provides for treatment of diseases or
disorders associated with neovascularization by administration of
the TRID polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the invention
(including TRID agonists and/or antagonists). Malignant and
metastatic conditions which can be treated with the polynucleotides
and polypeptides of the invention include, but are not limited to
those malignancies, solid tumors, and cancers described herein and
otherwise known in the art (for a review of such disorders, see
Fishman et al., Medicine, 2d Ed., J. B. Lippincott Co.,
Philadelphia (1985)).
[0350] Additionally, ocular disorders associated with
neovascularization which can be treated with the TRID
polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention
(including TRID agonists and TRID antagonists) include, but are not
limited to: neovascular glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy,
retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis, retinopathy of
prematurity macular degeneration, comeal graft neovascularization,
as well as other eye inflammatory diseases, ocular tumors and
diseases associated with choroidal or iris neovascularization. See,
e.g., reviews by Waltman et al., Am. J. Ophthal 85:704-710 (1978)
and Gartner et al., Surv. Ophthal. 22:291-312 (1978).
[0351] Additionally, disorders which can be treated with the TRID
polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention
(including TRID agonists and TRID antagonists) include, but are not
limited to, hemangioma, arthritis, psoriasis, angiofibroma,
atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound healing, granulations,
hemophilic joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures,
Osler-Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma,
and vascular adhesions.
[0352] In rejection of an allograft, the immune system of the
recipient animal has not previously been primed to respond because
the immune system for the most part is only primed by environmental
antigens. Tissues from other members of the same species have not
been presented in the same way that, for example, viruses and
bacteria have been presented. In the case of allograft rejection,
immunosuppressive regimens are designed to prevent the immune
system from reaching the effector stage. However, the immune
profile of xenograft rejection may resemble disease recurrence more
than allograft rejection. In the case of disease recurrence, the
immune system has already been activated, as evidenced by
destruction of the native islet cells. Therefore, in disease
recurrence the immune system is already at the effector stage.
Antagonist of the present invention are able to suppress the immune
response to both allografts and xenografts because lymphocytes
activated and differentiated into effector cells will express TRID
polypeptides, and thereby are susceptible to compounds which
enhance TRID activity. Thus, the present invention further provides
a method for creating immune privileged tissues.
[0353] TRID antagonists or agonists of the invention may be useful
for treating and/or preventing inflammatory diseases, such as
rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriasis, septicemia, and
inflammatory bowel disease.
[0354] Polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the invention and/or
agonists and/or antagonists thereof are useful in the diagnosis and
treatment or prevention of a wide range of diseases and/or
conditions. Such diseases and conditions include, but are not
limited to, cancer (e.g., immune cell related cancers, breast
cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, follicular lymphoma,
cancer associated with mutation or alteration of p53, brain tumor,
bladder cancer, uterocervical cancer, colon cancer, colorectal
cancer, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, small cell carcinoma
of the lung, stomach cancer, etc.), lymphoproliferative disorders
(e.g., lymphadenopathy), microbial (e.g., viral, bacterial, etc.)
infection (e.g., HIV-1 infection, HIV-2 infection, herpesvirus
infection (including, but not limited to, HSV-1, HSV-2, CMV, VZV,
HHV-6, HHV-7, EBV), adenovirus infection, poxvirus infection, human
papilloma virus infection, hepatitis infection (e.g., HAV, HBV,
HCV, etc.), Helicobacter pylori infection, invasive Staphylococcia,
etc.), parasitic infection, nephritis, bone disease (e.g.,
osteoporosis), atherosclerosis, pain, cardiovascular disorders
(e.g., neovascularization, hypovascularization or reduced
circulation (e.g., ischemic disease (e.g., myocardial infarction,
stroke, etc.))), AIDS, allergy, inflammation, neurodegenerative
disease (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease,
amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, pigmentary retinitis, cerebellar
degeneration, etc.), graft rejection (acute and chronic), graft vs.
host disease, diseases due to osteomyelodysplasia (e.g., aplastic
anemia, etc.), joint tissue destruction in rheumatism, liver
disease (e.g., acute and chronic hepatitis, liver injury, and
cirrhosis), autoimmune disease (e.g., multiple sclerosis,
rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune complex
glomerulonephritis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune
thrombocytopenic purpura, Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis,
etc.), cardiomyopathy (e.g., dilated cardiomyopathy), diabetes,
diabetic complications (e.g., diabetic nephropathy, diabetic
neuropathy, diabetic retinopathy), influenza, asthma, psoriasis,
glomerulonephritis, septic shock, and ulcerative colitis.
[0355] Polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the invention and/or
agonists and/or antagonists thereof are useful in promoting
angiogenesis, and wound healing (e.g., wounds, burns, and bone
fractures), and regulating hematopoiesis. Polynucleotides and/or
polypeptides of the invention and/or agonists and/or antagonists
thereof are also useful as an adjuvant to enhance immune
responsiveness to specific antigen, anti-viral immune
responses,.
[0356] More generally, polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the
invention and/or agonists and/or antagonists thereof are useful in
regulating (i.e., elevating or reducing) immune response. For
example, polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the invention may
be useful in preparation or recovery from surgery, trauma,
radiation therapy, chemotherapy, and transplantation, or may be
used to boost immune response and/or recovery in the elderly and
immunocompromised individuals. Alternatively, polynucleotides
and/or polypeptides of the invention and/or agonists and/or
antagonists thereof are useful as immunosuppressive agents, for
example in the treatment or prevention of autoimmune disorders. In
specific embodiments, polynucleotides and/or polypeptides of the
invention are used to treat or prevent chronic inflammatory,
allergic or autoimmune conditions, such as those described herein
or are otherwise known in the art.
[0357] Thus, in one aspect, the present invention is directed to a
method for enhancing apoptosis induced by a TNF-family ligand,
which involves administering to a cell which expresses a TNFR
polypeptide an effective amount of an antagonist of the TRID
polypeptide, capable of inhibiting TRID expression or its ligand
binding ability (e.g., to TRAIL). Preferably, TNFR mediated
signaling is increased to treat a disease wherein decreased
apoptosis is exhibited. Antagonist can include monoclonal
antibodies directed against the TRID polypeptide.
[0358] By "antagonist" is intended naturally occurring and
synthetic compounds capable of enhancing or potentiating apoptosis.
By "agonist" is intended naturally occurring and synthetic
compounds capable of inhibiting apoptosis. Whether any candidate
"antagonist" or "agonist" of the present invention can enhance or
inhibit apoptosis can be determined using art-known TNF-family
ligand/receptor cellular response assays, including those described
in more detail below.
[0359] One such screening procedure involves the use of
melanophores which are transfected to co-express a TNFR receptor
which binds a TRAIL such as DR4 or DR5, described elsewhere herein,
and the TRID receptor of the present invention. Such a screening
technique is described in PCT WO 92/01810, published Feb. 6, 1992.
Such an assay may be employed, for example, for screening for a
compound which inhibits (or enhances) the activity of the receptor
polypeptide of the present invention by contacting the melanophore
cells which encode the receptors with both a TNF-family ligand and
the candidate antagonist (or agonist). Inhibition or enhancement of
the signal generated by the ligand indicates that the compound is
an antagonist or agonist of TRID activity. The TRID polypeptide and
its agonists inhibit activation of the TNFR receptor, e.g., TRAIL
receptor, whereas antagonists will increase activation.
[0360] Other screening techniques include the use of cells which
express a TRAIL receptor and TRID (for example, transfected CHO
cells) in a system which measures extracellular pH changes caused
by receptor activation, for example, as described in Science
246:181-296 (October 1989). For example, compounds may be contacted
with a cell which expresses a TRAIL receptor polypeptide and TRID
of the present invention and a second messenger response, e.g.,
signal transduction or pH changes, may be measured to determine
whether the potential compound activates or inhibits the TRAIL
receptor.
[0361] Another such screening technique involves introducing RNA
encoding the receptors into Xenopus oocytes to transiently express
TRID and a TRAIL receptor. The receptor oocytes may then be
contacted with the receptor ligand and a compound to be screened,
followed by detection of inhibition or activation of a calcium
signal in the case of screening for compounds which are thought to
inhibit activation of the receptor.
[0362] Another screening technique involves expressing in cells a
construct wherein the TRAIL receptor is linked to a phospholipase C
or D. Such cells include endothelial cells, smooth muscle cells,
embryonic kidney cells, etc. The screening may be accomplished as
hereinabove described by detecting activation of the receptor or
inhibition of activation of the receptor from the phospholipase
signal in the presence of TRID either co-expressed or added in
soluble form along with the candidate compound.
[0363] Another method involves screening for compounds which
inhibit activation of a TRAIL receptor polypeptide in the presence
of the TRID polypeptide of the present invention, either
co-expressed or in soluble form. Agonists of the present invention
are identified by determining inhibition of binding of labeled
ligand to cells which have the TRAIL receptor on the surface
thereof. Such a method involves transfecting a eukaryotic cell with
DNA encoding a TRAIL binding receptor such that the cell expresses
the receptor on its surface and contacting the cell with a compound
in the presence of a labelled TRAIL and TRID. TRAIL can be labeled,
e.g., by radioactivity. The amount of labeled TRAIL bound to the
receptors is measured, e.g., by measuring radioactivity of the
receptors. If the compound binds to the TRID receptor as determined
by an increase of labeled TRAIL which binds to the TRAIL receptor,
the compound is a TRID antagonist.
[0364] Further screening assays for agonist and antagonist of the
present invention are described in Tartaglia, L. A., and Goeddel,
D. V., J. Biol. Chem. 267(7):4304-4307(1992).
[0365] Thus, in a further aspect, a screening method is provided
for determining whether a candidate TRID antagonist or agonist is
capable of enhancing or inhibiting a cellular response to a
TNF-family ligand (e.g., apoptosis induced by TRAIL). The method
involves contacting cells which express a TNFR polypeptide with a
candidate compound, TRID, and a TNF-family ligand, assaying a
cellular response, and comparing the cellular response to a
standard cellular response, the standard being assayed when contact
is made with the ligand in the presence of TRID but in absence of
the candidate compound, whereby an increased cellular response over
the standard indicates that the candidate compound is an antagonist
and a decreased cellular response compared to the standard
indicates that the candidate compound is an agonist. By "assaying a
cellular response" is intended qualitatively or quantitatively
measuring a cellular response to a candidate compound and/or a
TNF-family ligand (e.g., determining or estimating an increase or
decrease in T cell proliferation or tritiated thymidine labeling).
By the invention, a cell expressing the TNFR polypeptide can be
contacted with either an endogenous or exogenously administered
TNF-family ligand.
[0366] Antagonist according to the present invention include
naturally occurring and synthetic compounds such as, for example,
TNF family ligand peptide fragments, transforming growth factor,
neurotransmitters (such as glutamate, dopamine,
N-methyl-D-aspartate), tumor suppressors (p53), cytolytic T cells
and antimetabolites. Preferred agonist include chemotherapeutic
drugs such as, for example, cisplatin, doxorubicin, bleomycin,
cytosine arabinoside, nitrogen mustard, methotrexate and
vincristine. Others include ethanol and -amyloid peptide. (Science
267:1457-1458 (1995)). Further preferred antagonist includes
polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies raised against the TRID
polypeptide, or a fragment thereof.
[0367] Agonists according to the present invention include
naturally occurring and synthetic compounds such as, for example,
the CD40 ligand, neutral amino acids, zinc, estrogen, androgens,
viral genes (such as Adenovirus ElB, Baculovirus p35 and IAP,
Cowpox virus crmA, Epstein-Barr virus BHRF1, LMP-1, African swine
fever virus LMW5-HL, and Herpesvirus yl 34.5), calpain inhibitors,
cysteine protease inhibitors, and tumor promoters (such as PMA,
Phenobarbital, and--Hexachlorocyclohexane). Other Agonists include
polyclonal and monoclonal antagonist antibodies raised against
TRAIL polypeptides or a fragment thereof.
[0368] Other potential antagonists include antisense molecules. In
specific embodiments, antagonists according to the present
invention are nucleic acids corresponding to the sequences
contained in TRID, or the complementary strand thereof, and/or to
nucleotide sequences contained in ATCC Deposit No. 97798. In one
embodiment, antisense sequence is generated internally by the
organism, in another embodiment, the antisense sequence is
separately administered (see, for example, Okano H. et al., J.
Neurochem. 56:560 (1991), and Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense
Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. (1988).
Antisense technology can be used to control gene expression through
antisense DNA or RNA or through triple-helix formation. Antisense
techniques are discussed, for example, in Okano, J. Neurochem.
56:560 (1991); Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense Inhibitors of
Gene Expression, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. (1988). Triple helix
formation is discussed in, for instance Lee et al., Nucleic Acids
Research 6:3073 (1979); Cooney et al., Science 241:456 (1988); and
Dervan et al., Science 251:1360 (1991). The methods are based on
binding of a polynucleotide to a complementary DNA or RNA.
[0369] For example, the 5' coding portion of a polynucleotide that
encodes the mature polypeptide of the present invention may be used
to design an antisense RNA oligonucleotide of from about 10 to 40
base pairs in length. A DNA oligonucleotide is designed to be
complementary to a region of the gene involved in transcription
thereby preventing transcription and the production of the
receptor. The antisense RNA oligonucleotide hybridizes to the mRNA
in vivo and blocks translation of the mRNA molecule into receptor
polypeptide. The oligonucleotides described above can also be
delivered to cells such that the antisense RNA or DNA may be
expressed in vivo to inhibit production of the receptor.
[0370] In one embodiment, the TRID antisense nucleic acid of the
invention is produced intracellularly by transcription from an
exogenous sequence. For example, a vector or a portion thereof, is
transcribed, producing an antisense nucleic acid (RNA) of the
invention. Such a vector would contain a sequence encoding the TRID
antisense nucleic acid. Such a vector can remain episomal or become
chromosomally integrated, as long as it can be transcribed to
produce the desired antisense RNA. Such vectors can be constructed
by recombinant DNA technology methods standard in the art. Vectors
can be plasmid, viral, or others know in the art, used for
replication and expression in vertebrate cells. Expression of the
sequence encoding TRID, or fragments thereof, can be by any
promoter known in the art to act in vertebrate, preferably human
cells. Such promoters can be inducible or constitutive. Such
promoters include, but are not limited to, the SV40 early promoter
region (Bernoist and Chambon, Nature 29:304-310 (1981), the
promoter contained in the 3' long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma
virus (Yamamoto et al., Cell 22:787-797 (1980), the herpes
thymidine promoter (Wagner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA.
78:1441-1445 (1981), the regulatory sequences of the
metallothionein gene (Brinster, et al., Nature 296:39-42 (1982)),
etc.
[0371] The antisense nucleic acids of the invention comprise, or
alternatively consist of, a sequence complementary to at least a
portion of an RNA transcript of a TRID gene. However, absolute
complementarity, although preferred, is not required. A sequence
"complementary to at least a portion of an RNA," referred to
herein, means a sequence having sufficient complementarity to be
able to hybridize with the RNA, forming a stable duplex; in the
case of double stranded TRID antisense nucleic acids, a single
strand of the duplex DNA may thus be tested, or triplex formation
may be assayed. The ability to hybridize will depend on both the
degree of complementarity and the length of the antisense nucleic
acid Generally, the larger the hybridizing nucleic acid, the more
base mismatches with a TRID RNA it may contain and still form a
stable duplex (or triplex as the case may be). One skilled in the
art can ascertain a tolerable degree of mismatch by use of standard
procedures to determine the melting point of the hybridized
complex.
[0372] Oligonucleotides that are complementary to the 5' end of the
message, e.g., the 5' untranslated sequence up to and including the
AUG initiation codon, should work most efficiently at inhibiting
translation. However, sequences complementary to the 3'
untranslated sequences of mRNAs have been shown to be effective at
inhibiting translation of mRNAs as well. See generally, Wagner, R.,
Nature 372:333-335 (1994). Thus, oligonucleotides complementary to
either the 5'- or 3'-non-translated, non-coding regions of the TRID
shown in SEQ ID NO:1 could be used in an antisense approach to
inhibit translation of endogenous TRID mRNA. Oligonucleotides
complementary to the 5' untranslated region of the mRNA should
include the complement of the AUG start codon. Antisense
oligonucleotides complementary to mRNA coding regions are less
efficient inhibitors of translation but could be used in accordance
with the invention. Whether designed to hybridize to the 5'-, 3'-
or coding region of TRID mRNA, antisense nucleic acids should be at
least six nucleotides in length, and are preferably
oligonucleotides ranging from 6 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
In specific aspects the oligonucleotide is at least 10 nucleotides,
at least 17 nucleotides, at least 25 nucleotides or at least 50
nucleotides.
[0373] The polynucleotides of the invention can be DNA or RNA or
chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof,
single-stranded or double-stranded. The oligonucleotide can be
modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone,
for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization,
etc. The oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as
peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or
agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g.,
Letsinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA. 86:6553-6556 (1989);
Lemaitre et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 84:648-652(1987); PCT
Publication No. WO88/09810, published Dec. 15, 1988) or the
blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134,
published Apr. 25, 1988), hybridization-triggered cleavage agents.
(See, e.g., Krol et al., BioTechniques 6:958-976(1988)) or
intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Zon, Pharm. Res. 5:539-549
(1988)). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to
another molecule, e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered
cross-linking agent, transport agent, hybridization-triggered
cleavage agent, etc.
[0374] The antisense oligonucleotide may comprise at least one
modified base moiety which is selected from the group including,
but not limited to, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-chlorouracil,
5-iodouracil, hypoxanthine, xantine, 4-acetylcytosine,
5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil,
5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine, 5-carboxymethylaminomet-
hyluracil, dihydrouracil, beta-D-galactosylqueosine, inosine,
N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine,
2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine,
3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-adenine, 7-methylguanine,
5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxyaminomethyl-2-thiouracil,
beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5.cent.-methoxycarboxymethyluracil,
5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine,
uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), wybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine,
2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil,
5-methyluracil, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester,
uracil-5-oxyacetic acid (v), 5-methyl-2-thiouracil,
3-(3-amino-3-N-2-carboxypropyl) uracil, (acp3)w, and
2,6-diaminopurine.
[0375] The antisense oligonucleotide may also comprise at least one
modified sugar moiety selected from the group including, but not
limited to, arabinose, 2-fluoroarabinose, xylulose, and hexose.
[0376] In yet another embodiment, the antisense oligonucleotide
comprises at least one modified phosphate backbone selected from
the group including, but not limited to, a phosphorothioate, a
phosphorodithioate, a phosphoramidothioate, a phosphoramidate, a
phosphordiamidate, a methylphosphonate, an alkyl phosphotriester,
and a formacetal or analog thereof.
[0377] In yet another embodiment, the antisense oligonucleotide is
an .alpha.-anomeric oligonucleotide. An .alpha.-anomeric
oligonucleotide forms specific double-stranded hybrids with
complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual .beta.-units, the
strands run parallel to each other (Gautier et al., Nucl. Acids
Res. 15:6625-6641 (1987)). The oligonucleotide is a
2.cent.-0-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al., Nucl. Acids Res.
15:6131-6148 (1987)), or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al.,
FEBS Lett. 215:327-330 (1987)).
[0378] Polynucleotides of the invention may be synthesized by
standard methods known in the art, e.g. by use of an automated DNA
synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch,
Applied Biosystems, etc.). As examples, phosphorothioate
oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al.
(Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209 (1988)), methylphosphonate
oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass
polymer supports (Sarin et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
85:7448-7451 (1988)), etc.
[0379] While antisense nucleotides complementary to the TRID coding
region sequence could be used, those complementary to the
transcribed untranslated region are most preferred.
[0380] Potential antagonists according to the invention also
include catalytic RNA, or a ribozyme (See, e.g., PCT International
Publication WO 90/11364, published Oct. 4, 1990; Sarver et al,
Science 247:1222-1225 (1990). While ribozymes that cleave mRNA at
site specific recognition sequences can be used to destroy TRID
mRNAs, the use of hammerhead ribozymes is preferred. Hammerhead
ribozymes cleave mRNAs at locations dictated by flanking regions
that form complementary base pairs withthe target mRNA. The sole
requirement is that the target mRNA have the following sequence of
two bases: 5'-UG-3'. The construction and production of hammerhead
ribozymes is well known in the art and is described more fully in
Haseloff and Gerlach, Nature 334:585-591 (1988). There are numerous
potential hammerhead ribozyme cleavage sites within the nucleotide
sequence of TRID (SEQ ID NO:1). Preferably, the ribozyme is
engineered so that the cleavage recognition site is located near
the 5' end of the TRID mRNA; i.e., to increase efficiency and
minimize the intracellular accumulation of non-functional mRNA
transcripts.
[0381] As in the antisense approach, the ribozymes of the invention
can be composed of modified oligonucleotides (e.g., for improved
stability, targeting, etc.) and should be delivered to cells which
express TRID in vivo. DNA constructs encoding the ribozyme may be
introduced into the cell in the same manner as described above for
the introduction of antisense encoding DNA. A preferred method of
delivery involves using a DNA construct "encoding" the ribozyme
under the control of a strong constitutive promoter, such as, for
example, pol III or pol II promoter, so that transfected cells will
produce sufficient quantities of the ribozyme to destroy endogenous
TRID messages and inhibit translation. Since ribozymes unlike
antisense molecules, are catalytic, a lower intracellular
concentration is required for efficiency.
[0382] Endogenous gene expression can also be reduced by
inactivating or "knocking out" the TRID gene and/or its promoter
using targeted homologous recombination. (E.g., see Smithies et
al., Nature 317:230-234 (1985); Thomas & Capecchi, Cell
51:503-512 (1987); Thompson et al., Cell 5:313-321 (1989); each of
which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). For
example, a mutant, non-functional polynucleotide of the invention
(or a completely unrelated, DNA sequence) flanked by DNA homologous
to the endogenous polynucleotide sequence (either the coding
regions or regulatory regions of the gene) can be used, with or
without a selectable marker and/or a negative selectable marker, to
transfect cells that express polypeptides of the invention in vivo.
In another embodiment, techniques known in the art are used to
generate knockouts in cells that contain, but do not express the
gene of interest. Insertion of the DNA construct, via targeted
homologous recombination, results in inactivation of the targeted
gene. Such approaches are particularly suited in research and
agricultural fields where modifications to embryonic stem cells can
be used to generate animal offspring with an inactive targeted gene
(e.g., see Thomas & Capecchi (1987) and Thompson (1989),
supra). However this approach can be routinely adapted for use in
humans provided the recombinant DNA constructs are directly
administered or targeted to the required site in vivo using
appropriate viral vectors that will be apparent to those of skill
in the art. The contents of each of the documents recited in this
paragraph is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0383] Further agonist according to the present invention include
soluble forms of TRID, i.e., TRID fragments that include the ligand
binding domain from the extracellular region of the full-length
receptor. Such soluble forms of the receptor, which may be
naturally occurring or synthetic, antagonize TNFR mediated
signaling by competing with the cell surface TNFR for binding to
TNF-family ligands. Thus, soluble forms of the TRID receptor that
include the ligand binding domain are novel cytokines capable of
inhibiting apoptosis induced by TNF-family ligands. Other such
cytokines are known in the art and include Fas B (a soluble form of
the mouse Fas receptor) that acts physiologically to limit
apoptosis induced by Fas ligand (Hughes, D. P. and Crispe, I. N.,
J. Exp. Med. 182:1395-1401 (1995)).
[0384] Proteins and other compounds which bind the extracellular
domains are also candidate agonist and antagonist according to the
present invention. Such binding compounds can be "captured" using
the yeast two-hybrid system (Fields and Song, Nature 340:245-246
(1989)). A modified version of the yeast two-hybrid system has been
described by Roger Brent and his colleagues (Gyuris, J. et al.,
Cell 75:791-803 (1993); Zervos, A. S. et al, Cell 72:223-232
(1993)).
[0385] By a "TNF-family ligand" is intended naturally occurring,
recombinant, and synthetic ligands that are capable of binding to a
member of the TNF receptor family and inducing and/or blocking the
ligand/receptor signaling pathway. Members of the TNF ligand family
include, but are not limited to, soluble forms of TNF-.alpha.,
lymphotoxin-alpha (LT-.alpha., also known as TNF-.beta.), LT-.beta.
(found in complex heterotrimer LT-.alpha.2-.beta.), OPGL, FasL,
TRAIL, CD27L, CD30L, CD40L, 4-1BBL, DcR3, OX40L, TNF-.gamma.
(International Publication No. WO 96/14328), AIM-I (International
Publication No. WO 97/33899), AIM-II (International Publication No.
WO 97/34911), APRIL (J. Exp. Med. 188(6):1185-1190), endokine-alpha
(International Publication No. WO 98/07880), TR6 (International
Publication No. WO 98/30694), OPG, OX40, and nerve growth factor
(NGF), and soluble forms of Fas, CD30, CD27, CD40 and 4-IBB, TR2
(International Publication No. WO 96/34095), DR3 (International
Publication No. WO 97/33904), DR4 (International Publication No. WO
98/32856), TR6 (International Publication No. WO 98/30694), TR7
(International Publication No. WO 98/41629), TRANK, TR9
(International Publication No. WO 98/56892), TR10 (International
Publication No. WO 98/54202), 312C2 (International Publication No.
WO 98/06842), and TR12, and soluble forms CD154, CD70, and
CD153.
[0386] TNF-.alpha. has been shown to protect mice from infection
with herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1) (Rossol-Voth et al., J.
Gen. Virol. 72:143-147 (1991)). The mechanism of the protective
effect of TNF-.alpha. is unknown but appears to involve neither
interferons norNK cell killing. One member of the family has been
shown to mediate HSV-1 entry into cells (Montgomery et al., Eur.
Cytokine Newt. 7:159 (1996)). Further, antibodies specific for the
extracellular domain of this block HSV-1 entry into cells. Thus,
TRID antagonists of the present invention include both TRID amino
acid sequences and antibodies capable of preventing mediated viral
entry into cells. Such sequences and antibodies can function by
either competing with cell surface localized for binding to virus
or by directly blocking binding of virus to cell surface receptors.
As indicated polyclonal and monoclonal antibody agonist or
antagonist according to the present invention can be raised
according to the methods disclosed in Tartaglia, L. A., and
Goeddel, D. V., J. Biol. Chem. 267(7):4304-4307(1992); Tartaglia,
L. A. et al., Cell 73:213-216 (1993), and PCT Application WO
94/09137 (the contents of each of these three applications are
herein incorporated by reference in their entireties), and are
preferably specific to polypeptides of the invention having the
amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. The term "antibody" (Ab) or
"monoclonal antibody" (mAb) as used herein is meant to include
intact molecules as well as fragments thereof (such as, for
example, Fab and F(ab').sub.2 fragments) which are capable of
binding an antigen. Fab and F (ab').sub.2 fragments lack the Fc
fragment of intact antibody, clear more rapidly from the
circulation, and may have less non-specific tissue binding of an
intact antibody (Wahl et al., J. Nucl. Med. 24:316-325 (1983)).
[0387] Antibodies according to the present invention may be
prepared by any of a variety of standard methods, such as those
described above and known in the art, using TRID receptor
immunogens of the present invention. Such TRID receptor immunogens
include the TRID protein shown in SEQ ID NO:2 (which may or may not
include a leader sequence) and polypeptide fragments of the
receptor comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the ligand
binding, extracellular, transmembrane, the intracellular domains of
TRID, or any combination thereof.
[0388] Gene Therapy
[0389] In a specific embodiment, nucleic acids comprising sequences
encoding antibodies or functional derivatives thereof, are
administered to treat, inhibit and/or prevent a disease or disorder
associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a
polypeptide of the invention, by way of gene therapy. Gene therapy
refers to therapy performed by the administration to a subject of
an expressed or expressible nucleic acid. In this embodiment of the
invention, the nucleic acids produce their encoded protein that
mediates a therapeutic effect.
[0390] Any of the methods for gene therapy available in the art can
be used according to the present invention. Exemplary methods are
described below.
[0391] For general reviews of the methods of gene therapy, see
Goldspiel et al., 1993, Clinical Pharmacy 12:488-505; Wu and Wu,
1991, Biotherapy 3:87-95; Tolstoshev, 1993, Ann. Rev. Pharmacol.
Toxicol. 32:573-596; Mulligan, 1993, Science 260:926-932; and
Morgan and Anderson, 1993, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; May,
1993, TIBTECH 11(5):155-215). Methods commonly known in the art of
recombinant DNA technology which can be used are described in
Ausubel et al., (eds.), 1993, Current Protocols in Molecular
Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y.; and Kriegler, 1990, Gene
Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press,
N.Y.
[0392] In a preferred aspect, the compound comprises nucleic acid
sequences encoding an antibody, said nucleic acid sequences being
part of expression vectors that express the antibody or fragments
or chimeric proteins or heavy or light chains thereof in a suitable
host. In particular, such nucleic acid sequences have promoters
operably linked to the antibody coding region, said promoter being
inducible or constitutive, and, optionally, tissue-specific. In
another particular embodiment, nucleic acid molecules are used in
which the antibody coding sequences and any other desired sequences
are flanked by regions that promote homologous recombination at a
desired site in the genome, thus providing for intrachromosomal
expression of the antibody nucleic acids (Koller and Smithies,
1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935; Zijlstra et al.,
1989, Nature 342:435-438). In specific embodiments, the expressed
antibody molecule is a single chain antibody; alternatively, the
nucleic acid sequences include sequences encoding both the heavy
and light chains, or fragments thereof, of the antibody.
[0393] Delivery of the nucleic acids into a patient may be either
direct, in which case the patient is directly exposed to the
nucleic acid or nucleic acid-carrying vectors, or indirect, in
which case, cells are first transformed with the nucleic acids in
vitro, then transplanted into the patient. These two approaches are
known, respectively, as in vivo or ex vivo gene therapy.
[0394] In a specific embodiment, the nucleic acid sequences are
directly administered in vivo, where it is expressed to produce the
encoded product. This can be accomplished by any of numerous
methods known in the art, e.g., by constructing them as part of an
appropriate nucleic acid expression vector and administering it so
that they become intracellular, e.g., by infection using defective
or attenuated retrovirals or other viral vectors (see U.S. Pat. No.
4,980,286), or by direct injection of naked DNA, or by use of
microparticle bombardment (e.g., a gene gun; Biolistic, Dupont), or
coating with lipids or cell-surface receptors or transfecting
agents, encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, or
microcapsules, or by administering them in linkage to a peptide
which is known to enter the nucleus, by administering it in linkage
to a ligand subject to receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu
and Wu, 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432) (which can be used to
target cell types specifically expressing the receptors), etc. In
another embodiment, nucleic acid-ligand complexes can be formed in
which the ligand comprises a fusogenic viral peptide to disrupt
endosomes, allowing the nucleic acid to avoid lysosomal
degradation. In yet another embodiment, the nucleic acid can be
targeted in vivo for cell specific uptake and expression, by
targeting a specific receptor (see, e.g., PCT Publications WO
92/06180 dated Apr. 16,1992 (Wu et al.); WO 92/22635 dated Dec. 23,
1992 (Wilson et al.); W092/20316 dated Nov. 26, 1992 (Findeis et
al.); WO93/14188 dated Jul. 22, 1993 (Clarke et al.), WO 93/20221
dated Oct. 14, 1993 (Young)). Alternatively, the nucleic acid can
be introduced intracellularly and incorporated within host cell DNA
for expression, by homologous recombination (Koller and Smithies,
1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932-8935; Zijlstra et al.,
1989, Nature 342:435-438).
[0395] In a specific embodiment, viral vectors that contains
nucleic acid sequences encoding an antibody of the invention are
used. For example, a retroviral vector can be used (see Miller et
al., 1993, Meth. Enzymol. 217:581-599). These retroviral vectors
have been to delete retroviral sequences that are not necessary for
packaging of the viral genome and integration into host cell DNA.
The nucleic acid sequences encoding the antibody to be used in gene
therapy are cloned into one or more vectors, which facilitates
delivery of the gene into a patient. More detail about retroviral
vectors can be found in Boesen et al., 1994, Biotherapy 6:291-302,
which describes the use of aretroviral vector to deliver the mdr1
gene to hematopoietic stem cells in order to make the stem cells
more resistant to chemotherapy. Other references illustrating the
use of retroviral vectors in gene therapy are: Clowes et al, 1994,
J. Clin. Invest. 93:644-651; Kiem et al., 1994, Blood 83:1467-1473;
Salmons and Gunzberg, 1993, Human Gene Therapy 4:129-141; and
Grossman and Wilson, 1993, Curr. Opin. in Genetics and Devel.
3:110-114.
[0396] Adenoviruses are other viral vectors that can be used in
gene therapy. Adenoviruses are especially attractive vehicles for
delivering genes to respiratory epithelia. Adenoviruses naturally
infect respiratory epithelia where they cause a mild disease. Other
targets for adenovirus-based delivery systems are liver, the
central nervous system, endothelial cells, and muscle. Adenoviruses
have the advantage of being capable of infecting non-dividing
cells. Kozarsky and Wilson, 1993, Current Opinion in Genetics and
Development 3:499-503 present a review of adenovirus-based gene
therapy. Bout et al., 1994, Human Gene Therapy 5:3-10 demonstrated
the use of adenovirus vectors to transfer genes to the respiratory
epithelia of rhesus monkeys. Other instances of the use of
adenoviruses in gene therapy can be found in Rosenfeld et al.,
1991, Science 252:431-434; Rosenfeld et al., 1992, Cell 68:143-155;
Mastrangeli et al., 1993, J. Clin. Invest. 91:225-234; PCT
Publication WO94/12649; and Wang et al., 1995, Gene Therapy
2:775-783. In a preferred embodiment, adenovirus vectors are
used.
[0397] Adeno-associated virus (AAV) has also been proposed for use
in gene therapy (Walsh et al., 1993, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med.
204:289-300; U.S. Pat. No. 5,436,146).
[0398] Another approach to gene therapy involves transferring a
gene to cells in tissue culture by such methods as electroporation,
lipofection, calcium phosphate mediated transfection, or viral
infection. Usually, the method oftransfer includes the transfer of
a selectable marker to the cells. The cells are then placed under
selection to isolate those cells that have taken up and are
expressing the transferred gene. Those cells are then delivered to
a patient.
[0399] In this embodiment, the nucleic acid is introduced into a
cell prior to administration in vivo ofthe resulting recombinant
cell. Such introduction can be carried out by any method known in
the art, including but not limited to transfection,
electroporation, microinjection, infection with a viral or
bacteriophage vector containing the nucleic acid sequences, cell
fusion, chromosome-mediated gene transfer, microcell-mediated gene
transfer, spheroplast fusion, etc. Numerous techniques are known in
the art for the introduction of foreign genes into cells (see,
e.g., Loeffler and Behr, 1993, Meth. Enzymol. 217:599-618; Cohen et
al., 1993, Meth. Enzymol 217:618-644; Cline, 1985, Pharmac. Ther.
29:69-92) and may be used in accordance with the present invention,
provided that the necessary developmental and physiological
functions of the recipient cells are not disrupted. The technique
should provide for the stable transfer of the nucleic acid to the
cell, so that the nucleic acid is expressible by the cell and
preferably heritable and expressible by its cell progeny.
[0400] The resulting recombinant cells can be delivered to a
patient by various methods known in the art. Recombinant blood
cells (e.g., hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells) are preferably
administered intravenously. The amount of cells envisioned for use
depends on the desired effect, patient state, etc., and can be
determined by one skilled in the art.
[0401] Cells into which a nucleic acid can be introduced for
purposes of gene therapy encompass any desired, available cell
type, and include but are not limited to epithelial cells,
endothelial cells, keratinocytes, fibroblasts, muscle cells,
hepatocytes; blood cells such as T-lymphocytes, B-lymphocytes,
monocytes, macrophages, neutrophils, eosinophils, megakaryocytes,
granulocytes; various stem or progenitor cells, in particular
hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells, e.g., as obtained from bone
marrow, umbilical cord blood, peripheral blood, fetal liver,
etc.
[0402] In a preferred embodiment, the cell used for gene therapy is
autologous to the patient.
[0403] In an embodiment in which recombinant cells are used in gene
therapy, nucleic acid sequences encoding an antibody are introduced
into the cells such that they are expressible by the cells or their
progeny, and the recombinant cells are then administered in vivo
for therapeutic effect. In a specific embodiment, stem or
progenitor cells are used. Any stem and/or progenitor cells which
can be isolated and maintained in vitro can potentially be used in
accordance with this embodiment of the present invention (see,
e.g., PCT Publication WO94/08598, dated Apr. 28, 1994; Stemple and
Anderson, 1992, Cell 71:973-985; Rheinwald, 1980, Meth. Cell Bio.
21A:229; and Pittelkow and Scott, 1986, Mayo Clinic Proc.
61:771).
[0404] In a specific embodiment, the nucleic acid to be introduced
for purposes of gene therapy comprises an inducible promoter
operably linked to the coding region, such that expression of the
nucleic acid is controllable by controlling the presence or absence
of the appropriate inducer of transcription.
[0405] Modes of Administration
[0406] The invention provides methods of treatment, inhibition and
prophylaxis by administration to a subject of an effective amount
of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the invention,
preferably an antibody of the invention. In a preferred aspect, the
compound is substantially purified (e.g., substantially free from
substances that limit its effect or produce undesired
side-effects). The subject is preferably an animal, including but
not limited to animals such as cows, pigs, horses, chickens, cats,
dogs, etc., and is preferably a mammal, and most preferably
human.
[0407] Formulations and methods of administration that can be
employed when the compound comprises a nucleic acid or an
immunoglobulin are described above; additional appropriate
formulations and routes of administration can be selected from
among those described herein below.
[0408] The agonist or antagonists described herein can be
administered in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo to cells which express
the receptor of the present invention. By administration of an
"effective amount" of an agonist or antagonist is intended an
amount of the compound that is sufficient to enhance or inhibit a
cellular response to a TNF-family ligand and include polypeptides.
In particular, by administration of an "effective amount" of an
agonist or antagonists is intended an amount effective to enhance
or inhibit TRID activity. Of course, where apoptosis is to be
enhanced, a TRID antagonist according to the present invention can
be co-administered with a TNF-family ligand. One of ordinary skill
will appreciate that effective amounts of an agonist or antagonist
can be determined empirically and may be employed in pure form or
in pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug form. The
agonist or antagonist may be administered in compositions in
combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable
excipients.
[0409] It will be understood that, when administered to a human
patient, the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of
the present invention will be decided by the attending physician
within the scope of sound medical judgement. The specific
therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient
will depend upon factors well known in the medical arts.
[0410] As a general proposition, the total pharmaceutically
effective amount of TRID polypeptide administered parenterally per
dose will be in the range of about 1 .mu.g/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day
of patient body weight, although, as noted above, this will be
subject to therapeutic discretion. More preferably, this dose is at
least 0.01 mg/kg/day, and most preferably for humans between about
0.01 and 1 mg/kg/day. If given continuously, the TRID agonist or
antagonist is typically administered at a dose rate of about 1
.mu.g/kg/hour to about 50 .mu.g/kg/hour, either by 1-4 injections
per day or by continuous subcutaneous infusions, for example, using
a mini-pump. An intravenous bag solution may also be employed.
[0411] Dosaging may also be arranged in a patient specific manner
to provide a predetermined concentration of an agonist or
antagonist in the blood, as determined by the RIA technique. Thus
patient dosaging may be adjusted to achieve regular on-going trough
blood levels, as measured by RIA, on the order of from 50 to 1000
ng/ml, preferably 150 to 500 ng/ml.
[0412] Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention for
parenteral injection can comprise pharmaceutically acceptable
sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions
or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into
sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
[0413] In addition to soluble TRID polypeptides, TRID polypeptides
containing the transmembrane region can also be used when
appropriately solubilized by including detergents, such as CHAPS or
NP-40, with buffer.
[0414] The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the
invention are preferably tested in vitro, and then in vivo for the
desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in
humans. For example, in vitro assays to demonstrate the therapeutic
or prophylactic utility of a compound or pharmaceutical composition
include, the effect of a compound on a cell line or a patient
tissue sample. The effect of the compound or composition on the
cell line and/or tissue sample can be determined utilizing
techniques known to those of skill in the art including, but not
limited to, rosette formation assays and cell lysis assays. In
accordance with the invention, in vitro assays which can be used to
determine whether administration of a specific compound is
indicated, include in vitro cell culture assays in which a patient
tissue sample is grown in culture, and exposed to or otherwise
administered a compound, and the effect of such compound upon the
tissue sample is observed.
[0415] The present invention also provides pharmaceutical
compositions. Such compositions comprise a therapeutically
effective amount of a compound, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier. In particular embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are
provided comprising a TRID agonist or antagonist and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, which may be
administered orally, rectally, parenterally, intracistemally,
intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders,
ointments, drops or transdermal patch), bucally, or as an oral or
nasal spray. Importantly, by co-administering a TRID antagonist and
a TNF-family ligand, clinical side effects can be reduced by using
lower doses of both the ligand and the antagonist. It will be
understood that the antagonist can be "co-administered" either
before, after, or simultaneously with the TNF-family ligand,
depending on the exigencies of a particular therapeutic
application. By "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is meant a
non-toxic solid, semisolid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating
material or formulation auxiliary of any type. In a specific
embodiment, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means approved
by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or
listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized
pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
The term "parenteral" as used herein refers to modes of
administration which include intravenous, intramuscular,
intraperitoneal, intrasternal, subcutaneous and intraarticular
injection and infusion. The term "carrier" refers to a diluent,
adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is
administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids,
such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal,
vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil,
mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a preferred carrier
when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously.
Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can
also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable
solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch,
glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk,
silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium
chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water,
ethanol and the like. The composition, if desired, can also contain
minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering
agents. These compositions can take the form of solutions,
suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders,
sustained-release formulations and the like. The composition can be
formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers
such as triglycerides. Oral formulation can include standard
carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose,
starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium
carbonate, etc. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are
described in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" by E. W. Martin.
Such compositions will contain a therapeutically effective amount
of the compound, preferably in purified form, together with a
suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper
administration to the patient. The formulation should suit the mode
of administration.
[0416] In a preferred embodiment, the composition is formulated in
accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition
adapted for intravenous administration to human beings. Typically,
compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in
sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition
may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such
as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally,
the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in
unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water
free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an
ampule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where
the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be
dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical
grade water or saline. Where the composition is administered by
injection, an ampule of sterile water for injection or saline can
be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to
administration.
[0417] The compounds of the invention can be formulated as neutral
or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those
formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric,
phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed
with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium,
ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine,
triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
[0418] The TRID polypeptide is also suitably administered by
sustained-release systems. Suitable examples of sustained-release
compositions include semi-permeable polymer matrices in the form of
shaped articles, e.g., films, or mirocapsules. Sustained-release
matrices include polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919, EP 58,481),
copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma-ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman,
U. et al., Biopolymers 22:547-556 (1983)), poly (2-hydroxyethyl
methacrylate) (R. Langer et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15:167-277
(1981), and R. Langer, Chem. Tech. 12:98-105 (1982)), ethylene
vinyl acetate (R. Langer et al., Id.) or
poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid (EP 133,988). Sustained-release
TRID polypeptide compositions also include liposomally entrapped
TRID polypeptides. Liposomes containing TRID polypeptides are
prepared by methods known per se: DE 3,218,121; Epstein et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 82:3688-3692 (1985); Hwang et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 77:4030-4034 (1980); EP 52,322; EP
36,676; EP 88,046; EP 143,949; EP 142,641; Japanese Pat. Appl.
83-118008; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545; and EP 102,324.
Ordinarily, the liposomes are of the small (about 200-800
Angstroms) unilamellar type in which the lipid content is greater
than about 30 mol. percent cholesterol, the selected proportion
being adjusted for the optimal TNFR polypeptide therapy.
[0419] The carrier suitably contains minor amounts of additives
such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability.
Such materials are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and
concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate,
citrate, succinate, acetic acid, and other organic acids or their
salts; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid; low molecular weight
(less than about ten residues) polypeptides, e.g., polyarginine or
tripeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or
immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone;
amino acids, such as glycine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid, or
arginine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates
including cellulose or its derivatives, glucose, manose, or
dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as
mannitol or sorbitol; counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic
surfactants such as polysorbates, poloxamers, or PEG.
[0420] The TRID polypeptide is typically formulated in such
vehicles at a concentration of about 0.1 mg/ml to 100 mg/ml,
preferably 1 10 mg/ml, at a pH of about 3 to 8. It will be
understood that the use of certain of the foregoing excipients,
carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of TRID
polypeptide salts.
[0421] TRID polypeptides to be used for therapeutic administration
must be sterile. Sterility is readily accomplished by filtration
through sterile filtration membranes (e.g., 0.2 micron membranes).
Therapeutic TRID polypeptide compositions generally are placed into
a container having a sterile access port, for example, an
intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a
hypodermic injection needle.
[0422] TRID polypeptides ordinarily will be stored in unit or
multi-dose containers, for example, sealed ampoules or vials, as an
aqueous solution or as a lyophilized formulation for
reconstitution. As an example of a lyophilized formulation, 10-ml
vials are filled with 5 ml of sterile-filtered 1% (w/v) aqueous
TRID polypeptide solution, and the resulting mixture is
lyophilized. The infusion solution is prepared by reconstituting
the lyophilized TRID polypeptide using bacteriostatic
Water-for-Injection.
[0423] As indicated above, the compositions of the invention may be
administered alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents.
Therapeutic agents that may be administered in combination with the
compositions of the invention, include but are not limited to,
other members of the TNF family, chemotherapeutic agents,
antibiotics, steroidal and non-steroidal anti-inflammatories,
conventional immunotherapeutic agents, cytokines, chemokines and/or
growth factors. Combinations may be administered either
concomitantly, e.g., as an admixture, separately but simultaneously
or concurrently; or sequentially. This includes presentations in
which the combined agents are administered together as a
therapeutic mixture, and also procedures in which the combined
agents are administered separately but simultaneously, e.g., as
through separate intravenous lines into the same individual.
Administration "in combination" further includes the separate
administration of one of the compounds or agents given first,
followed by the second.
[0424] In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with other members of the TNF family.
TNF, TNF-related or TNF-like molecules that may be administered
with the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited
to, soluble forms of TNF-alpha, lymphotoxin-alpha (LT-alpha, also
known as TNF-beta), LT-beta (found in complex heterotrimer
LT-alpha2-beta), OPGL, FasL, CD27L, CD30L, CD40L, 4-IBBL, DcR3,
OX40L, TNF-gamma (International Publication No. WO96/14328),
(International Publication No. WO96/14328), TNF-.gamma.-.alpha.,
TNF-.gamma.-.beta. (International Publication No. WO00/08139),
TRAIL, AIM-II (International Publication No. WO 97/34911), APRIL
(J. Exp. Med. 188(6):1185-1190), endokine-alpha (International
Publication No. WO98/07880), TR6 (International Publication No.
WO98/30694), OPG, and neutrokine-alpha (International Publication
No. WO 98/18921, OX40, and nerve growth factor (NGF), and soluble
forms of Fas, CD30, CD27, CD40 and 4-IBB, TR2 (International
Publication No. WO 96/34095), DR3 (International Publication No.
WO97/33904), DR4 (International Publication No. WO98/32856, TR6
(International Publication No. WO98/30694), TR7 (International
Publication No. WO98/41629), TRANK, TR9 (International Publication
No. WO98/56892), TRIO (International Publication No. WO98/54202),
312C2 (International Publication No. WO 98/06842), and TRI2, AIM-I
(International Publication No. WO97/33899), and soluble forms
CD154, CD70, and CD 153.
[0425] In another embodiment, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with CD40 ligand (CD40L), a soluble
form of CD40L (e.g., AVREND.TM.), biologically active fragments,
variants, or derivatives of CD40L, anti-CD40L antibodies (e.g.,
agonistic or antagonistic antibodies), and/or CD40 antibodies
(e.g., agonistic or antagonistic antibodies).
[0426] In yet another embodiment, the compositions of the invention
are administered in combination with one, two, three, four, five,
or more of the following compositions: tacrolimus (Fujisawa),
thalidomide (e.g., Celgene), anti-Tac (Fv)-PE40 (e.g., Protein
Design Labs), inolimomab (Biotest), MAK-195F (Knoll), ASM-981
(Novartis), interleukin-1 receptor (e.g., Immunex), interleukin-4
receptor (e.g., Immunex), ICM3 (ICOS), BMS-188667 (Bristol-Myers
Squibb), anti-TNF Ab (e.g., Therapeutic antibodies), CG-1088
(Celgene), anti-B7 monoclonal antibody (e.g., Innogetics), MEDI-507
(BioTransplant), ABX-CBL (Abgenix).
[0427] According to the invention, a patient susceptible to both
Fas ligand (Fas-L) mediated and TRAIL mediated cell death may be
treated with both an agent that inhibits TRAIL/TRAIL-R interactions
and an agent that inhibits Fas-L/Fas interactions. Suitable agents
for blocking binding of Fas-L to Fas include, but are not limited
to, soluble Fas polypeptides; oligomeric forms of soluble Fas
polypeptides (e.g., dimers of sFas/Fc); anti-Fas antibodies that
bind Fas without transducing the biological signal that results in
apoptosis; anti-Fas-L antibodies that block binding of Fas-L to
Fas; and muteins of Fas-L that bind Fas but do not transduce the
biological signal that results in apoptosis. Preferably, the
antibodies employed according to this method are monoclonal
antibodies. Examples of suitable agents for blocking Fas-L/Fas
interactions, including blocking anti-Fas monoclonal antibodies,
are described in WO95/10540, hereby incorporated by reference.
[0428] In certain embodiments, compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with antiretroviral agents, nucleoside
reverse transcriptase inhibitors, non-nucleoside reverse
transcriptase inhibitors, and/or protease inhibitors. Nucleoside
reverse transcriptase inhibitors that may be administered in
combination with the compositions of the invention, include, but
are not limited to, RETROVIR.TM. (zidovudine/AZT), VIDEX.TM.
(didanosine/ddI), HIVID.TM. (zalcitabine/ddC), ZERIT.TM.
(stavudine/d4T), EPIVIR.TM. (lamivudine/3TC), and COMBIVIR.TM.
(zidovudine/lamivudine). Non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase
inhibitors that may be administered in combination with the
compositions of the invention, include, but are not limited to,
VIRAMUNE.TM. (nevirapine), RESCRIPTOR.TM. (delavirdine), and
SUSTIVA.TM. (efavirenz). Protease inhibitors that may be
administered in combination with the compositions of the-invention,
include, but are not limited to, CRIXIVAN.TM. (indinavir),
NORVIR.TM. (ritonavir), INVIRASE.TM. (saquinavir), and VIRACEPT.TM.
(nelfinavir). In a specific embodiment, antiretroviral agents,
nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, non-nucleoside reverse
transcriptase inhibitors, and/or protease inhibitors may be used in
any combination with compositions of the invention to treat AIDS
and/or to prevent or treat HIV infection.
[0429] In other embodiments, compositions of the invention may be
administered in combination with anti-opportunistic infection
agents. Anti-opportunistic agents that may be administered in
combination with the compositions of the invention, include, but
are not limited to, TRIMETHOPRIM-SULFAMETHOXAZOLE.TM., DAPSONE.TM.,
PENTAMIDINE.TM., ATOVAQUONE.TM., ISONIAZID.TM., RIFAMPIN.TM.,
PYRAZINAMIDE.TM., ETHAMBUTOL.TM., RIFABUTIN.TM.,
CLARITHROMYCIN.TM., AZITHROMYCIN.TM., GANCICLOVIR.TM.,
FOSCARNET.TM., CIDOFOVIR.TM., FLUCONAZOLE.TM., ITRACONAZOLE.TM.,
KETOCONAZOLE.TM., ACYCLOVIR.TM., FAMCICOLVIR.TM.,
PYRIMETHAMINE.TM., LEUCOVORIN.TM., NEUPOGEN.TM.(filgrastim/G-CSF),
and LEUKINE.TM.(sargramostim/GM-CSF). In a specific embodiment,
compositions of the invention are used in any combination with
TRIMETHOPRIM-SULFAMETHO- XAZOLE.TM., DAPSONE.TM., PENTAMIDINE.TM.,
and/or ATOVAQUONE.TM. to prophylactically treat and/or prevent an
opportunistic Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia infection. In another
specific embodiment, compositions of the invention are used in any
combination with ISONIAZID.TM., RIFAMPIN.TM., PYRAZINAMIDE.TM.,
and/or ETHAMBUTOL.TM. to prophylactically treat and/or prevent an
opportunistic Mycobacterium avium complex infection. In another
specific embodiment, compositions of the invention are used in any
combination with RIFABUTIN.TM., CLARITHROMYCIN.TM., and/or
AZITHROMYCIN.TM. to prophylactically treat and/or prevent an
opportunistic Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection. In another
specific embodiment, compositions of the invention are used in any
combination with GANCICLOVIR.TM., FOSCARNET.TM., and/or
CIDOFOVIR.TM. to prophylactically treat and/or prevent an
opportunistic cytomegalovirus infection. In another specific
embodiment, compositions of the invention are used in any
combination with FLUCONAZOLE.TM., ITRACONAZOLE.TM., and/or
KETOCONAZOLE.TM. to prophylactically treat and/or prevent an
opportunistic fungal infection. In another specific embodiment,
compositions of the invention are used in any combination with
ACYCLOVIR.TM. and/or FAMCICOLVIR.TM. to prophylactically treat
and/or prevent an opportunistic herpes simplex virus type I and/or
type II infection. In another specific embodiment, compositions of
the invention are used in any combination with PYRIMETHAMINE.TM.
and/or LEUCOVORIN.TM. to prophylactically treat and/or prevent an
opportunistic Toxoplasma gondii infection. In another specific
embodiment, compositions of the invention are used in any
combination with LEUCOVORIN.TM. and/or NEUPOGEN.TM. to
prophylactically treat and/or prevent an opportunistic bacterial
infection.
[0430] In a further embodiment, the compositions of the invention
are administered in combination with an antiviral agent. Antiviral
agents that may be administered with the compositions of the
invention include, but are not limited to, acyclovir, ribavirin,
amantadine, and remantidine.
[0431] In a further embodiment, the compositions of the invention
are administered in combination with an antibiotic agent.
Antibiotic agents that may be administered with the compositions of
the invention include, but are not limited to, amoxicillin,
aminoglycosides, beta-lactam (glycopeptide), beta-lactamases,
Clindamycin, chloramphenicol, cephalosporins, ciprofloxacin,
ciprofloxacin, erythromycin, fluoroquinolones, macrolides,
metronidazole, penicillins, quinolones, rifampin, streptomycin,
sulfonamide, tetracyclines, trimethoprim,
trimethoprim-sulfamthoxazole, and vancomycin.
[0432] Conventional nonspecific immunosuppressive agents, that may
be administered in combination with the compositions of the
invention include, but are not limited to, steroids, cyclosporine,
cyclosporine analogs, cyclophosphamide methylprednisone,
prednisone, azathioprine, FK-506, 15-deoxyspergualin, and other
immunosuppressive agents that act by suppressing the function of
responding T-cells.
[0433] In specific embodiments, compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with immunosuppressants.
Immunosuppressants preparations that may be administered with the
compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to,
ORTHOCLONE.TM. (OKT3), SANDIMMUNE.TM./NEORAL.TM./SANGDYA.TM.
(cyclosporin), PROGRAF.TM. (tacrolimus), CELLCEPT.TM.
(mycophenolate), Azathioprine, glucorticosteroids, and RAPAMUNE.TM.
(sirolimus). In a specific embodiment, immunosuppressants may be
used to prevent rejection of organ or bone marrow
transplantation.
[0434] In an additional embodiment, compositions of the invention
are administered alone or in combination with one or more
intravenous immune globulin preparations. Intravenous immune
globulin preparations that may be administered with the
compositions of the invention include, but not limited to,
GAMMAR.TM., IVEEGAM.TM., SANDOGLOBULIN.TM., GAMMAGARD S/D.TM., and
GAMIMUNE.TM.. In a specific embodiment, compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with intravenous immune
globulin preparations in transplantation therapy (e.g., bone marrow
transplant).
[0435] In an additional embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered alone or in combination with an
anti-inflammatory agent. Anti-inflammatory agents that may be
administered with the compositions of the invention include, but
are not limited to, glucocorticoids and the nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatories, aminoarylcarboxylic acid derivatives,
arylacetic acid derivatives, arylbutyric acid derivatives,
arylcarboxylic acids, arylpropionic acid derivatives, pyrazoles,
pyrazolones, salicylic acid derivatives, thiazinecarboxamides,
e-acetamidocaproic acid, S-adenosylmethionine,
3-amino-4-hydroxybutyric acid, amixetrine, bendazac, benzydamine,
bucolome, difenpiramide, ditazol, emorfazone, guaiazulene,
nabumetone, nimesulide, orgotein, oxaceprol, paranyline, perisoxal,
pifoxime, proquazone, proxazole, and tenidap.
[0436] In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with steroid therapy. Steroids that may
be administered in combination with the compositions of the
invention, include, but are not limited to, oral corticosteroids,
prednisone, and methylprednisolone (e.g., IV methylprednisolone).
In a specific embodiment, compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with prednisone. In a further specific
embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered in
combination with prednisone and an immunosuppressive agent.
Immunosuppressive agents that may be administered with the
compositions of the invention and prednisone are those described
herein, and include, but are not limited to, azathioprine,
cylophosphamide, and cyclophosphamide IV. In a another specific
embodiment, compositions of the invention are administered in
combination with methylprednisolone. In a further specific
embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered in
combination with methylprednisolone and an immunosuppressive agent.
Immunosuppressive agents that may be administered with the
compositions of the invention and methylprednisolone are those
described herein, and include, but are not limited to,
azathioprine, cylophosphamide, and cyclophosphamide IV.
[0437] In another embodiment, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with an antimalarial. Antimalarials
that may be administered with the compositions of the invention
include, but are not limited to, hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine,
and/or quinacrine.
[0438] In yet another embodiment, the compositions of the invention
are administered in combination with an NSAID.
[0439] In a nonexclusive embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with one, two, three,
four, five, ten, or more of the following drugs: NRD-101 (Hoechst
Marion Roussel), diclofenac (Dimethaid), oxaprozin potassium
(Monsanto), mecasermin (Chiron), T-614 (Toyama), pemetrexed
disodium (Eli Lilly), atreleuton (Abbott), valdecoxib (Monsanto),
eltenac (Byk Gulden), campath, AGM-1470 (Takeda), CDP-571 (Celltech
Chiroscience), CM-101 (CarboMed), ML-3000 (Merckle), CB-2431 (KS
Biomedix), CBF-BS2 (KS Biomedix), IL-I Ra gene therapy (Valentis),
JTE-522 (Japan Tobacco), paclitaxel (Angiotech), DW-166HC (Dong
Wha), darbufelone mesylate (Warner-Lambert), soluble TNF receptor 1
(synergen; Amgen), IPR-6001 (Institute for Pharmaceutical
Research), trocade (Hoffman-La Roche), EF-5 (Scotia
Pharmaceuticals), BIIL-284 (Boehringer Ingelheim), BIIF-1 149
(Boehringer Ingelheim), LeukoVax (Inflammatics), MK-663 (Merck),
ST-1 482 (Sigma-Tau), and butixocort propionate
(WarnerLambert).
[0440] In yet another embodiment, the compositions of the invention
are administered in combination with one, two, three, four, five or
more of the following drugs: methotrexate, sulfasalazine, sodium
aurothiomalate, auranofin, cyclosporine, penicillamine,
azathioprine, an antimalarial drug (e.g., as described herein),
cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, gold, ENBREL.TM. (Etanercept),
anti-TNF antibody, and prednisolone. In a more preferred
embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered in
combination with an antimalarial, methotrexate, anti-TNF antibody,
ENBREL.TM. and/or suflasalazine.
[0441] In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with methotrexate. In another
embodiment, the compositions of the invention are administered in
combination with anti-TNF antibody. In another embodiment, the
compositions of the invention are administered in combination with
methotrexate and anti-TNF antibody. In another embodiment, the
compositions of the invention are administered in combination with
suflasalazine. In another specific embodiment, the compositions of
the invention are administered in combination with methotrexate,
anti-TNF antibody, and suflasalazine. In another embodiment, the
compositions of the invention are administered in combination
ENBREL.TM.. In another embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with ENBRELT.TM. and
methotrexate. In another embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with ENBREL.TM.,
methotrexate and suflasalazine. In another embodiment, the
compositions of the invention are administered in combination with
ENBREL.TM., methotrexate and suflasalazine. In other embodiments,
one or more antimalarials is combined with one of the above-recited
combinations. In a specific embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with an antimalarial
(e.g., hydroxychloroquine), ENBREL.TM., methotrexate and
suflasalazine. In another specific embodiment, the compositions of
the invention are administered in combination with an antimalarial
(e.g., hydroxychloroquine), sulfasalazine, anti-TNF antibody, and
methotrexate.
[0442] In another embodiment, compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with a chemotherapeutic agent.
Chemotherapeutic agents that may be administered with the
compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to,
antibiotic derivatives (e.g., doxorubicin, bleomycin, daunorubicin,
and dactinomycin); antiestrogens (e.g., tamoxifen); antimetabolites
(e.g., fluorouracil, 5-FU, methotrexate, floxuridine, interferon
alpha-2b, glutamic acid, plicamycin, mercaptopurine, and
6-thioguanine); cytotoxic agents (e.g., carmustine, BCNU,
lomustine, CCNU, cytosine arabinoside, cyclophosphamide,
estramustine, hydroxyurea, procarbazine, mitomycin, busulfan,
cis-platin, and vincristine sulfate); hormones (e.g.,
medroxyprogesterone, estramustine phosphate sodium, ethinyl
estradiol, estradiol, megestrol acetate, methyltestosterone,
diethylstilbestrol diphosphate, chlorotrianisene, and
testolactone); nitrogen mustard derivatives (e.g., mephalen,
chorambucil, mechlorethamine (nitrogen mustard) and thiotepa);
steroids and combinations (e.g., bethamethasone sodium phosphate);
and others (e.g., dicarbazine, asparaginase, mitotane, vincristine
sulfate, vinblastine sulfate, and etoposide).
[0443] In an additional embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with cytokines. Cytokines
that may be administered with the compositions of the invention
include, but are not limited to, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6,
IL-7, IL-10, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, anti-CD40, CD40L, IFN-gamma and
TNF-alpha.
[0444] In an additional embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with angiogenic proteins.
Angiogenic proteins that may be administered with the compositions
of the invention include, but are not limited to,. Glioma Derived
Growth Factor (GDGF), as disclosed in European Patent Number
EP-399816; Platelet Derived Growth Factor-A (PDGF-A), as disclosed
in European Patent Number EP-682 110; Platelet Derived Growth
Factor-B (PDGF-B), as disclosed in European Patent Number
EP-282317; Placental Growth Factor (PIGF), as disclosed in
International Publication Number WO92/06194; Placental Growth
Factor-2 (PIGF-2), as disclosed in Hauser et al., Growth Factors,
4:259-268 (1993); Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF), as
disclosed in International Publication Number WO90/13649; Vascular
Endothelial Growth Factor-A (VEGF-A), as disclosed in European
Patent Number EP-506477; Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor-2
(VEGF-2), as disclosed in International Publication Number
WO96/39515; Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor B-186 (VEGF-B 186),
as disclosed in International Publication Number WO96/26736;
Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor-D (VEGF-D), as disclosed in
International Publication Number WO98/02543; Vascular Endothelial
Growth Factor-D (VEGF-D), as disclosed in International Publication
Number WO98/07832; and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor-E
(VEGF-E), as disclosed in German Patent Number DE19639601. The
above mentioned references are incorporated herein by reference
herein.
[0445] In an additional embodiment, the compositions of the
invention are administered in combination with Fibroblast Growth
Factors. Fibroblast Growth Factors that may be administered with
the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to,
FGF-1, FGF-2, FGF-3, FGF-4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGF-7, FGF-8, FGF-9,
FGF-I0, FGF-I 1, FGF-12, FGF-13, FGF-14, and FGF-15.
[0446] In additional embodiments, the compositions of the invention
are administered in combination with other therapeutic or
prophylactic regimens, such as, for example, radiation therapy.
[0447] In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with one or more chemokines. In
specific embodiments, the compositions of the invention are
administered in combination with an .alpha. (CxC) chemokine
selected from the group consisting of gamma-interferon inducible
protein-10 (.gamma.IP-10), interleukin-8 (IL-8), platelet factor-4
(PF4), neutrophil activating protein (NAP-2), GRO-.alpha.,
GRO-.beta., GRO-.gamma., neutrophil-activating peptide (ENA-78),
granulocyte chemoattractant protein-2 (GCP-2), and stromal
cell-derived factor-I (SDF-1, or pre-B-cell stimulatory factor
(PBSF)); and/or a .beta. (CC) selected from the group consisting
of: RANTES (regulated on activation, normal T expressed and
secreted), macrophage inflammatory protein-1 alpha (MIP-1.alpha.),
macrophage inflammatory protein-i beta (MIP-1 .beta.), monocyte
chemotactic protein-1 (MCP-1), monocyte chemotactic protein-2
(MCP-2), monocyte chemotactic protein-3 (MCP-3), monocyte
chemotactic protein-4 (MCP-4) macrophage inflammatory protein-i
gamma (MIP-1.gamma.), macrophage inflammatory protein-3 alpha
(MIP-3 .alpha.), macrophage inflammatory protein-3 beta (MIP-3
.beta.), macrophage inflammatory protein-4 (MIP-4/DC-CK-1/PARC),
eotaxin, Exodus, and I-309; and/or the .gamma. (C) chemokine,
lymphotactin.
[0448] Various delivery systems are known and can be used to
administer a compound of the invention, e.g., encapsulation in
liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable
of expressing the compound, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see,
e.g., Wu and Wu, 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432), construction
of a nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc.
Methods of introduction include but are not limited to intradermal,
intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous,
intranasal, epidural, and oral routes. The compounds or
compositions may be administered by any convenient route, for
example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through
epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and
intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with
other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or
local. In addition, it may be desirable to introduce the
pharmaceutical compounds or compositions of the invention into the
central nervous system by any suitable route, including
intraventricular and intrathecal injection; intraventricular
injection may be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for
example, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.
Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an
inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing
agent.
[0449] In a specific embodiment, it may be desirable to administer
the pharmaceutical compounds or compositions of the invention
locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by,
for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion during
surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound
dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by
means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, said implant
being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including
membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers. Preferably, when
administering a protein, including an antibody, of the invention,
care must be taken to use materials to which the protein does not
absorb.
[0450] In another embodiment, the compound or composition can be
delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, 1990,
Science 249:1527-1533; Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of
Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.),
Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp.
317-327; see generally ibid.)
[0451] In yet another embodiment, the compound or composition can
be delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a
pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref
Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek
et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574). In another embodiment,
polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of
Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton,
Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design
and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984);
Ranger and Peppas, J., 1983, Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem.
23:61; see also Levy et al, 1985, Science 228:190; During et al.,
1989, Ann. Neurol. 25:351; Howard et al., 1989, J. Neurosurg.
71:105). In yet another embodiment, a controlled release system can
be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, i. e., the brain,
thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g.,
Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol.
2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
[0452] Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review
by Langer (1990, Science 249:1527-1533).
[0453] In a specific embodiment where the compound of the invention
is a nucleic acid encoding a protein, the nucleic acid can be
administered in vivo to promote expression of its encoded protein,
by constructing it as part of an appropriate nucleic acid
expression vector and administering it so that it becomes
intracellular, e.g., by use of a retroviral vector (see U.S. Pat.
No. 4,980,286), or by direct injection, or by use of microparticle
bombardment (e.g., a gene gun; Biolistic, Dupont), or coating with
lipids or cell-surface receptors or transfecting agents, or by
administering it in linkage to a homeobox-like peptide which is
known to enter the nucleus (see, e.g., Joliot et al., 1991, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:1864-1868), etc. Alternatively, a nucleic
acid can be introduced intracellularly and incorporated within host
cell DNA for expression, by homologous recombination.
[0454] The amount of the compound of the invention which will be
effective in the treatment, inhibition and prevention of a disease
or disorder associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of
a polypeptide of the invention can be determined by standard
clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro assays may optionally be
employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose
to be employed in the formulation will also depend on the route of
administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and
should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and
each patient's circumstances. Effective doses may be extrapolated
from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model
test systems.
[0455] For antibodies, the dosage administered to a patient is
typically 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of the patient's body weight.
Preferably, the dosage administered to a patient is between 0.1
mg/kg and 20 mg/kg of the patient's body weight, more preferably 1
mg/kg to 10 mg/kg of the patient's body weight. Generally, human
antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than
antibodies from other species due to the immune response to the
foreign polypeptides. Thus, lower dosages of human antibodies and
less frequent administration is often possible. Further, the dosage
and frequency of administration of antibodies of the invention may
be reduced by enhancing uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into
the brain) of the antibodies by modifications such as, for example,
lipidation.
[0456] In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of
delivering compositions containing the polypeptides of the
invention (e.g., compositions containing TRID polypeptides or
anti-TRID antibodies (e.g., agonist or antagonist antibodies)
associated with heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic
acids, toxins, or prodrugs) to targeted cells, expressing the
membrane-bound form of TRID on their surface. TRID polypeptides or
anti-TRID antibodies of the invention may be associated with
heterologous polypeptides, heterologous nucleic acids, toxins, or
prodrugs via hydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent
interactions.
[0457] In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for the
specific delivery of compositions of the invention to cells by
administering polypeptides of the invention (e.g., TRID or
anti-TRID antibodies) that are associated with heterologous
polypeptides or nucleic acids. In one example, the invention
provides a method for delivering a therapeutic protein into the
targeted cell. In another example, the invention provides a method
for delivering a single stranded nucleic acid (e.g., antisense or
ribozymes) or double stranded nucleic acid (e.g., DNA that can
integrate into the cell's genome or replicate episomally and that
can be transcribed) into the targeted cell.
[0458] In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for
the specific destruction of cells (e.g., the destruction of tumor
cells) by administering polypeptides of the invention (e.g., TRID
polypeptides or anti-TRID antibodies) in association with toxins or
cytotoxic prodrugs.
[0459] In a specific embodiment, the invention provides a method
for the specific destruction of cells expressing TRID receptors on
their surface (e.g., activated T-cells, cancer cells, or leukemic
cells) by administering TRID polypeptides or anti-TRID antibodies
in association with toxins or cytotoxic prodrugs.
[0460] In another specific embodiment, the invention provides a
method for the specific destruction of cells expressing the
membrane-bound form of TRID on their surface (e.g., spleen, bone
marrow, kidney and PBLs) by administering anti-TRID antibodies in
association with toxins or cytotoxic prodrugs.
[0461] By "toxin" is meant compounds that bind and activate
endogenous cytotoxic effector systems, radioisotopes, holotoxins,
modified toxins, catalytic subunits of toxins, cytotoxins
(cytotoxic agents), or any molecules or enzymes not normally
present in or on the surface of a cell that under defined
conditions cause the cell's death. Toxins that may be used
according to the methods of the invention include, but are not
limited to, radioisotopes known in the art, compounds such as, for
example, antibodies (or complement fixing containing portions
thereof) that bind an inherent or induced endogenous cytotoxic
effector system, thymidine kinase, endonuclease, RNAse, alpha
toxin, ricin, abrin, Pseudomonas exotoxin A, diphtheria toxin,
saporin, momordin, gelonin, pokeweed antiviral protein,
alpha-sarcin and cholera toxin. "Toxin" also includes a cytostatic
or cytocidal agent, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion,
e.g., alpha-emitters such as, for example, .sup.213Bi, or other
radioisotopes such as, for example, .sup.103Pd, .sup.133Xe,
.sup.131I, .sup.68Ge, .sup.57CO, .sup.65Zn, .sup.85Sr, .sup.32P,
.sup.35S, .sup.90y, .sup.153Sm, .sup.153Gd, .sup.169Yb, .sup.51Cr,
.sup.54Mn, .sup.75Se, .sup.113Sn, .sup.90Yttrium, .sup.117Tin,
.sup.186Renium, .sup.166Holmium, and .sup.188Rhenium; luminescent
labels, such as luminol; and fluorescent labels, such as
fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
[0462] Techniques known in the art may be applied to label proteins
(including antibodies) of the invention. Such techniques include,
but are not limited to, the use of bifunctional conjugating agents
(see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,756,065; 5,714,631; 5,696,239;
5,652,361; 5,505,931; 5,489,425; 5,435,990; 5,428,139; 5,342,604;
5,274,119; 4,994,560; and 5,808,003; the contents of each of which
are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). A cytotoxin
or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells.
Examples include paclitaxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium
bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine,
vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy
anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D,
1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine,
lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs
thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to,
antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine,
6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating
agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan,
carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan,
dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and
cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines
(e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin),
antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin,
mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g.,
vincristine and vinblastine).
[0463] By "cytotoxic prodrug" is meant a non-toxic compound that is
converted by an enzyme, normally present in the cell, into a
cytotoxic compound. Cytotoxic prodrugs that may be used according
to the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to,
glutamyl derivatives of benzoic acid mustard alkylating agent,
phosphate derivatives of etoposide or mitomycin C, cytosine
arabinoside, daunorubicin, and phenoxyacetamide derivatives of
doxorubicin.
[0464] The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit
comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the
ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the
form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the
manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products,
which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or
sale for human administration.
[0465] Diagnosis and Imaging
[0466] Labeled antibodies, and derivatives and analogs thereof,
which specifically bind to a polypeptide of interest can be used
for diagnostic purposes to detect, diagnose, or monitor diseases
and/or disorders associated with the aberrant expression and/or
activity of a polypeptide of the invention. The invention provides
for the detection of aberrant expression of a polypeptide of
interest, comprising (a) assaying the expression of the polypeptide
of interest in cells or body fluid of an individual using one or
more antibodies specific to the polypeptide interest and (b)
comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene
expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed
polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard
expression level is indicative of aberrant expression.
[0467] The invention provides a diagnostic assay for diagnosing a
disorder, comprising (a) assaying the expression of the polypeptide
of interest in cells or body fluid of an individual using one or
more antibodies specific to the polypeptide interest and (b)
comparing the level of gene expression with a standard gene
expression level, whereby an increase or decrease in the assayed
polypeptide gene expression level compared to the standard
expression level is indicative of a particular disorder. With
respect to cancer, the presence of a relatively high amount of
transcript in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a
predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a
means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual
clinical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may
allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or
aggressive treatment earlier thereby preventing the development or
further progression of the cancer.
[0468] Antibodies of the invention can be used to assay protein
levels in a biological sample using classical immunohistological
methods known to those of skill in the art (e.g., see Jalkanen, M.
et al., J. Cell. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, M. et al., J.
Cell. Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)). Other antibody-based methods
useful for detecting protein gene expression include immunoassays,
such as the enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the
radioimmunoassay (RIA). Suitable antibody assay labels are known in
the art and include enzyme labels, such as, glucose oxidase;
radioisotopes, such as iodine (.sup.125I, .sup.121I), carbon
(.sup.14C), sulfur (.sup.35S), tritium (.sup.3H), indium
(.sup.112In), and technetium (.sup.99Tc); luminescent labels, such
as luminol; and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and
rhodamine, and biotin.
[0469] One aspect of the invention is the detection and diagnosis
of a disease or disorder associated with aberrant expression of a
polypeptide of the interest in an animal, preferably a mammal and
most preferably a human. In one embodiment, diagnosis comprises: a)
administering (for example, parenterally, subcutaneously, or
intraperitoneally) to a subject an effective amount of a labeled
molecule which specifically binds to the polypeptide of interest;
b) waiting for a time interval following the administering for
permitting the labeled molecule to preferentially concentrate at
sites in the subject where the polypeptide is expressed (and for
unbound labeled molecule to be cleared to background level); c)
determining background level; and d) detecting the labeled molecule
in the subject, such that detection of labeled molecule above the
background level indicates that the subject has a particular
disease or disorder associated with aberrant expression of the
polypeptide of interest. Background level can be determined by
various methods including, comparing the amount of labeled molecule
detected to a standard value previously determined for a particular
system.
[0470] It will be understood in the art that the size of the
subject and the imaging system used will determine the quantity of
imaging moiety needed to produce diagnostic images. In the case of
a radioisotope moiety, for a human subject, the quantity
ofradioactivity injected will normally range from about 5 to 20
millicuries of 99mTc. The labeled antibody or antibody fragment
will then preferentially accumulate at the location of cells which
contain the specific protein. In vivo tumor imaging is described in
S.W. Burchiel et al., "Immunopharmacokinetics of Radiolabeled
Antibodies and Their Fragments." (Chapter 13 in Tumor Imaging: The
Radiochemical Detection of Cancer, S. W. Burchiel and B. A. Rhodes,
eds., Masson Publishing Inc. (1982)).
[0471] Depending on several variables, including the type of label
used and the mode of administration, the time interval following
the administration for permitting the labeled molecule to
preferentially concentrate at sites in the subject and for unbound
labeled molecule to be cleared to background level is 6 to 48 hours
or 6 to 24 hours or 6 to 12 hours. In another embodiment the time
interval following administration is 5 to 20 days or 5 to 10
days.
[0472] In an embodiment, monitoring of the disease or disorder is
carried out by repeating the method for diagnosing the disease or
disease, for example, one month after initial diagnosis, six months
after initial diagnosis, one year after initial diagnosis, etc.
[0473] Presence of the labeled molecule can be detected in the
patient using methods known in the art for in vivo scanning. These
methods depend upon the type of label used. Skilled artisans will
be able to determine the appropriate method for detecting a
particular label. Methods and devices that may be used in the
diagnostic methods of the invention include, but are not limited
to, computed tomography (CT), whole body scan such as position
emission tomography (PET), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and
sonography.
[0474] In a specific embodiment, the molecule is labeled with a
radioisotope and is detected in the patient using a radiation
responsive surgical instrument (Thurston et al., U.S. Pat. No.
5,441,050). In another embodiment, the molecule is labeled with a
fluorescent compound and is detected in the patient using a
fluorescence responsive scanning instrument. In another embodiment,
the molecule is labeled with a positron emitting metal and is
detected in the patent using positron emission-tomography. In yet
another embodiment, the molecule is labeled with a paramagnetic
label and is detected in a patient using magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI).
[0475] Kits
[0476] The present invention provides kits that can be used in the
above methods. In one embodiment, a kit comprises an antibody of
the invention, preferably a purified antibody, in one or more
containers. In a specific embodiment, the kits of the present
invention contain a substantially isolated polypeptide comprising
an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with an antibody
included in the kit. Preferably, the kits of the present invention
further comprise a control antibody which does not react with the
polypeptide of interest. In another specific embodiment, the kits
of the present invention contain a means for detecting the binding
of an antibody to a polypeptide of interest (e.g., the antibody may
be conjugated to a detectable substrate such as a fluorescent
compound, an enzymatic substrate, a radioactive compound or a
luminescent compound, or a second antibody which recognizes the
first antibody may be conjugated to a detectable substrate).
[0477] In another specific embodiment of the present invention, the
kit is a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing
antibodies specific against proliferative and/or cancerous
polynucleotides and polypeptides. Such a kit may include a control
antibody that does not react with the polypeptide of interest. Such
a kit may include a substantially isolated polypeptide antigen
comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with at
least one anti-polypeptide antigen antibody. Further, such a kit
includes means for detecting the binding of said antibody to the
antigen (e.g., the antibody may be conjugated to a fluorescent
compound such as fluorescein or rhodamine which can be detected by
flow cytometry). In specific embodiments, the kit may include a
recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized polypeptide
antigen. The polypeptide antigen of the kit may also be attached to
a solid support.
[0478] In a more specific embodiment the detecting means of the
above-described kit includes a solid support to which said
polypeptide antigen is attached. Such a kit may also include a
non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this
embodiment, binding of the antibody to the polypeptide antigen can
be detected by binding of the said reporter-labeled antibody.
[0479] In an additional embodiment, the invention includes a
diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antigens of
the polypeptide of the invention. The diagnostic kit includes a
substantially isolated antibody specifically immunoreactive with
polypeptide or polynucleotide antigens, and means for detecting the
binding of the polynucleotide or polypeptide antigen to the
antibody. In one embodiment, the antibody is attached to a solid
support. In a specific embodiment, the antibody may be a monoclonal
antibody. The detecting means of the kit may include a second,
labeled monoclonal antibody. Alternatively, or in addition, the
detecting means may include a labeled, competing antigen.
[0480] In one diagnostic configuration, test serum is reacted with
a solid phase reagent having a surface-bound antigen obtained by
the methods of the present invention. After binding with specific
antigen antibody to the reagent and removing unbound serum
components by washing, the reagent is reacted with reporter-labeled
anti-human antibody to bind reporter to the reagent in proportion
to the amount of bound anti-antigen antibody on the solid support.
The reagent is again washed to remove unbound labeled antibody, and
the amount of reporter associated with the reagent is determined.
Typically, the reporter is an enzyme which is detected by
incubating the solid phase in the presence of a suitable
fluorometric, luminescent or calorimetric substrate (Sigma, St.
Louis, Mo.).
[0481] The solid surface reagent in the above assay is prepared by
known techniques for attaching protein material to solid support
material, such as polymeric beads, dip sticks, 96-well plate or
filter material. These attachment methods generally include
non-specific adsorption of the protein to the support or covalent
attachment of the protein, typically through a free amine group, to
a chemically reactive group on the solid support, such as an
activated carboxyl, hydroxyl, or aldehyde group. Alternatively,
streptavidin coated plates can be used in conjunction with
biotinylated antigen(s).
[0482] Thus, the invention provides an assay system or kit for
carrying out this diagnostic method. The kit generally includes a
support with surface-bound recombinant antigens, and a
reporter-labeled anti-human antibody for detecting surface-bound
anti-antigen antibody.
[0483] Chromosome Assays
[0484] The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are also
valuable for chromosome identification. The sequence is
specifically targeted to and can hybridize with a particular
location on an individual human chromosome. Moreover, there is a
current need for identifying particular sites on the chromosome.
Few chromosome marking reagents based on actual sequence data
(repeat polymorphisms) are presently available for marking
chromosomal location. The mapping of DNAs to chromosomes according
to the present invention is an important first step in correlating
those sequences with genes associated with disease.
[0485] In certain preferred embodiments in this regard, the cDNAs
herein disclosed are used to clone genomic DNA of a TRID protein
gene. This can be accomplished using a variety of well known
techniques and libraries, which generally are available
commercially. The genomic DNA then is used for in situ chromosome
mapping using well known techniques for this purpose.
[0486] In addition, in some cases, sequences can be mapped to
chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp) from the
cDNA. Computer analysis of the 3' untranslated region of the gene
is used to rapidly select primers that do not span more than one
exon in the genomic DNA, thus complicating the amplification
process. These primers are then used for PCR screening of somatic
cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Fluorescence
in situ hybridization ("FISH") of cDNA clone to ametaphase
chromosomal spread can be used to provide a precise chromosomal
location in one step. This technique can be used with probes from
the cDNA as short as 50 or 60 bp. For a review of this technique,
see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual Of Basic Techniques,
Pergamon Press, New York (1988).
[0487] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal
location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome
can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found, for
example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance In Man, available
on-line through Johns Hopkins University, Welch Medical Library.
The relationship between genes and diseases that have been mapped
to the same chromosomal region are then identified through linkage
analysis (coinheritance of physically adjacent genes).
[0488] Next, it is necessary to determine the differences in the
cDNA or genomic sequence between affected and unaffected
individuals. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the
affected individuals but not in any normal individuals, then the
mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the disease.
[0489] Having generally described the invention, the same will be
more readily understood by reference to the following examples,
which are provided by way of illustration and are not intended as
limiting.
EXAMPLES
Example 1
Expression and Purification of the "His-tagged" Extracellular form
of TRID in E. coli
[0490] The bacterial expression vector pQE9 (pD10) is used for
bacterial expression in this example. (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton
Avenue, Chatsworth, Calif., 91311). pQE9 encodes ampicillin
antibiotic resistance ("Ampr") and contains a bacterial origin of
replication ("ori"), an IPTG inducible promoter, a ribosome binding
site ("RBS"), six codons encoding histidine residues that allow
affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid
("Ni-NTA") affinity resin sold by QIAGEN, Inc., supra, and suitable
single restriction enzyme cleavage sites. These elements are
arranged such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide
expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a
"6.times.His tag") covalently linked to the amino terminus of that
polypeptide.
[0491] The DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of the TRID
protein comprising, or alternatively consisting of, the
extracellular form of the TRID amino acid sequence is amplified
from the deposited cDNA clone using PCR oligonucleotide primers
which anneal to sequence encoding the amino terminal sequences of
the desired portion of the TRID protein and to carboxy terminal
sequences of the desired portion of the extracellular form of the
TRID protein in the deposited cDNA. Additional nucleotides
containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE9
vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences,
respectively.
[0492] For cloning the extracellular form of the TRID protein, the
5' primer has the sequence 5' CGCGGATCCACCACTGCCCGGCAGGAG 3' (SEQ
ID NO: 19) containing the underlined BamHI restriction site
followed by 18 nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of
the extracellular TRID sequence in SEQ ID NO:2. One of ordinary
skill in the art would appreciate, of course, that the point in the
protein coding sequence where the 5' primer begins and where the 3'
primer ends may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any
desired portion of the complete TRID protein shorter or longer than
the extracellular form of the protein. The 3' primer has the
sequence 5' GCGTCTAGACTAGTAATGAGAAGAGGCAGG 3' (SEQ ID NO:20)
containing the underlined XbaI restriction site followed by 18
nucleotides complementary to the 3' end of cDNA encoding the
extracellular domain of the TRID protein in SEQ ID NO:2.
[0493] The amplified TRID DNA fragment and the vector pQE9 are
digested with BamHI and XbaI and the digested DNAs are then ligated
together. Insertion of the TRID DNA into the restricted pQE9 vector
places the TRID protein coding region downstream from the
IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG and the
six histidine codons.
[0494] The ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli
cells using standard procedures such as those described in Sambrook
et al., Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed.; Cold
Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). E.
coli strain M15/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid
pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin
resistance ("Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative
example described herein. This strain, which is only one of many
that are suitable for expressing TRID protein, is available
commercially from QIAGEN, Inc., supra. Transformants are identified
by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin
and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and
the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis,
PCR and DNA sequencing.
[0495] Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight
("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both
ampicillin (100 .mu.g/ml) and kanamycin (25 .mu.g/ml). The O/N
culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of
approximately 1:25 to 1:250. The cells are grown to an optical
density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6.
Isopropyl-.beta.-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG") is then added to
a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac
repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lacd repressor.
Cells subsequently are incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells
then are harvested by centrifugation.
[0496] The cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4.degree. C. in
6M guanidine-HCl, pH 8. The cell debris is removed by
centrifugation, and the supernatant containing the TRID is loaded
onto a nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni-NTA") affinity resin
column (available from QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Proteins with a
6.times.His tag bind to the Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can
be purified in a simple one-step procedure (for details see: The
QlAexpressionist, 1995, QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Briefly the
supernatant is loaded onto the column in 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 8,
the column is first washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH
8, then washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl pH 6, and
finally the TRID is eluted with 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 5.
[0497] The purified protein is then renatured by dialyzing it
against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or 50 mM Na-acetate, pH 6
buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. Alternatively, the protein can be
successfully refolded while immobilized on the Ni-NTA column. The
recommended conditions are as follows: renature using a linear 6M-1
M urea gradient in 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 20 mM Tris/HCl pH
7.4, containing protease inhibitors. The renaturation should be
performed over a period of 1.5 hours or more. After renaturation
the proteins can be eluted by the addition of 250 mM immidazole.
Immidazole is removed by a final dialyzing step against PBS or 50
mM sodium acetate pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. The purified
protein is stored at 4.degree. C. or frozen at -80.degree. C.
Example 2
Cloning and Expression of TRID in a Baculovirus Expression
System
[0498] In this illustrative example, the plasmid shuttle vector pA2
is used to insert the cloned DNA encoding complete protein,
including its naturally associated secretory signal (leader)
sequence, into a baculovirus to express the mature TRID protein,
using standard methods as described in Summers et al, A Manual of
Methods for Baculovirus Vectors and Insect Cell Culture Procedures,
Texas Agricultural Experimental Station Bulletin No. 1555 (1987).
This expression vector contains the strong polyhedrin promoter of
the Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV)
followed by convenient restriction sites such as BamHI, Xba I and
Asp718. The polyadenylation site of the simian virus 40 ("SV40") is
used for efficient polyadenylation. For easy selection of
recombinant virus, the plasmid contains the beta-galactosidase gene
from E. coli under control of a weak Drosophila promoter in the
same orientation, followed by the polyadenylation signal of the
polyhedrin gene. The inserted genes are flanked on both sides by
viral sequences for cell-mediated homologous recombination with
wild-type viral DNA to generate a viable virus that express the
cloned polynucleotide.
[0499] Many other baculovirus vectors could be used in place of the
vector above, such as pAc373, pVL941 and pAcIMI, as one skilled in
the art would readily appreciate, as long as the construct provides
appropriately located signals for transcription, translation,
secretion and the like, including a signal peptide and an in-frame
AUG as required. Such vectors are described, for instance, in
Luckow et al., Virology 170:31-39 (1989).
[0500] The cDNA sequence encoding the full length TRID protein in a
deposited clone, including the AUG initiation codon and the
naturally associated leader sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2 is
amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5'
and 3' sequences of the gene. The 5' primer for TRID has the
sequence 5' CGCTCTAGACCGCCATCATGGCCC- GGATCCCCAAG 3' (SEQ ID NO:21)
containing the underlined XbaI restriction enzyme site. The
described primers encode an efficient signal for initiation of
translation in eukaryotic cells, as described by Kozak, M., J Mol.
Biol. 196:947-950 (1987). The 3 ' primer for TRID has the sequence
5' GCGTCTAGACTAGTAATGAGAAGAGGCAGG 3' (SEQ ID NO:22) containing the
underlined XbaI restriction site.
[0501] The amplified fragment is isolated from a 1% agarose gel
using a commercially available kit ("Geneclean," BIO 101 Inc., La
Jolla, Calif.). The fragment then is digested with the appropriate
restriction enzyme for each of the primers used, as specified
above, and again is purified on a 1% agarose gel.
[0502] The plasmid is digested with the same restriction enzymes
and optionally, can be dephosphorylated using calf intestinal
phosphatase, using routine procedures known in the art. The DNA is
then isolated from a 1% agarose gel using a commercially available
kit ("Geneclean" BIO 101 Inc., La Jolla, Calif.). The fragment and
dephosphorylated plasmid are ligated together with T4 DNA ligase.
E. coli HB101 or other suitable E. coli hosts such as XL-1 Blue
(Statagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif.) cells are transformed
with the ligation mixture and spread on culture plates. Bacteria
are identified that contain the plasmid with the human TNF receptor
gene by digesting DNA from individual colonies using the enzymes
used immediately above and then analyzing the digestion product by
gel electrophoresis. The sequence of the cloned fragment is
confirmed by DNA sequencing. This plasmid is designated herein
pA2-TRID. Five ug of the plasmid pA2-TRID is co-transfected with
1.0 .mu.g of a commercially available linearized baculovirus DNA
("BaculoGold.TM. baculovirus DNA", Pharmingen, San Diego, Calif.),
using the lipofection method described by Felgner et al., Proc.
Nati. Acad Sci. USA 84: 7413-7417 (1987). One .mu.g of
BaculoGold.TM. virus DNA and 5 .mu.g of the plasmid pA2-TNFR are
mixed in a sterile well of a microtiter plate containing 50 .mu.l
of serum-free Grace's medium (Life Technologies Inc., Gaithersburg,
Md). Afterwards, 10 .mu.l Lipofectin plus 90 .mu.l Grace's medium
are added, mixed and incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature.
Then the transfection mixture is added drop-wise to Sf9 insect
cells (ATCC CRL 1711) seeded in a 35 mm tissue culture plate with 1
ml Grace's medium without serum. The plate is then incubated for 5
hours at 27.degree. C. The transfection solution is then removed
from the plate and 1 ml of Grace's insect medium supplemented with
10% fetal calf serum is added. Cultivation is then continued at
27.degree. C. for four days.
[0503] After four days, the supernatant is collected and a plaque
assay is performed, as described by Summers and Smith, supra. An
agarose gel with "Blue Gal" (Life Technologies Inc., Gaithersburg)
is used to allow easy identification and isolation of
gal-expressing clones, which produce blue-stained plaques. (A
detailed description of a "plaque assay" of this type can also be
found in the user's guide for insect cell culture and
baculovirology distributed by Life Technologies Inc., Gaithersburg,
page 9-10). After appropriate incubation, blue stained plaques are
picked with the tip of a micropipettor (e.g., Eppendorf). The agar
containing the recombinant viruses is then resuspended in a
microcentrifuge tube containing 200 .mu.l of Grace's medium and the
suspension containing the recombinant baculovirus is used to infect
Sf9 cells seeded in 35 mm dishes. Four days later, the supernatants
of these culture dishes are harvested and then they are stored at
4.degree. C. The recombinant virus is called V-TRID.
[0504] To verify the expression of the V-TRID, Sf9 cells are grown
in Grace's medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated FBS. The
cells are infected with the recombinant baculovirus V-TRID at a
multiplicity of infection ("MOI") of about 2. If radiolabeled
proteins are desired, 6 hours later the medium is removed and is
replaced with SF900 II medium minus methionine and cysteine
(available from Life Technologies Inc., Rockville, Md.). After 42
hours, 5 .mu.Ci of .sup.35S-methionine and 5 .mu.Ci
.sup.35S-cysteine (available from Amersham) are added. The cells
are further incubated for 16 hours and then are harvested by
centrifugation. The proteins in the supernatant as well as the
intracellular proteins are analyzed by SDS-PAGE followed by
autoradiography (if radiolabeled).
[0505] Microsequencing of the amino acid sequence of the amino
terminus of purified protein may be used to determine the amino
terminal sequence of the mature protein and thus the cleavage point
and length of the secretory signal peptide.
Example 3
Cloning and Expression of TRID in Mammalian Cells
[0506] A typical mammalian expression vector contains the promoter
element, which mediates the initiation of transcription of mRNA,
the protein coding sequence, and signals required for the
termination of transcription and polyadenylation of the transcript.
Additional elements include enhancers, Kozak sequences and
intervening sequences flanked by donor and acceptor sites for RNA
splicing. Highly efficient transcription can be achieved with the
early and late promoters from SV40, the long terminal repeats
(LTRs) from Retroviruses, e.g., RSV, HTLVI, HIVI and the early
promoter of the cytomegalovirus (CMV). However, cellular elements
can also be used (e.g., the human actin promoter). Suitable
expression vectors for use in practicing the present invention
include, for example, vectors such as pSVL and pMSG (Pharmacia,
Uppsala, Sweden), pRSVcat (ATCC 37152), pSV2dhfr (ATCC 37146) and
pBC12MI (ATCC 67109). Mammalian host cells that could be used
include: human Hela 293, H9 and Jurkat cells, mouse NIH3T3 and C127
cells, Cos 1, Cos 7 and CVI, quail QC 1-3 cells, mouse L cells and
Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells.
[0507] Alternatively, the gene can be expressed in stable cell
lines that contain the gene integrated into a chromosome. The
co-transfection with a selectable marker such as dhfr, gpt,
neomycin, hygromycin allows the identification and isolation of the
transfected cells.
[0508] The transfected gene can also be amplified to express large
amounts of the encoded protein. The dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR)
marker is useful to develop cell lines that carry several hundred
or even several thousand copies of the gene of interest. Another
useful selection marker is the enzyme glutamine synthase (GS)
(Murphy et al., Biochem J. 227:277-279 (1991); Bebbington et al.,
Bio/Technology 10: 169-175 (1992)). Using these markers, the
mammalian cells are grown in selective medium and the cells with
the highest resistance are selected. These cell lines contain the
amplified gene(s) integrated into a chromosome. Chinese hamster
ovary (CHO) and NSO cells are often used for the production of
proteins.
[0509] The expression vectors pC1 and pC4 contain the strong
promoter (LTR) of the Rous Sarcoma Virus (Cullen et al., Molecular
and Cellular Biology, 438-447 (March, 1985)) plus a fragment of the
CMV-enhancer (Boshart et al., Cell 41:521-530 (1985)). Multiple
cloning sites, e.g., with the restriction enzyme cleavage sites
BamHI, XbaI and Asp718, facilitate the cloning of the gene of
interest. The vectors contain in addition the 3' intron, the
polyadenylation and termination signal of the rat preproinsulin
gene.
Example 3(a)
Cloning and Expression in COS Cells
[0510] The expression plasmid, pTRID-HA, is made by cloning a CDNA
encoding TRID into the expression vector pcDNAI/Amp or pcDNAIII
(which can be obtained from Invitrogen, Inc.).
[0511] The expression vector pcDNAI/Amp contains: (1) an E. coli
origin of replication effective for propagation in E. coli and
other prokaryotic cells; (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for
selection of plasmid-containing prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40
origin of replication for propagation in eukaryotic cells; (4) a
CMV promoter, a polylinker, an SV40 intron; (5) several codons
encoding a hemagglutinin fragment (i.e., an "HA" tag to facilitate
purification) followed by a termination codon and polyadenylation
signal arranged so that a cDNA can be conveniently placed under
expression control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the
SV40 intron and the polyadenylation signal by means of restriction
sites in the polylinker. The HA tag corresponds to an epitope
derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein described by
Wilson et al., Cell 3 7: 767 (1984). The fusion of the HA tag to
the target protein allows easy detection and recovery of the
recombinant protein with an antibody that recognizes the HA
epitope. pcDNAIII contains, in addition, the selectable neomycin
marker.
[0512] A DNA fragment encoding the TRID is cloned into the
polylinker region of the vector so that recombinant protein
expression is directed by the CMV promoter. The plasmid
construction strategy is as follows. The TRID cDNA of the deposited
clone is amplified using primers that contain convenient
restriction sites, much as described above for construction of
vectors for expression of a TNF receptor in E. coli. Suitable
primers include the following, which are used in this example. The
5' primer for TNFR-5, containing the underlined EcoRi site, has the
following sequence: 5' CGCGAATTCCGCCATCATGGCCCGGATCCCCAAG 3' (SEQ
ID NO:23). The 3' primer, containing the underlined XbaI site, has
the following sequence: 5' GCGTCTAGAGTAATGAGAAGAGGCAGG 3' (SEQ ID
NO:24).
[0513] The PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector, pcDNAI/Amp,
are digested with XbaI and EcoRI and then ligated. The ligation
mixture is transformed into E. coli strain SURE (available from
Stratagene Cloning Systems, 11099 North Torrey Pines Road, La
Jolla, Calif. 92037), and the transformed culture is plated on
ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow growth of
ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from
resistant colonies and examined by restriction analysis or other
means for the presence of the fragment encoding the TRID
polypeptide.
[0514] For expression of recombinant TRID, COS cells are
transfected with an expression vector, as described above, using
DEAE-DEXTRAN, as described, for instance, in Sambrook et al.,
Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Laboratory
Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989). Cells are incubated under
conditions for expression of TRID by the vector.
[0515] Expression of the pTRID-HA fusion protein is detected by
radiolabeling and immunoprecipitation, using methods described in,
for example Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd
Ed.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.
(1988). To this end, two days after transfection, the cells are
labeled by incubation in media containing .sup.35S-cysteine for 8
hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are
washed and the lysed with detergent-containing RIPA buffer: 150 mM
NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 1% NP-40, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM TRIS, pH 7.5,
as described by Wilson et al. cited above. Proteins are
precipitated from the cell lysate and from the culture media using
an HA-specific monoclonal antibody. The precipitated proteins then
are analyzed by SDS-PAGE and autoradiography. An expression product
of the expected size is seen in the cell lysate, which is not seen
in negative controls.
Example 3(b)
Cloning and Expression in CHO Cells
[0516] The vector pC4 is used for the expression of TRID
polypeptides. Plasmid pC4 is a derivative of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr
(ATCC Accession No.37146). The plasmid contains the mouse DHFR gene
under control of the SV40 early promoter. Chinese hamster ovary- or
other cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected
with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a
selective medium (alpha minus MEM, Life Technologies) supplemented
with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate. The amplification of
the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate (MTX) has been
well documented (see, e.g., Alt, F. W., Kellems, R. M., Bertino, J.
R., and Schimke, R. T., 1978, J. Biol. Chem. 253:1357-1370, Hamlin,
J. L. and Ma, C. 1990, Biochem. et Biophys. Acta, 1097:107-143,
Page, M. J. and Sydenham, M. A. 1991, Biotechnology 9:64-68). Cells
grown in increasing concentrations of MTX develop resistance to the
drug by overproducing the target enzyme, DHFR, as a result of
amplification of the DHFR gene. If a second gene is linked to the
DHFR gene, it is usually co-amplified and over-expressed. It is
known in the art that this approach may be used to develop cell
lines carrying more than 1,000 copies of the amplified gene(s).
Subsequently, when the methotrexate is withdrawn, cell lines are
obtained which contain the amplified gene integrated into one or
more chromosome(s) of the host cell.
[0517] Plasmid pC4 contains for expressing the gene of interest the
strong promoter of the long terminal repeat (LTR) of the Rous
Sarcoma Virus (Cullen et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology
5:438-447 (1985) plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the
immediate early gene of human cytomegalovirus (CMV) (Boshart et
al., Cell 41:521-530 (1985)). Downstream of the promoter are the
following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the
integration of the genes: BamHl, Xba I, and Asp718. Behind these
cloning sites the plasmid contains the 3' intron and
polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene. Other high
efficiency promoters can also be used for the expression, e.g., the
human B-actin promoter, the SV40 early or late promoters or the
long terminal repeats from other retroviruses, e.g., HIV and HTLVI.
Clontech's Tet-Off and Tet-On gene expression systems and similar
systems can be used to express the TRID receptor polypeptide in a
regulated way in mammalian cells (Gossen, M., & Bujard, H.
1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551). For the
polyadenylation of the mRNA other signals, e.g., from the human
growth hormone or globin genes can be used as well. Stable cell
lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosomes
can also be selected upon co-transfection with a selectable marker
such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more
than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g., G418 plus
methotrexate.
[0518] The plasmid pC4 is digested with the restriction enzymes
appropriate for the specific primers used to amplify TRID as
outlined below and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinal
phosphates by procedures known in the art. The vector is then
isolated from a 1% agarose gel.
[0519] The DNA sequence encoding the TRID polypeptide is amplified
using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5' and 3'
sequences of the desired portion of the gene. The 5' primer for
TRID containing the underlined XbaI site, has the following
sequence: 5' CGCTCTAGACCGCCATCATGGCCCGGATCCCCAAG 3' (SEQ ID
NO:25).
[0520] The 3' primer for TRID, containing the underlined XbaI site,
has the following sequence: 5' GCGTCTAGACTAGTAATGAGAAGAGGCAGG 3'
(SEQ ID NO:26).
[0521] The amplified fragment is digested with the endonucleases
which will cut at the engineered restriction site(s) and then
purified again on a 1% agarose gel. The isolated fragment and the
dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase. E.
coli HB 101 or XL-1 Blue cells are then transformed and bacteria
are identified that contain the fragment inserted into plasmid pC4
using, for instance, restriction enzyme analysis.
[0522] Chinese hamster ovary cells lacking an active DHFR gene are
used for transfection. Five .mu.g of the expression plasmid pC4 is
cotransfected with 0.5 .mu.g of the plasmid pSVneo using lipofectin
(Felgner et al., supra). The plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dominant
selectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that
confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The
cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 mg/ml G418.
After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma
cloning plates (Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented
with 10, 25, or 50 ng/ml of metothrexate plus 1 mg/ml G418. After
about 10-14 days, single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in
6-well petri dishes or 10 ml flasks using different concentrations
of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM). Clones
growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then
transferred to new 6-well plates containing even higher
concentrations of methotrexate (1 .mu.M, 2 .mu.M, 5 .mu.M, 10 mM,
20 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained
which grow at a concentration of 100-200 .mu.M. Expression of the
desired gene product is analyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and
Western blot or by reversed phase HPLC analysis.
Example 4
Protein Fusions of TRID
[0523] TRID polypeptides of the invention are optionally fused to
other proteins. These fusion proteins can be used for a variety of
applications. For example, fusion of TRID polypeptides to His-tag,
HA-tag, protein A, IgG domains, and maltose binding protein
facilitates purification. (See EP A 394,827; Traunecker, et al.,
Nature 331:84-86 (1988).) Similarly, fusion to IgG-1, IgG-3, and
albumin increases the halflife time in vivo. Nuclear localization
signals fused to TRID polypeptides can target the protein to a
specific subcellular localization, while covalent heterodimer or
homodimers can increase or decrease the activity of a fusion
protein. Fusion proteins can also create chimeric molecules having
more than one function. Finally, fusion proteins can increase
solubility and/or stability of the fused protein compared to the
non-fused protein. All of the types of fusion proteins described
above can be made using techniques known in the art or by using or
routinely modifying the following protocol, which outlines the
fusion of a polypeptide to an IgG molecule (SEQ ID NO:27).
[0524] Briefly, the human Fc portion of the IgG molecule can be PCR
amplified, using primers that span the 5' and 3' ends of SEQ ID
NO:27. These primers also preferably contain convenient restriction
enzyme sites that will facilitate cloning into an expression
vector, preferably a mammalian expression vector.
[0525] For example, if the pC4 (Accession No. 209646) expression
vector is used, the human Fc portion can be ligated into the BamHI
cloning site. Note that the 3' BamHI site should be destroyed.
Next, the vector containing the human Fc portion is re-restricted
with BamHI, linearizing the vector, and TRID polynucleotide,
isolated by the PCR protocol described in Example 1, is ligated
into this BamHI site. Note that the polynucleotide is cloned
without a stop codon, otherwise a fusion protein will not be
produced.
[0526] If the naturally occurring signal sequence is used to
produce the secreted protein, pC4 does not need a second signal
peptide. Alternatively, if the naturally occurring signal sequence
is not used, the vector can be modified to include a heterologous
signal sequence. (See, e.g., WO96/34891.)
Example 5
The Extracellular Domain of TRID Binds the Cytotoxic Ligand-TRAIL,
Blocks TRAIL-Induced Apoptosis
[0527] As discussed above, TRAIL/Apo2L is a cytotoxic ligand that
belongs to the tumor necrosis factor (TNF) ligand family and
induces rapid cell death of many transformed cell lines, but not
normal tissues, despite its death domain containing receptor, DR4,
being expressed on both cell types. This example identifies an
antagonist decoy receptor, designated "TRAIL Receptor Without
Intracellular Domain" or "TRID", that also binds TRAIL and may in
part explain the resistant phenotype of normal tissues. That is,
TRID, an antagonistic receptor, binds and sequesters TRAIL, but is
incapable of transducing an intracellular signal.
[0528] Given the similarity of the extracellular ligand binding
cysteine-rich domains of TRID and DR4, the present inventors
theorized that TRID would also bind TRAIL. To confirm this, the
soluble extracellular ligand binding domain of TRID was expressed
as a fusion to the Fc portion of human immunoglobulin (IgG).
[0529] As shown in FIG. 5A, TRID-Fc specifically bound TRAIL, but
not the related cytotoxic ligand TNF.alpha.. In this experiment,
the Fc-extracellular domains of TRID, DR5, DR4, or TNFR1 and the
corresponding ligands were prepared and binding assays performed as
described in Pan et al., Science 276:111 (1997). The respective
Fc-fusions were precipitated with protein G-Sepharose and
co-precipitated soluble ligands were detected by immunoblotting
with anti-Flag (Babco) or anti-myc-HRP (BMB). The bottom panel of
FIG. 5A shows the input Fc-fusions present in the binding
assays.
[0530] Additionally, TRID-Fc blocked the ability of TRAIL to induce
apoptosis (FIG. 5B). MCF7 cells were treated with soluble TRAIL
(200 ng/ml) in the presence of equal amounts of Fc-fusions or Fc
alone. Six hours later, cells were fixed and examined as desribed
in Pan et al., Id. The data (mean.+-.SD) shown in FIG. 5B are the
percentage of apoptotic nuclei among total nuclei counted
(n=4).
[0531] Further, TRID-FC had no effect on TNFcc-induced apoptosis
under conditions where TNFRI -Fe completely abolished TNFa killing
(FIG. 5C). MCF7 cells were treated with TNFa (40 ng/ml; Genentech,
Inc.) in the presence of equal amounts of Fc-fusions or Fe alone.
Nuclei were stained and examined 11-15 hours later.
Example 6
TRID Protects Cells from TRAIL-Induced Apoptosis
[0532] As shown in FIG. 6, cells expressing TRID were protected
from TRAIL-induced apoptosis as were cells expressing the virally
encoded caspase inhibitor CrmA.
[0533] Given the absence of an intracellular signalling domain, it
was likely that native TRID could itself similarly attenuate
TRAIL-induced cell death. This was confirmed by asking if
overexpression of native TRID in TRAIL-sensitive cells (MCF7) would
protect them from TRAIL-induced apoptosis. Overexpression of TRID
by itself did not induce apoptosis. However, when the cells were
exposed to TRAIL, cells expressing TRID were as protected from
TRAIL-induced apoptosis as were cells expressing the virally
encoded caspase inhibitor CrmA (FIG. 6).
[0534] MCF7 cells were transfected with TRID, or CrmA expression
construct or vector alone together with a b-Gal reporter construct.
Twenty four hours after transfection, TRAIL was added at 50 ng/ml
and 100 ng/ml. Six hours later, cells were stained with X-gal as
previously described (A. M. Chinnaiyan, et al., Cell 81, 505-12
(1995); M. P. Boldin, et al., J. Biol Chem 270, 7795-8 (1995); F.
C. Kischkel, et al., EMBO 14, 5579-5588 (1995)), and examined
microscopically.
[0535] Taken together, these findings are consistent with a
guardian role for TRID that allows normal tissues to withstand the
potentially deleterious effects of constitutively expressed
TRAIL.
[0536] The new identification of the antagonist decoy receptor TRID
as a receptor for TRAIL adds further complexity to the biology of
TRAIL-initiated signal transduction.
Example 7
Production of an Antibody
[0537] A. Hybridoma Technology
[0538] The antibodies of the present invention can be prepared by a
variety of methods. (See, Ausubel et al., eds, 1994, Current
Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol.1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, Chapter 2.) As one example of such methods, cells
expressing TRID are administered to an animal to induce the
production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies. In a preferred
method, a preparation of TRID protein is prepared and purified to
render it substantially free of natural contaminants. Such a
preparation is then introduced into an animal in order to produce
polyclonal antisera of greater specific activity.
[0539] Monoclonal antibodies specific for TRID are prepared using
hybridoma technology. (Kohler et al., Nature 256:495 (1975); Kohler
et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 6:511 (1976); Kohler et al., Eur. J.
Immunol 6:292 (1976); Hammerling et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies
and T-Cell Hybridomas, Elsevier, N.Y., pp. 563-681 (1981)). In
general, an animal (preferably a mouse) is immunized with a TRID
polypeptide or, more preferably, with a secreted TRID
polypeptide-expressing cell. Such polypeptide-expressing cells are
cultured in any suitable tissue culture medium, preferably in
Earle's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine
serum (inactivated at about 56.degree. C.), and supplemented with
about 10 g/l of nonessential amino acids, about 1,000 U/ml of
penicillin, and about 100 .mu.g/ml of streptomycin.
[0540] The splenocytes of such mice are extracted and fused with a
suitable myeloma cell line. Any suitable myeloma cell line may be
employed in accordance with the present invention; however, it is
preferable to employ the parent myeloma cell line (SP20), available
from the ATCC. After fusion, the resulting hybridoma cells are
selectively maintained in HAT medium, and then cloned by limiting
dilution as described by Wands et al (Gastroenterology 80:225-232
(1981). The hybridoma cells obtained through such a selection are
then assayed to identify clones which secrete antibodies capable of
binding the TRID polypeptide.
[0541] Alternatively, additional antibodies capable of binding to a
TRID polypeptide can be produced in a two-step procedure using
anti-idiotypic antibodies. Such a method makes use of the fact that
antibodies are themselves antigens, and therefore, it is possible
to obtain an antibody which binds to a second antibody. In
accordance with this method, protein specific antibodies are used
to immunize an animal, preferably a mouse. The splenocytes of such
an animal are then used to produce hybridoma cells, and the
hybridoma cells are screened to identify clones which produce an
antibody whose ability to bind to the TRID protein-specific
antibody can be blocked by TRID. Such antibodies comprise
anti-idiotypic antibodies to the TRID protein-specific antibody and
are used to immunize an animal to induce formation of further TRID
protein-specific antibodies.
[0542] For in vivo use of antibodies in humans, an antibody is
"humanized". Such antibodies can be produced using genetic
constructs derived from hybridoma cells producing the monoclonal
antibodies described above. Methods for producing chimeric and
humanized antibodies are known in the art and are discussed infra.
(See, for review, Morrison, Science 229:1202 (1985); Oi et al.,
BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Cabilly et al., U.S. Pat. No.
4,816,567; Taniguchi et al., EP 171496; Morrison et al., EP 173494;
Neuberger et al., WO8601533; Robinson et al., WO8702671; Boulianne
et al., Nature 312:643 (1984); Neuberger et al., Nature 314:268
(1985)).
[0543] B. Isolation Of Antibody Fragments Directed Against
Polypeptides of the Present Invention From A Library Of scFvs
[0544] Naturally occurring V-genes isolated from human PBLs are
constructed into a large library of antibody fragments which
contain reactivities against polypeptides of the present invention
to which the donor may or may not have been exposed (see e.g., U.S.
Pat. No. 5,885,793 incorporated herein in its entirety by
reference).
[0545] Rescue of the library
[0546] A library of scFvs is constructed from the RNA of human PBLs
as described in WO92/01047. To rescue phage displaying antibody
fragments, approximately 10.sup.9 E. coli harbouring the phagemid
are used to inoculate 50 ml of 2.times.TY containing 1% glucose and
100 ug/ml of ampicillin (2.times.TY-AMP-GLU) and grown to an O.D.
of 0.8 with shaking. Five ml of this culture is used to innoculate
50 ml of 2.times.TY-AMP-GLU, 2.times.10.sup.8 TU of gene 3 helper
phage (M13 gene III, see WO92/01047) are added and the culture
incubated at 37.degree. C. for 45 minutes without shaking and then
at 37.degree. C. for 45 minutes with shaking. The culture is
centrifuged at 4000 r.p.m. for 10 minutes and the pellet
resuspended in 2 liters of 2.times.TY containing 100 ug/ml
ampicillin and 50 ug/ml kanamycin and grown overnight. Phage are
prepared as described in WO92/01047.
[0547] M13 gene III is prepared as follows: M13 gene III helper
phage does not encode gene III protein, hence the phage(mid)
displaying antibody fragments have a greater avidity of binding to
antigen. Infectious M13 gene III particles are made by growing the
helper phage in cells harbouring a pUC19 derivative supplying the
wild type gene III protein during phage morphogenesis. The culture
is incubated for 1 hour at 37.degree. C. without shaking and then
for a further hour at 37.degree. C. with shaking. Cells are
pelleted (IEC-Centra 8,4000 revs/min for 10 min), resuspended in
300 ml 2.times.TY broth containing 100 ug ampicillin/ml and 25 ug
kanamycin/ml (2.times.TY-AMP-KAN) and grown overnight, shaking at
37.degree. C. Phage particles are purified and concentrated from
the culture medium by two PEG-precipitations (Sambrook et al.,
Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed.; Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989).), resuspended in
2 ml PBS and passed through a 0.45 um filter (Minisart NML;
Sartorius) to give a final concentration of approximately 10.sup.13
transducing units/ml (ampicillin-resistant clones).
[0548] Panning of the Library
[0549] Immunotubes (Nunc) are coated overnight in PBS with 4 ml of
either 100 mg/ml or 10 mg/ml of a TRID polypeptide. Tubes are
blocked with 2% Marvel-PBS for 2 hours at 37.degree. C. and then
washed 3 times in PBS. Approximately 10.sup.13 TU of phage are
applied to the tube and incubated for 30 minutes at room
temperature tumbling on an over and under turntable and then left
to stand for another 1.5 hours. Tubes are washed 10 times with PBS
0.1% Tween-20 and 10 times with PBS. Phage are eluted by adding 1
ml of 100 mM triethylamine and rotating 15 minutes on an under and
over turntable after which the solution is immediately neutralized
with 0.5 ml of 1.0M Tris-HCl, pH 7.4. Phage are then used to infect
10 ml of mid-log E. coli TG1 by incubating eluted phage with
bacteria for 30 minutes at 37.degree. C. The E. coli are then
plated on TYE plates containing 1% glucose and 100 ug/ml
ampicillin. The resulting bacterial library is then rescued with
gene III helper phage as described above to prepare phage for a
subsequent round of selection. This process is then repeated for a
total of 4 rounds of affinity purification with tube-washing
increased to 20 times with PBS, 0.1% Tween-20 and 20 times with PBS
for rounds 3 and 4.
[0550] Characterization of Binders
[0551] Eluted phage from the 3rd and 4th rounds of selection are
used to infect E. coli HB 2151 and soluble scFv is produced (Marks,
et al., 1991) from single colonies for assay. ELISAs are performed
with microtitre plates coated with either 1 0 pg/ml of the
polypeptide of the present invention in 50 mM bicarbonate pH 9.6.
Clones positive in ELISA are further characterized by PCR
fingerprinting (see e.g., W092/01047) and then by sequencing.
Example 8
Tissue distribution of TRID mRNA expression
[0552] Northern blot analysis was carried out to examine TRID gene
expression in human tissues, using methods described by, among
others, Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual,
2nd Ed.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor,
N.Y. (1989). A cDNA probe containing the entire nucleotide sequence
of the TRID protein (SEQ ID NO: 1) was labeled with .sup.32P using
the rediprime.TM. DNA labeling system (Amersham Life Science),
according to manufacturer's instructions. After labeling, the probe
was purified using a CHROMA SPIN-100.TM. column (Clontech
Laboratories, Inc.), according to manufacturer's protocol number
PT1200-1. The purified labeled probe was then used to examine
various human tissues for TRID mRNA.
[0553] Multiple Tissue Northern (MTN) blots containing various
human tissues (H) or human immune system tissues (IM) were obtained
from Clontech (Palo Alto, Calif.) and examined with labeled probe
using ExpressHyb.TM. hybridization solution (Clontech) according to
manufacturer's protocol number PT1190-1. Following hybridization
and washing, the blots were mounted and exposed to film at
-70.degree. C. overnight. The films were developed according to
standard procedures. Expression of TRID was detected in many normal
human tissues, such as heart, brain, placenta, lung, liver, kidney,
pancreas, spleen, thymus, peripheral blood leukocytes (PBLs), lymph
node, bone marrow, and fetal liver, but not in most transformed
cancer cell lines.
[0554] Expression of TRID was also assessed by Northern blot in the
following cancer cell lines, HL60 (promyelocytic leukemia), Hela
cell S3, K562 (chronic myelogeneous leukemia), MOLT4 (lymphoblast
leukemia), Raji (Burkitt's lymphoma), SW480 (colorectal
adenocarcinoma), A549 (lung carcinoma), and G361 (melanoma), and
was detected in only SW480 and Hela cell S3.
Example 9
Method of Determining Alterations in the TRID Gene
[0555] RNA is isolated from entire families or individual patients
presenting with a phenotype of interest (such as a disease). cDNA
is then generated from these RNA samples using protocols known in
the art. (See Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory
Manual, 2nd Ed.; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring
Harbor, N.Y. (1989).) The CDNA is then used as a template for PCR,
employing primers surrounding regions of interest in SEQ ID NO:1.
Suggested PCR conditions consist of 35 cycles at 95.degree. C. for
30 seconds; 60-120 seconds at 52-58.degree. C.; and 60-120 seconds
at 70.degree. C., using buffer solutions described in Sidransky,
D., et al, Science 252:706 (1991).
[0556] PCR products are then sequenced using primers labeled at
their 5' end with T4 polynucleotide kinase, employing SequiTherm
Polymerase. (Epicentre Technologies). The intron-exon borders of
selected exons of TRID are also determined and genomic PCR products
analyzed to confirm the results. PCR products harboring suspected
mutations in TRID is then cloned and sequenced to validate the
results of the direct sequencing.
[0557] PCR products of TRID are cloned into T-tailed vectors as
described in Holton, T. A. and Graham, M. W., Nucleic Acids
Research, 19:1156 (1991) and sequenced with T7 polymerase (United
States Biochemical). Affected individuals are identified by
mutations in TRID not present in unaffected individuals.
[0558] Genomic rearrangements are also observed as a method of
determining alterations in the TRID gene. Genomic clones isolated
using techniques known in the art are nick-translated with
digoxigenindeoxy-uridine 5'-triphosphate (Boehringer Manheim), and
FISH performed as described in Johnson, C. et al., Methods Cell
Biol. 35:73-99 (1991). Hybridization with the labeled probe is
carried out using a vast excess of human cot-1 DNA for specific
hybridization to the TRID genomic locus.
[0559] Chromosomes are counterstained with
4,6-diamino-2-phenylidole and propidium iodide, producing a
combination of C- and R-bands. Aligned images for precise mapping
are obtained using a triple-band filter set (Chroma Technology,
Brattleboro, Vt.) in combination with a cooled charge-coupled
device camera (Photometrics, Tucson, Ariz.) and variable excitation
wavelength filters. (Johnson, Cv. et al, Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.,
8:75 (1991).) Image collection, analysis and chromosomal fractional
length measurements are performed using the ISee Graphical Program
System. (Inovision Corporation, Durham, N.C.) Chromosome
alterations of the genomic region of TRID (hybridized by the probe)
are identified as insertions, deletions, and translocations. These
TRID alterations are used as a diagnostic marker for an associated
disease.
Example 10
Method of Detecting Abnormal Levels of TRID in a Biological
Sample
[0560] TRID polypeptides can be detected in a biological sample,
and if an increased or decreased level of TRID is detected, this
polypeptide is a marker for a particular phenotype. Methods of
detection are numerous, and thus, it is understood that one skilled
in the art can modify the following assay to fit their particular
needs.
[0561] For example, antibody-sandwich ELISAs are used to detect
TRID in a sample, preferably a biological sample. Wells of a
microtiter plate are coated with specific antibodies to TRID, at a
final concentration of 0.2 to 10 ug/ml. The antibodies are either
monoclonal or polyclonal and are produced using technique known in
the art. The wells are blocked so that non-specific binding of TRID
to the well is reduced.
[0562] The coated wells are then incubated for >2 hours at RT
with a sample containing TRID. Preferably, serial dilutions of the
sample should be used to validate results. The plates are then
washed three times with deionized or distilled water to remove
unbounded TRID.
[0563] Next, 50 ul of specific antibody-alkaline phosphatase
conjugate, at a concentration of 25-400 ng, is added and incubated
for 2 hours at room temperature. The plates are again washed three
times with deionized or distilled water to remove unbounded
conjugate.
[0564] 75 ul of 4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (MUP) or
p-nitrophenyl phosphate (NPP) substrate solution is then added to
each well and incubated 1 hour at room temperature to allow
cleavage of the substrate and flourescence. The flourescence is
measured by a microtiter plate reader. A standard curve is
preparded using the experimental results from serial dilutions of a
control sample with the sample concentration plotted on the X-axis
(log scale) and fluorescence or absorbance on the Y-axis (linear
scale). The TRID polypeptide concentration in a sample is then
interpolated using the standard curve based on the measured
flourescence of that sample.
Example 11
Method of Effecting Decreased Levels of TRID
[0565] The present invention relates to a method for treating an
individual in need of a decreased level of TRID biological activity
in the body comprising, administering to such an individual a
composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of TRID
antagonist. Preferred antagonists for use in the present invention
are TRID-specific antibodies.
[0566] Additionally, antisense technology is used to inhibit
production of TRID. This technology is one example of a method of
decreasing levels of TRID polypeptide, preferably a soluble and/or
secreted form, due to a variety of etiologies, such as cancer.
[0567] For example, a patient diagnosed with abnormally increased
levels of TRID is administered intravenously antisense
polynucleotides at 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 and 3.0 mg/kg day for 21
days. This treatment is repeated after a 7-day rest period if the
is determined to be well tolerated.
Example 12
Method of Effecting Increased Levels of TRID
[0568] The present invention also relates to a method for treating
an individual in need of an increased level of TRID biological
activity in the body comprising administering to such an individual
a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of TRID
or an agonist thereof.
[0569] Moreover, it will be appreciated that conditions caused by a
decrease in the standard or normal expression level of TRID in an
individual can be treated by administering TRID, preferably in a
soluble and/or secreted form. Thus, the invention also provides a
method of treatment of an individual in need of an increased level
of TRID polypeptide comprising administering to such an individual
a pharmaceutical composition comprising an amount of TRID to
increase the biological activity level of TRID in such an
individual.
[0570] For example, a patient with decreased levels of TRID
polypeptide receives adaily dose 0.1-100 ug/kg of the polypeptide
for six consecutive days. Preferably, the polypeptide is in a
soluble and/or secreted form.
Example 13
Method of Treatment Using Gene Thierapy--Ex Vivo
[0571] One method of gene therapy transplants fibroblasts, which
are capable of expressing soluble and/or mature TRID polypeptides,
onto a patient. Generally, fibroblasts are obtained from a subject
by skin biopsy. The resulting tissue is placed in tissue-culture
medium and separated into small pieces. Small chunks of the tissue
are placed on a wet surface of a tissue culture flask,
approximately ten pieces are placed in each flask. The flask is
turned upside down, closed tight and left at room temperature over
night. After 24 hours at room temperature, the flask is inverted
and the chunks of tissue remain fixed to the bottom of the flask
and fresh media (e.g., Ham's F12 media, with 10% FBS, penicillin
and streptomycin) is added. The flasks are then incubated at
37.degree. C. for approximately one week.
[0572] At this time, fresh media is added and subsequently changed
every several days. After an additional two weeks in culture, a
monolayer of fibroblasts emerge. The monolayer is trypsinized and
scaled into larger flasks.
[0573] pMV-7 (Kirschmeier, P. T. et al., DNA, 7:219-25 (1988)),
flanked by the long terminal repeats of the Moloney murine sarcoma
virus, is digested with EcoRI and HindIII and subsequently treated
with calf intestinal phosphatase. The linear vector is fractionated
on agarose gel and purified, using glass beads.
[0574] The cDNA encoding TRID can be amplified using PCR primers
which correspond to the 5' and 3' end encoding sequences
respectively. Preferably, the 5' primer contains an EcoRI site and
the 3' primer includes a HindIII site. Equal quantities ofthe
Moloney murine sarcoma virus linear backbone and the amplified
EcoRI and HindIII fragment are added together, in the presence of
T4 DNA ligase. The resulting mixture is maintained under conditions
appropriate for ligation of the two fragments. The ligation mixture
is then used to transform E. coli HB101, which are then plated onto
agar containing kanamycin for the purpose of confirming that the
vector contains properly inserted TRID.
[0575] The amphotropic pA317 or GP+am12 packaging cells are grown
in tissue culture to confluent density in Dulbecco's Modified
Eagles Medium (DMEM) with 10% calf serum (CS), penicillin and
streptomycin. The MSV vector containing the TRID gene is then added
to the media and the packaging cells transduced with the vector.
The packaging cells now produce infectious viral particles
containing the TRID gene (the packaging cells are now referred to
as producer cells).
[0576] Fresh media is added to the transduced producer cells, and
subsequently, the media is harvested from a 10 cm plate of
confluent producer cells. The spent media, containing the
infectious viral particles, is filtered through a millipore filter
to remove detached producer cells and this media is then used to
infect fibroblast cells. Media is removed from a sub-confluent
plate of fibroblasts and quickly replaced with the media from the
producer cells. This media is removed and replaced with fresh
media. If the titer of virus is high, then virtually all
fibroblasts will be infected and no selection is required. If the
titer is very low, then it is necessary to use a retroviral vector
that has a selectable marker, such as neo or his. Once the
fibroblasts have been efficiently infected, the fibroblasts are
analyzed to determine whether TRID protein is produced.
[0577] The engineered fibroblasts are then transplanted onto the
host, either alone or after having been grown to confluence on
cytodex 3 microcarrier beads.
Example 14
Method of Treatment Using Gene Therapy--in vivo
[0578] Another aspect of the present invention is using in vivo
gene therapy methods to treat disorders, diseases and conditions.
The gene therapy method relates to the introduction of naked
nucleic acid (DNA, RNA, and antisense DNA or RNA) TRID sequences
into an animal to increase or decrease the expression of the TRID
polypeptide. The TRID polynucleotide may be operatively linked to a
promoter or any other genetic elements necessary for the expression
of the TRID polypeptide by the target tissue. Such gene therapy and
delivery techniques and methods are known in the art, see, for
example, WO90/11092, WO98/11779; U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,622,
5,705,151, 5,580,859; Tabata H. et al., Cardiovasc. Res. 35:470-479
(1997); Chao J. et al., Pharmacol. Res. 35:517-522 (1997); Wolff J.
A. Neuromuscul. Disord. 7:314-318 (1997); Schwartz B. et al., Gene
Ther. 3:405-411 (1996); Tsurumi Y. et al., Circulation 94:3281-3290
(1996) (incorporated herein by reference).
[0579] The TRID polynucleotide constructs may be delivered by any
method that delivers injectable materials to the cells of an
animal, such as, injection into the interstitial space of tissues
(heart, muscle, skin, lung, liver, intestine and the like). The
TRID polynucleotide constructs can be delivered in a
pharmaceutically acceptable liquid or aqueous carrier.
[0580] The term "naked" polynucleotide, DNA or RNA, refers to
sequences that are free from any delivery vehicle that acts to
assist, promote, or facilitate entry into the cell, including viral
sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin or
precipitating agents and the like. However, the TRID
polynucleotides may also be delivered in liposome formulations
(such as those taught in Felgner P. L., et al. Ann. NY Acad. Sci.
772:126-139 (1995), and Abdallah B., et al. Biol. Cell 85(1):1-7
(1995)) which can be prepared by methods well known to those
skilled in the art.
[0581] The TRID polynucleotide vector constructs used in the gene
therapy method are preferably constructs that will not integrate
into the host genome nor will they contain sequences that allow for
replication. Any strong promoter known to those skilled in the art
can be used for driving the expression of DNA. Unlike other gene
therapies techniques, one major advantage of introducing naked
nucleic acid sequences into target cells is the transitory nature
of the polynucleotide synthesis in the cells. Studies have shown
that non-replicating DNA sequences can be introduced into cells to
provide production of the desired polypeptide for periods of up to
six months.
[0582] The TRID polynucleotide construct can be delivered to the
interstitial space of tissues within the an animal, including of
muscle, skin, brain, lung, liver, spleen, bone marrow, thymus,
heart, lymph, blood, bone, cartilage, pancreas, kidney, gall
bladder, stomach, intestine, testis, ovary, uterus, rectum, nervous
system, eye, gland, and connective tissue. Interstitial space of
the tissues comprises the intercellular fluid, mucopolysaccharide
matrix among the reticular fibers of organ tissues, elastic fibers
in the walls of vessels or chambers, collagen fibers of fibrous
tissues, or that same matrix within connective tissue ensheathing
muscle cells or in the lacunae of bone. It is similarly the space
occupied by the plasma of the circulation and the lymph fluid of
the lymphatic channels. Delivery to the interstitial space of
muscle tissue is preferred for the reasons discussed below. They
may be conveniently delivered by injection into the tissues
comprising these cells. They are preferably delivered to and
expressed in persistent, non-dividing cells which are
differentiated, although delivery and expression may be achieved in
non-differentiated or less completely differentiated cells, such
as, for example, stem cells of blood or skin fibroblasts. In vivo
muscle cells are particularly competent in their ability to take up
and express polynucleotides.
[0583] For the naked TRID polynucleotide injection, an effective
dosage amount of DNA or RNA will be in the range of from about 0.05
g/kg body weight to about 50 mg/kg body weight. Preferably the
dosage will be from about 0.005 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg and more
preferably from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. Of course, as
the artisan of ordinary skill will appreciate, this dosage will
vary according to the tissue site of injection. The appropriate and
effective dosage of nucleic acid sequence can readily be determined
by those of ordinary skill in the art and may depend on the
condition being treated and the route of administration. The
preferred route of administration is by the parenteral route of
injection into the interstitial space of tissues. However, other
parenteral routes may also be used, such as, inhalation of an
aerosol formulation particularly for delivery to lungs or bronchial
tissues, throat or mucous membranes of the nose. In addition, naked
TRID polynucleotide constructs can be delivered to arteries during
angioplasty by the catheter used in the procedure.
[0584] The dose response effects of injected TRID polynucleotide in
muscle in vivo is determined as follows. Suitable TRID template DNA
for production of mRNA coding for TRID polypeptide is prepared in
accordance with a standard recombinant DNA methodology. The
template DNA, which may be either circular or linear, is either
used as naked DNA or complexed with liposomes. The quadriceps
muscles of mice are then injected with various amounts of the
template DNA.
[0585] Five to six week old female and male Balb/C mice are
anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection with 0.3 ml of 2.5%
Avertin. A 1.5 cm incision is made on the anterior thigh, and the
quadriceps muscle is directly visualized. The TRID template DNA is
injected in 0.1 ml of carrier in a 1 cc syringe through a 27 gauge
needle over one minute, approximately 0.5 cm from the distal
insertion site of the muscle into the knee and about 0.2 cm deep. A
suture is placed over the injection site for future localization,
and the skin is closed with stainless steel clips.
[0586] After an appropriate incubation time (e.g., 7 days) muscle
extracts are prepared by excising the entire quadriceps. Every
fifth 15 um cross-section of the individual quadriceps muscles is
histochemically stained for TRID protein expression. A time course
for TRID protein expression may be done in a similar fashion except
that quadriceps from different mice are harvested at different
times. Persistence of TRID DNA in muscle following injection may be
determined by Southern blot analysis after preparing total cellular
DNA and HIRT supernatants from injected and control mice. The
results ofthe above experimentation in mice can be use to
extrapolate proper dosages and other treatment parameters in humans
and other animals using TRID naked DNA.
Example 15
Assays to Detect Stimulation or Inhibition of B Cell Proliferation
and Differentiation
[0587] Generation of functional humoral immune responses requires
both soluble and cognate signaling between B-lineage cells and
their microenvironment. Signals may impart a positive stimulus that
allows a B-lineage cell to continue its programmed development, or
a negative stimulus that instructs the cell to arrest its current
developmental pathway. To date, numerous stimulatory and inhibitory
signals have been found to influence B cell responsiveness
including IL-2, IL-4, IL5, IL6, IL-7, IL-10, IL-13, IL14 and IL15.
Interestingly, these signals are by themselves weak effectors but
can, in combination with various co-stimulatory proteins, induce
activation, proliferation, differentiation, homing, tolerance and
death among B cell populations. One of the best studied classes of
B-cell co-stimulatory proteins is the TNF-superfamily. Within this
family CD40, CD27, and CD30 along with their respective ligands
CD154, CD70, and CD153 have been found to regulate a variety of
immune responses. Assays which allow for the detection and/or
observation of the proliferation and differentiation of these
B-cell populations and their precursors are valuable tools in
determining the effects various proteins may have on these B-cell
populations in terms of proliferation and differentiation. Listed
below are two assays designed to allow for the detection of the
differentiation, proliferation, or inhibition of B-cell populations
and their precursors.
[0588] Experimental Procedure:
[0589] In vitro assay--Purified TRID protein, or truncated forms
thereof, is assessed for its ability to induce activation,
proliferation, differentiation or inhibition and/or death in B-cell
populations and their precursors. The activity of TRID protein on
purified human tonsillar B cells, measured qualitatively over the
dose range from 0.1 to 10,000 ng/mL, is assessed in a standard
B-lymphocyte co-stimulation assay in which purified tonsillar B
cells are cultured in the presence of either formalin-fixed
Staphylococcus aureus Cowan I (SAC) or immobilized anti-human IgM
antibody as the priming agent. Second signals such as IL-2 and
IL-15 synergize with SAC and IgM crosslinking to elicit B cell
proliferation as measured by tritiated-thymidine incorporation.
Novel synergizing agents can be readily identified using this
assay. The assay involves isolating human tonsillar B cells by
magnetic bead (MACS) depletion of CD3-positive cells. The resulting
cell population is greater than 95% B cells as assessed by
expression of CD45R(B220). Various dilutions of each sample are
placed into individual wells of a 96-well plate to which are added
10.sup.5 B-cells suspended in culture medium (RPMI 1640 containing
10% FBS, 5.times.10.sup.-5M .beta.ME, 100 U/ml penicillin, 10 ug/ml
streptomycin, and 10.sup.-5 dilution of SAC) in a total volume of
150 ul. Proliferation or inhibition is quantitated by a 20 h pulse
(1 uCi/well) with .sup.3H-thymidine (6.7 Ci/mM) beginning 72 h post
factor addition. The positive and negative controls are IL2 and
medium respectively.
[0590] In vivo assay--BALB/c mice are injected (i.p.) twice per day
with buffer only, or 2 mg/Kg of TRID protein, or truncated forms
thereof. Mice receive this treatment for 4 consecutive days, at
which time they are sacrificed and various tissues and serum
collected for analyses. Comparison of H&E sections from normal
and TRID protein-treated spleens identify the results of the
activity of TRID protein on spleen cells, such as the diffusion of
peri-arterial lymphatic sheaths, and/or significant increases in
the nucleated cellularity of the red pulp regions, which may
indicate the activation of the differentiation and proliferation of
B-cell populations. Immunohistochemical studies using a B cell
marker, anti-CD45R(B220), are used to determine whether any
physiological changes to splenic cells, such as splenic
disorganization, are due to increased B-cell representation within
loosely defined B-cell zones that infiltrate established T-cell
regions.
[0591] Flow cytometric analyses of the spleens from TRID
protein-treated mice is used to indicate whether TRID protein
specifically increases the proportion of ThB+, CD45R(B220)dull B
cells over that which is observed in control mice.
[0592] Likewise, a predicted consequence of increased mature B-cell
representation in vivo is a relative increase in serum Ig titers.
Accordingly, serum IgM and IgA levels are compared between buffer
and TRID protein-treated mice.
[0593] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 18
T Cell Proliferation Assay
[0594] A CD3-induced proliferation assay is performed on PBMCs and
is measured by the uptake of .sup.3H-thymidine. The assay is
performed as follows. Ninety-six well plates are coated with 100
.mu.l/well of mAb to CD3 (HIT3a, Pharmingen) or isotype-matched
control mAb (B33.1) overnight at 4.degree. C. (1 .mu.g/ml in 0.05M
bicarbonate buffer, pH 9.5), then washed three times with PBS. PBMC
are isolated by Ficoll-Hypaque gradient centrifugation from human
peripheral blood and added to quadruplicate wells
(5.times.10.sup.4/well) of mAb coated plates in RPMI containing 10%
fetal bovine serum, about 1,000 U/ml of penicillin, and about 100
.mu.g/ml of streptomycin in the presence of varying concentrations
of TRID protein (total volume 200 .mu.l). Relevant protein buffer
and medium alone are controls. After 48 hr. culture at 37.degree.
C., plates are spun for 2 min. at 1000 rpm and 100 .mu.l of
supernatant is removed and stored -20.degree. C. for measurement of
IL-2 (or other cytokines) if effect on proliferation is observed.
Wells are supplemented with 100 .mu.l of medium containing 0.5
.mu.Ci of .sup.3H-thymidine and cultured at 37.degree. C. for 18-24
hr. Wells are harvested and incorporation of .sup.3H-thymidine used
as a measure of proliferation. Anti-CD3 alone is the positive
control for proliferation. IL-2 (100 U/ml) is also used as a
control which enhances proliferation. Control antibody which does
not induce proliferation of T cells is used as the negative
controls for the effects of TRID proteins.
[0595] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 17
Effect of TRID on the Expression of MHC Class II, Costimulatory and
Adhesion Molecules and Cell Differentiation of Monocytes and
Monocyte-Derived Human Dendritic Cells
[0596] Dendritic cells are generated by the expansion of
proliferating precursors found in the peripheral blood: adherent
PBMC or elutriated monocytic fractions are cultured for 7-10 days
with GM-CSF (50 ng/ml) and IL-4 (20 ng/ml). These dendritic cells
have the characteristic phenotype of immature cells (expression of
CD 1, CD80, CD86, CD40 and MHC class II antigens). Treatment with
activating factors, such as TNF-.alpha., causes a rapid change in
surface phenotype (increased expression of MHC class I and II,
costimulatory and adhesion molecules, downregulation of
FC.gamma.RII, upregulation of CD83). These changes correlate with
increased antigen-presenting capacity and with functional
maturation of the dendritic cells.
[0597] FACS analysis of surface antigens is performed as follows.
Cells are treated 1-3 days with increasing concentrations of TRID
or LPS (positive control), washed with PBS containing 1% BSA and
0.02 mM sodium azide, and then incubated with 1:20 dilution of
appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal antibodies for 30
minutes at 4.degree. C. After an additional wash, the labeled cells
are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson).
Effect on the Production of Cytokines
[0598] Cytokines generated by dendritic cells, in particular IL-1
2, are important in the initiation of T-cell dependent immune
responses. IL-12 strongly influences the development of Thl helper
T-cell immune response, and induces cytotoxic T and NK cell
function. An ELISA is used to measure the IL-12 release as follows.
Dendritic cells (10.sup.6/ml) are treated with increasing
concentrations of TRID for 24 hours. LPS (100 ng/ml) is added to
the cell culture as positive control. Supernatants from the cell
cultures are then collected and analyzed for IL-12 content using
commercial ELISA kit (e.g., R & D Systems (Minneapolis,
Minn.)). The standard protocols provided with the kits are
used.
Effect on the Expression of MHC Class II, Costimulatory and
Adhesion Molecules.
[0599] Three major families of cell surface antigens can be
identified on monocytes: adhesion molecules, molecules involved in
antigen presentation, and Fe receptor. Modulation of the expression
of MHC class II antigens and other costimulatory molecules, such as
B7 and ICAM-1, may result in changes in the antigen presenting
capacity of monocytes and ability to induce T cell activation.
Increase expression of Fc receptors may correlate with improved
monocyte cytotoxic activity, cytokine release and phagocytosis.
[0600] FACS analysis is used to examine the surface antigens as
follows. Monocytes are treated 1-5 days with increasing
concentrations of TRID or LPS (positive control), washed with PBS
containing 1% BSA and 0.02 mM sodium azide, and then incubated with
1:20 dilution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal
antibodies for 30 minutes at 4.degree. C. After an additional wash,
the labeled cells are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACScan
(Becton Dickinson).
[0601] Monocyte activation and/or increased survival.
[0602] Assays for molecules that activate (or alternatively,
inactivate) monocytes and/or increase monocyte survival (or
alternatively, decrease monocyte survival) are known in the art and
may routinely be applied to determine whether a molecule of the
invention functions as an inhibitor or activator of monocytes.
TRID, agonists, or antagonists of TRID can be screened using the
three assays described below. For each of these assays, Peripheral
blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are purified from single donor
leukopacks (American Red Cross, Baltimore, Md.) by centrifugation
through a Histopaque gradient (Sigma). Monocytes are isolated from
PBMC by counterflow centrifugal elutriation.
[0603] 1. Monocyte Survival Assay.
[0604] Human peripheral blood monocytes progressively lose
viability when cultured in absence of serum or other stimuli. Their
death results from internally regulated process (apoptosis).
Addition to the culture of activating factors, such as TNF-alpha
dramatically improves cell survival and prevents DNA fragmentation.
Propidium iodide (PI) staining is used to measure apoptosis as
follows. Monocytes are cultured for 48 hours in polypropylene tubes
in serum-free medium (positive control), in the presence of 100
ng/ml TNF-alpha (negative control), and in the presence of varying
concentrations of the compound to be tested. Cells are suspended at
a concentration of 2.times.10.sup.6/ml in PBS containing PI at a
final concentration of 5 .mu.g/ml, and then incubated at room
temperature for 5 minutes before FAC Scan analysis. PI uptake has
been demonstrated to correlate with DNA fragmentation in this
experimental paradigm.
[0605] 2. Effect on cytokine release.
[0606] An important function of monocytes/macrophages is their
regulatory activity on other cellular populations of the immune
system through the release of cytokines after stimulation. An ELISA
to measure cytokine release is performed as follows. Human
monocytes are incubated at a density of 5.times.10.sup.5 cells/ml
with increasing concentrations of TRID and under the same
conditions, but in the absence of TRID. For IL-12 production, the
cells are primed overnight with IFN-.gamma.(100 U/ml) in presence
of TRID. LPS (10 ng/ml) is then added. Conditioned media are
collected after 24 h and kept frozen until use. Measurement of
TNF-.alpha., IL-10, MCP-1 and IL-8 is then performed using a
commercially available ELISA kit (e.g., R & D Systems
(Minneapolis, Minn.)) applying the standard protocols provided with
the kit.
[0607] 3. Oxidative burst.
[0608] Purified monocytes are plated in 96-well plate at
2-1.times.10.sup.5 cell/well. Increasing concentrations of TRID are
added to the wells in a total volume of 0.2 ml culture medium (RPMI
1640+10% FCS, glutamine and antibiotics). After 3 days incubation,
the plates are centrifuged and the medium is removed from the
wells. To the macrophage monolayers, 0.2 ml per well of phenol red
solution (140 mM NaCl, 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.0, 5.5
mM dextrose, 0.56 mM phenol red and 19 U/ml of HRPO) is added,
together with the stimulant (200 nM PMA). The plates are incubated
at 37.degree. C. for 2 hours and the reaction is stopped by adding
20 .mu.l 1N NaOH per well. The absorbance is read at 610 nm. To
calculate the amount of H.sub.2O.sub.2 produced by the macrophages,
a standard curve of a H.sub.2O.sub.2 solution of known molarity is
performed for each experiment.
[0609] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 18
The Effect of TRID on the Growth of Vascular Endothelial Cells
[0610] On day 1, human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) are
seeded at 2-5.times.10.sup.4 cells/35 mm dish density in M199
medium containing 4% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 16 units/ml heparin,
and 50 units/ml endothelial cell growth supplements (ECGS,
Biotechnique, Inc.). On day 2, the medium is replaced with M199
containing 10% FBS, 8 units/ml heparin. TRID protein of SEQ ID NO.
2, and positive controls, such as VEGF and basic FGF (bFGF) are
added, at varying concentrations. On days 4 and 6, the medium is
replaced. On day 8, cell number is determined with a Coulter
Counter.
[0611] An increase in the number of HUVEC cells indicates that TRID
may proliferate vascular endothelial cells.
[0612] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 19
Stimulatory Effect of TRID on the Proliferation of Vascular
Endothelial Cells
[0613] For evaluation of mitogenic activity of growth factors, the
calorimetric MTS
(3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(3-carboxymethoxyphenyl)-
-2-(4-sulfophenyl)2H-tetrazolium) assay with the electron coupling
reagent PMS (phenazine methosulfate) was performed (CellTiter 96
AQ, Promega). Cells are seeded in a 96-well plate (5,000
cells/well) in 0.1 ml serum-supplemented medium and are allowed to
attach overnight. After serum-starvation for 12 hours in 0.5% FBS,
conditions (bFGF, VEGF.sub.165 or TRID in 0.5% FBS) with or without
Heparin (8 U/ml) are added to wells for 48 hours. 20 mg of MTS/PMS
mixture (1:0.05) are added per well and allowed to incubate for 1
hour at 37.degree. C. before measuring the absorbance at 490 nm in
an ELISA plate reader. Background absorbance from control wells
(some media, no cells) is subtracted, and seven wells are performed
in parallel for each condition. See, Leak et al. In vitro Cell.
Dev. Bio. 30A:512-518 (1994).
[0614] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 20
Inhibition of PDGF-induced Vascular Smooth Muscle Cell
Proliferation Stimulatory Effect
[0615] HAoSMC proliferation can be measured, for example, by BrdUrd
incorporation. Briefly, subconfluent, quiescent cells grown on the
4-chamber slides are transfected with CRP or FITC-labeled AT2-3LP.
Then, the cells are pulsed with 10% calf serum and 6 mg/ml BrdUrd.
After 24 h, immunocytochemistry is performed by using BrdUrd
Staining Kit (Zymed Laboratories). In brief, the cells are
incubated with the biotinylated mouse anti-BrdUrd antibody at
4.degree. C. for 2 h after exposing to denaturing solution and then
with the streptavidin-peroxidase and diaminobenzidine. After
counterstaining with hematoxylin, the cells are mounted for
microscopic examination, and the BrdUrd-positive cells are counted.
The BrdUrd index is calculated as a percent of the BrdUrd-positive
cells to the total cell number. In addition, the simultaneous
detection of the BrdUrd staining (nucleus) and the FITC uptake
(cytoplasm) is performed for individual cells by the concomitant
use of bright field illumination and dark field-UV fluorescent
illumination. See, Hayashida et al., J. Biol. Chem.
6;271(36):21985-21992 (1996).
[0616] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 21
Stimulation of Endothelial Migration
[0617] This example will be used to explore the possibility that
TRID may stimulate lymphatic endothelial cell migration.
[0618] Endothelial cell migration assays are performed using a 48
well microchemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe Inc., Cabin John, MD;
Falk, W., Goodwin, R. H. J., and Leonard, E. J. "A 48 well micro
chemotaxis assembly for rapid and accurate measurement of leukocyte
migration." J. Immunological Methods 1980;33:239-247).
Polyvinylpyrrolidone-free polycarbonate filters with a pore size of
8 um (Nucleopore Corp. Cambridge, Mass.) are coated with 0.1%
gelatin for at least 6 hours at room temperature and dried under
sterile air. Test substances are diluted to appropriate
concentrations in M199 supplemented with 0.25% bovine serum albumin
(BSA), and 25 ul of the final dilution is placed in the lower
chamber of the modified Boyden apparatus. Subconfluent, early
passage (2-6) HUVEC or BMEC cultures are washed and trypsinized for
the minimum time required to achieve cell detachment. After placing
the filter between lower and upper chamber, 2.5.times.10.sup.5
cells suspended in 50 ul M199 containing 1% FBS are seeded in the
upper compartment. The apparatus is then incubated for 5 hours at
37.degree. C. in a humidified chamber with 5% CO2 to allow cell
migration. After the incubation period, the filter is removed and
the upper side of the filter with the non-migrated cells is scraped
with a rubber policeman. The filters are fixed with methanol and
stained with a Giemsa solution (Diff-Quick, Baxter, McGraw Park,
Ill.). Migration is quantified by counting cells of three random
high-power fields (40.times.) in each well, and all groups are
performed in quadruplicate.
[0619] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 22
Stimulation of Nitric Oxide Production by Endothelial Cells
[0620] Nitric oxide released by the vascular endothelium is
believed to be a mediator of vascular endothelium relaxation. Thus,
TRID activity can be assayed by determining nitric oxide production
by endothelial cells in response to TRID. Nitric oxide is measured
in 96-well plates of confluent microvascular endothelial cells
after 24 hours starvation and a subsequent 4 hr exposure to various
levels of a positive control (such as VEGF-1) and TRID. Nitric
oxide in the medium is determined by use of the Griess reagent to
measure total nitrite after reduction of nitric oxide-derived
nitrate by nitrate reductase. The effect of TRID on nitric oxide
release is examined on HUVEC.
[0621] Briefly, NO release from cultured HUVEC monolayer is
measured with a NO-specific polarographic electrode connected to a
NO meter (Iso-NO, World Precision Instruments Inc.). Calibration of
the NO element is performed according to the following
equation:
2KNO.sub.2+2KI+2H.sub.2SO.sub.46
2NO+I.sub.2+2H.sub.2O+2K.sub.2SO.sub.4
[0622] The standard calibration curve is obtained by adding graded
concentrations of KNO.sub.2 (0, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, and 500
nmol/L) into the calibration solution containing KI and
H.sub.2SO.sub.4. The specificity of the Iso-NO electrode to NO is
previously determined by measurement ofNO from authentic NO gas.
The culture medium is removed and HUVECs are washed twice with
Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline. The cells are then bathed in
5 ml of filtered Krebs-Henseleit solution in 6-well plates, and the
cell plates are kept on a slide warmer (Lab Line Instruments Inc.)
to maintain the temperature at 37.degree. C. The NO sensor probe is
inserted vertically into the wells, keeping the tip of the
electrode 2 mm under the surface of the solution, before addition
of the different conditions. S-nitroso acetyl penicillamin (SNAP)
is used as a positive control. The amount of released NO is
expressed as picomoles per 1.times.10.sup.6 endothelial cells. All
values reported are means of four to six measurements in each group
(number of cell culture wells). See, Leak et al. Biochem. and
Biophys. Res. Comm. 217:96-105 (1995).
[0623] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 23
Effect of TRID on Cord Formation in Angiogenesis
[0624] Another step in angiogenesis is cord formation, marked by
differentiation of endothelial cells. This bioassay measures the
ability of microvascular endothelial cells to form capillary-like
structures (hollow structures) when cultured in vitro.
[0625] CADMEC (microvascular endothelial cells) are purchased from
Cell Applications, Inc. as proliferating (passage 2) cells and are
cultured in Cell Applications' CADMEC Growth Medium and used at
passage 5. For the in vitro angiogenesis assay, the wells of a
48-well cell culture plate are coated with Cell Applications'
Attachment Factor Medium (200 .mu.l/well) for 30 min. at 37.degree.
C. CADMEC are seeded onto the coated wells at 7,500 cells/well and
cultured overnight in Growth Medium. The Growth Medium is then
replaced with 300 .mu.g Cell Applications' Chord Formation Medium
containing control buffer or TRID (0.1 to 100 ng/ml) and the cells
are cultured for an additional 48 hr. The numbers and lengths of
the capillary-like chords are quantitated through use of the
Boeckeler VIA-170 video image analyzer. All assays are done in
triplicate.
[0626] Commercial (R&D) VEGF (50 ng/ml) is used as a positive
control. b-esteradiol (1 ng/ml) is used as a negative control. The
appropriate buffer (without protein) is also utilized as a
control.
[0627] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 24
Angiogenic Effect on Chick Chorioallantoic Membrane
[0628] Chick chorioallantoic membrane (CAM) is a well-established
system to examine angiogenesis. Blood vessel formation on CAM is
easily visible and quantifiable. The ability of TRID to stimulate
angiogenesis in CAM can be examined.
[0629] Fertilized eggs of the White Leghorn chick (Gallus gallus)
and the Japanese quail (Coturnix coturnix) are incubated at
37.8.degree. C. and 80% humidity. Differentiated CAM of 16-day-old
chick and 13-day-old quail embryos is studied with the following
methods.
[0630] On Day 4 of development, a window is made into the egg shell
of chick eggs. The embryos are checked for normal development and
the eggs sealed with cellotape. They are further incubated until
Day 13. Thermanox coverslips (Nunc, Naperville, Ill.) are cut into
disks of about 5 mm in diameter. Sterile and salt-free growth
factors, and the protein to be tested, are dissolved in distilled
water and about 3.3 mg/5 ml are pipetted on the disks. After
air-drying, the inverted disks are applied on CAM. After 3 days,
the specimens are fixed in 3% glutaraldehyde and 2% formaldehyde
and rinsed in 0.12 M sodium cacodylate buffer. They are
photographed with a stereo microscope [Wild M8] and embedded for
semi- and ultrathin sectioning as described above. Controls are
performed with carrier disks alone.
[0631] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 25
Angiogenesis Assay Using a Matrigel Implant in Mouse
[0632] In order to establish an in vivo model for angiogenesis to
test TRID protein activities, mice and rats are implanted
subcutaneously with methylcellulose disks containing either 20 mg
of BSA (negative control), 1 mg of TRID, or 0.5 mg of VEGF-1
(positive control). The negative control disks should contain
little vascularization, while the positive control disks should
show signs of vessel formation.
[0633] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/orntagonists of
TRID.
Example 26
Rescue of Ischemia in Rabbit Lower Limb Model
[0634] To study the in vivo effects of TRID on ischemia, a rabbit
hindlimb ischemia model is created by surgical removal of one
femoral arteries as described previously (Takeshita, S. et al., Am
J. Pathol 147:1649-1660 (1995)). The excision of the femoral artery
results in retrograde propagation of thrombus and occlusion of the
external iliac artery. Consequently, blood flow to the ischemic
limb is dependent upon collateral vessels originating from the
internal iliac artery (Takeshita, S. et al., Am J. Pathol
147:1649-1660 (1995)). An interval of 10 days is allowed for
post-operative recovery of rabbits and development of endogenous
collateral vessels. At 10 day post-operatively (day 0), after
performing a baseline angiogram, the internal iliac artery of the
ischemic limb is transfected with 500 mg naked TRID expression
plasmid by arterial gene transfer technology using a
hydrogel-coated balloon catheter as described (Riessen, R. et al.,
Hum Gene Ther. 4:749-758 (1993); Leclerc, G. et al., J. Clin.
Invest. 90:936-944 (1992)). When TRID is used in the treatment, a
single bolus of 500 mg TRID protein or control is delivered into
the internal iliac artery of the ischemic limb over a period of 1
min. through an infusion catheter. On day 30, various parameters
are measured in these rabbits: (a) BP ratio--The blood pressure
ratio of systolic pressure of the ischemic limb to that of normal
limb; (b) Blood Flow and Flow Reserve--Resting FL: the blood flow
during undilated condition and Max FL: the blood flow during fully
dilated condition (also an indirect measure of the blood vessel
amount) and Flow Reserve is reflected by the ratio of max FL:
resting FL; (c) Angiographic Score--This is measured by the
angiogram of collateral vessels. A score is determined by the
percentage of circles in an overlaying grid that with crossing
opacified arteries divided by the total number m the rabbit thigh;
(d) Capillary density--The number of collateral capillaries
determined in light microscopic sections taken from hindlimbs.
[0635] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 27
Rat Ischemic Skin Flap Model
[0636] The evaluation parameters include skin blood flow, skin
temperature, and factor VIII immunohistochemistry or endothelial
alkaline phosphatase reaction. TRID expression, during the skin
ischemia, is studied using in situ hybridization.
[0637] The study in this model is divided into three parts as
follows:
[0638] a) Ischemic skin
[0639] b) Ischemic skin wounds
[0640] c) Normal wounds
[0641] The experimental protocol includes:
[0642] a) Raising a 3.times.4 cm, single pedicle full-thickness
random skin flap (myocutaneous flap over the lower back of the
animal).
[0643] b) An excisional wounding (4-6 mm in diameter) in the
ischemic skin (skin-flap).
[0644] c) Topical treatment with TRID of the excisional wounds (day
0, 1, 2, 3, 4 post-wounding) at the following various dosage
ranges: 1 mg to 100 mg.
[0645] d) Harvesting the wound tissues at day 3, 5, 7, 10, 14 and
21 post-wounding for histological, immunohistochemical, and in situ
studies.
[0646] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 28
Peripheral Arterial Disease Model
[0647] Angiogenic therapy using TRID is a novel therapeutic
strategy to obtain restoration of blood flow around the ischemia in
case of peripheral arterial diseases. The experimental protocol
includes:
[0648] a) One side of the femoral artery is ligated to create
ischemic muscle of the hindlimb, the other side of hindlimb serves
as a control.
[0649] b) TRID protein, in a dosage range of 20 mg-500 mg, is
delivered intravenously and/or intramuscularly 3 times (perhaps
more) per week for 2-3 weeks.
[0650] c) The ischemic muscle tissue is collected after ligation of
the femoral artery at 1, 2, and 3 weeks for the analysis of TRID
expression and histology. Biopsy is also performed on the other
side of normal muscle of the contralateral hindlimb.
[0651] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 29
Ischemic Myocardial Disease Model
[0652] TRID is evaluated as a potent mitogen capable of stimulating
the development of collateral vessels, and restructuring new
vessels after coronary artery occlusion. Alteration of TRID
expression is investigated in situ. The experimental protocol
includes:
[0653] a) The heart is exposed through a left-side thoracotomy in
the rat. Immediately, the left coronary artery is occluded with a
thin suture (6-0) and the thorax is closed.
[0654] b) TRID protein, in a dosage range of 20 mg-500 mg, is
delivered intravenously and/or intramuscularly 3 times (perhaps
more) per week for 2-4 weeks.
[0655] c) Thirty days after the surgery, the heart is removed and
cross-sectioned for morphometric and in situ analyzes.
[0656] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 30
Rat Corneal Wound Healing Model
[0657] This animal model shows the effect of TRID on
neovascularization. The experimental protocol includes:
[0658] a) Making a 1-1.5 mm long incision from the center of cornea
into the stromal layer.
[0659] b) Inserting a spatula below the lip of the incision facing
the outer corner of the eye.
[0660] c) Making a pocket (its base is 1-1.5 mm form the edge of
the eye).
[0661] d) Positioning a pellet, containing 50 ng-5 ug of TRID,
within the pocket.
[0662] e) TRID treatment can also be applied topically to the
comeal wounds in a dosage range of 20 mg-500 mg (daily treatment
for five days).
[0663] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 31
Diabetic Mouse and Glucocorticoid-Impaired Wound Healing Models
[0664] A. Diabetic db+/db+Mouse Model.
[0665] To demonstrate that TRID accelerates the healing process,
the genetically diabetic mouse model of wound healing is used. The
full thickness wound healing model in the db+/db+mouse is a well
characterized, clinically relevant and reproducible model of
impaired wound healing. Healing of the diabetic wound is dependent
on formation of granulation tissue and re-epithelialization rather
than contraction (Gartner, M. H. et al., J. Surg. Res. 52:389
(1992); Greenhalgh, D. G. et al., Am. J. Pathol. 136:1235
(1990)).
[0666] The diabetic animals have many of the characteristic
features observed in Type II diabetes mellitus. Homozygous
(db+/db+) mice are obese in comparison to their normal heterozygous
(db+/+m) littermates. Mutant diabetic (db+/db+) mice have a single
autosomal recessive mutation on chromosome 4 (db+) (Coleman et a.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:283-293 (1982)). Animals show
polyphagia, polydipsia and polyuria. Mutant diabetic mice (db+/db+)
have elevated blood glucose, increased or normal insulin levels,
and suppressed cell-mediated immunity (Mandel et al., J. Immunol.
120:1375 (1978); Debray-Sachs, M. et al., Clin. Exp. Immunol.
51(1):1-7 (1983); Leiter et al., Am. J. of Pathol. 114:46-55
(1985)). Peripheral neuropathy, myocardial complications, and
microvascular lesions, basement membrane thickening and glomerular
filtration abnormalities have been described in these animals
(Norido, F. et al., Exp. Neurol. 83(2):221-232 (1984); Robertson et
al., Diabetes 29(1):60-67 (1980); Giacomelli et al., Lab Invest
40(4):460-473 (1979); Coleman, D. L., Diabetes 31 (Suppl):1-6
(1982)). These homozygous diabetic mice develop hyperglycemia that
is resistant to insulin analogous to human type II diabetes (Mandel
et al., J. Immunol. 120:1375-1377 (1978)).
[0667] The characteristics observed in these animals suggests that
healing in this model may be similar to the healing observed in
human diabetes (Greenhalgh, et al., Am. J. of Pathol. 136:1235-1246
(1990)).
[0668] Genetically diabetic female C57BL/KsJ (db+/db+) mice and
their non-diabetic (db+/+m) heterozygous littermates are used in
this study (Jackson Laboratories). The animals are purchased at 6
weeks of age and were 8 weeks old at the beginning of the study.
Animals are individually housed and received food and water ad
libitum. All manipulations are performed using aseptic techniques.
The experiments are conducted according to the rules and guidelines
of Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Institutional Animal Care and Use
Committee and the Guidelines for the Care and Use of Laboratory
Animals.
[0669] Wounding protocol is performed according to previously
reported methods (Tsuboi, R. and Rifkin, D. B., J. Exp. Med.
172:245-251 (1990)). Briefly, on the day of wounding, animals are
anesthetized with an intraperitoneal injection of Avertin (0.01
mg/mL), 2,2,2-tribromoethanol and 2-methyl-2-butanol dissolved in
deionized water. The dorsal region of the animal is shaved and the
skin washed with 70% ethanol solution and iodine. The surgical area
is dried with sterile gauze prior to wounding. An 8 mm
full-thickness wound is then created using a Keyes tissue punch.
Immediately following wounding, the surrounding skin is gently
stretched to eliminate wound expansion. The wounds are left open
for the duration of the experiment. Application of the treatment is
given topically for 5 consecutive days commencing on the day of
wounding. Prior to treatment, wounds are gently cleansed with
sterile saline and gauze sponges.
[0670] Wounds are visually examined and photographed at a fixed
distance at the day of surgery and at two day intervals thereafter.
Wound closure is determined by daily measurement on days 1-5 and on
day 8. Wounds are measured horizontally and vertically using a
calibrated Jameson caliper. Wounds are considered healed if
granulation tissue is no longer visible and the wound is covered by
a continuous epithelium.
[0671] TRID is administered using at a range different doses of
TRID, from 4 mg to 500 mg per wound per day for 8 days in vehicle.
Vehicle control groups received 50 mL of vehicle solution.
[0672] Animals are euthanized on day 8 with an intraperitoneal
injection of sodium pentobarbital (300 mg/kg). The wounds and
surrounding skin are then harvested for histology and
immunohistochemistry. Tissue specimens are placed in 10% neutral
buffered formalin in tissue cassettes between biopsy sponges for
further processing.
[0673] Three groups of 10 animals each (5 diabetic and 5
non-diabetic controls) are evaluated: 1) Vehicle placebo control,
2) TRID.
[0674] Wound closure is analyzed by measuring the area in the
vertical and horizontal axis and obtaining the total square area of
the wound. Contraction is then estimated by establishing the
differences between the initial wound area (day 0) and that of post
treatment (day 8). The wound area on day 1 was 64 mm.sup.2, the
corresponding size of the dermal punch. Calculations were made
using the following formula:
[Open area on day 8]-[Open area on day 1]/[Open area on day 1]
[0675] Specimens are fixed in 10% buffered formalin and paraffin
embedded blocks are sectioned perpendicular to the wound surface (5
mm) and cut using a Reichert-Jung microtome. Routine
hematoxylin-eosin (H&E) staining is performed on cross-sections
of bisected wounds. Histologic examination of the wounds are used
to assess whether the healing process and the morphologic
appearance of the repaired skin is altered by treatment with TRID.
This assessment included verification of the presence of cell
accumulation, inflammatory cells, capillaries, fibroblasts,
re-epithelialization and epidermal maturity (Greenhalgh, D. G. et
a., Am. J. Pathol. 136:1235 (1990)). A calibrated lens micrometer
is used by a blinded observer.
[0676] Tissue sections are also stained immunohistochemically with
a polyclonal rabbit anti-human keratin antibody using ABC Elite
detection system. Human skin is used as a positive tissue control
while non-immune IgG is used as a negative control. Keratinocyte
growth is determined by evaluating the extent of
reepithelialization of the wound using a calibrated lens
micrometer.
[0677] Proliferating cell nuclear antigen/cyclin (PCNA) in skin
specimens is demonstrated by using anti-PCNA antibody (1:50) with
an ABC Elite detection system. Human colon cancer served as a
positive tissue control and human brain tissue is used as a
negative tissue control. Each specimen included a section with
omission of the primary antibody and substitution with non-immune
mouse IgG. Ranking of these sections is based on the extent of
proliferation on a scale of 0-8, the lower side of the scale
reflecting slight proliferation to the higher side reflecting
intense proliferation.
[0678] Experimental data are analyzed using an unpaired t test. A p
value of <0.05 is considered significant.
[0679] B. Steroid Impaired Rat Model
[0680] The inhibition of wound healing by steroids has been well
documented in various in vitro and in vivo systems (Wahl, S. M.
Glucocorticoids and Wound healing. In: Anti-Inflammatory Steroid
Action: Basic and Clinical Aspects. 280-302 (1989); Wahl, S. M. et
al., J. Immunol. 115:476-481 (1975); Werb, Z. et al., J. Exp. Med.
147:1684-1694 (1978)). Glucocorticoids retard wound healing by
inhibiting angiogenesis, decreasing vascular permeability (Ebert,
R. H., et al., An. Intern. Med. 37:701-705 (1952)), fibroblast
proliferation, and collagen synthesis (Beck, L. S. et al., Growth
Factors. 5: 295-304(1991); Haynes, B. F. et al., J. Clin. Invest.
61: 703-797 (1978)) and producing a transient reduction of
circulating monocytes (Haynes, B. F., et al., J. Clin. Invest. 61:
703-797 (1978); Wahl, S. M., "Glucocorticoids and wound healing",
In: Antiinflammatory Steroid Action: Basic and Clinical Aspects,
Academic Press, New York, pp. 280-302 (1989)). The systemic
administration of steroids to impaired wound healing is a well
establish phenomenon in rats (Beck, L. S. et al., Growth Factors.
5: 295-304(1991); Haynes, B. F., et al., J. Clin. Invest. 61:
703-797(1978); Wahl, S. M., "Glucocorticoids and wound healing",
In: Antiinflammatory Steroid Action: Basic and Clinical Aspects,
Academic Press, New York, pp. 280-302 (1989); Pierce, G. F. et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 2229-2233 (1989)).
[0681] To demonstrate that TRID can accelerate the healing process,
the effects of multiple topical applications of TRID on full
thickness excisional skin wounds in rats in which healing has been
impaired by the systemic administration of methylprednisolone is
assessed.
[0682] Young adult male Sprague Dawley rats weighing 250-300 g
(Charles River Laboratories) are used in this example. The animals
are purchased at 8 weeks of age and were 9 weeks old at the
beginning of the study. The healing response of rats is impaired by
the systemic administration of methylprednisolone (17 mg/kg/rat
intramuscularly) at the time of wounding. Animals are individually
housed and received food and water ad libitum. All manipulations
are performed using aseptic techniques. This study is conducted
according to the rules and guidelines of Human Genome Sciences,
Inc. Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee and the Guidelines
for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals. The wounding protocol
is followed according to section A, above. On the day of wounding,
animals are anesthetized with an intramuscular injection of
ketamine (50 mg/kg) and xylazine (5 mg/kg). The dorsal region of
the animal is shaved and the skin washed with 70% ethanol and
iodine solutions. The surgical area is dried with sterile gauze
prior to wounding. An 8 mm full-thickness wound is created using a
Keyes tissue punch. The wounds are left open for the duration of
the experiment. Applications of the testing materials are given
topically once a day for 7 consecutive days commencing on the day
of wounding and subsequent to methylprednisolone administration.
Prior to treatment, wounds are gently cleansed with sterile saline
and gauze sponges.
[0683] Wounds are visually examined and photographed at a fixed
distance at the day of wounding and at the end of treatment. Wound
closure is determined by daily measurement on days 1-5 and on day 8
for Figure. Wounds are measured horizontally and vertically using a
calibrated Jameson caliper. Wounds are considered healed if
granulation tissue was no longer visible and the wound is covered
by a continuous epithelium.
[0684] TRID is administered using at a range different doses of
TRID, from 4 mg to 500 mg per wound per day for 8 days in vehicle.
Vehicle control groups received 50 mL of vehicle solution.
[0685] Animals are euthanized on day 8 with an intraperitoneal
injection of sodium pentobarbital (300 mg/kg). The wounds and
surrounding skin are then harvested for histology. Tissue specimens
are placed in 10% neutral buffered formalin in tissue cassettes
between biopsy sponges for further processing.
[0686] Four groups of 10 animals each (5 with methylprednisolone
and 5 without glucocorticoid) were evaluated: 1) Untreated group 2)
Vehicle placebo control 3) TRID treated groups.
[0687] Wound closure is analyzed by measuring the area in the
vertical and horizontal axis and obtaining the total area of the
wound. Closure is then estimated by establishing the differences
between the initial wound area (day 0) and that of post treatment
(day 8). The wound area on day 1 was 64 mm.sup.2, the corresponding
size of the dermal punch. Calculations were made using the
following formula:
[Open area on day 8]-[Open area on day 1]/[Open area on day 1]
[0688] Specimens are fixed in 10% buffered formalin and paraffin
embedded blocks are sectioned perpendicular to the wound surface (5
mm) and cut using an Olympus microtome. Routine hematoxylin-eosin
(H&E) staining was performed on cross-sections of bisected
wounds. Histologic examination of the wounds allows assessment of
whether the healing process and the morphologic appearance of the
repaired skin was improved by treatment with TRID. A calibrated
lens micrometer is used by a blinded observer to determine the
distance of the wound gap.
[0689] Experimental data are analyzed using an unpaired t test. A p
value of <0.05 is considered significant.
[0690] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
Example 32
Lymphadema Animal Model
[0691] The purpose of this experimental approach is to create an
appropriate and consistent lymphedema model for testing the
therapeutic effects of TRID in lymphangiogenesis and
re-establishment of the lymphatic circulatory system in the rat
hind limb. Effectiveness is measured by swelling volume of the
affected limb, quantification of the amount of lymphatic
vasculature, total blood plasma protein, and histopathology. Acute
lymphedema is observed for 7-10 days. Perhaps more importantly, the
chronic progress of the edema is followed for up to 3-4 weeks.
[0692] Prior to beginning surgery, blood sample is drawn for
protein concentration analysis. Male rats weighing approximately
.about.350 g are dosed with Pentobarbital. Subsequently, the right
legs are shaved from knee to hip. The shaved area is swabbed with
gauze soaked in 70% EtOH. Blood is drawn for serum total protein
testing. Circumference and volumetric measurements are made prior
to injecting dye into paws after marking 2 measurement levels (0.5
cm above heel, at mid-pt of dorsal paw). The intradermal dorsum of
both right and left paws are injected with 0.05 ml of 1% Evan's
Blue. Circumference and volumetric measurements are then made
following injection of dye into paws.
[0693] Using the knee joint as a landmark, a mid-leg inguinal
incision is made circumferentially allowing the femoral vessels to
be located. Forceps and hemostats are used to dissect and separate
the skin flaps. After locating the femoral vessels, the lymphatic
vessel that runs along side and underneath the vessel(s) is
located. The main lymphatic vessels in this area are then
electrically coagulated or suture ligated.
[0694] Using a microscope, muscles in back of the leg (near the
semitendinosis and adductors) are bluntly dissected. The popliteal
lymph node is then located. The 2 proximal and 2 distal lymphatic
vessels and distal blood supply of the popliteal node are then and
ligated by suturing. The popliteal lymph node, and any accompanying
adipose tissue, is then removed by cutting connective tissues.
[0695] Care is taken to control any mild bleeding resulting from
this procedure. After lymphatics are occluded, the skin flaps are
sealed by using liquid skin (Vetbond) (A J Buck). The separated
skin edges are sealed to the underlying muscle tissue while leaving
a gap of .about.0.5 cm around the leg. Skin also may be anchored by
suturing to underlying muscle when necessary.
[0696] To avoid infection, animals are housed individually with
mesh (no bedding). Recovering animals are checked daily through the
optimal edematous peak, which typically occurred by day 5-7. The
plateau edematous peak are then observed. To evaluate the intensity
of the lymphedema, the circumference and volumes of 2 designated
places on each paw before operation and daily for 7 days are
measured. The effect plasma proteins on lymphedema is determined
and whether protein analysis is a useful testing perimeter is also
investigated. The weights of both control and edematous limbs are
evaluated at 2 places. Analysis is performed in a blind manner.
[0697] Circumference Measurements: Under brief gas anesthetic to
prevent limb movement, acloth tape is used to measure limb
circumference. Measurements are done at the ankle bone and dorsal
paw by 2 different people then those 2 readings are averaged.
Readings are taken from both control and edematous limbs.
[0698] Volumetric Measurements: On the day of surgery, animals are
anesthetized with Pentobarbital and are tested prior to surgery.
For daily volumetrics animals are under brief halothane anesthetic
(rapid immobilization and quick recovery), both legs are shaved and
equally marked using waterproof marker on legs. Legs are first
dipped in water, then dipped into instrument to each marked level
then measured by Buxco edema software(Chen/Victor). Data is
recorded by one person, while the other is dipping the limb to
marked area.
[0699] Blood-plasma protein measurements: Blood is drawn, spun, and
serum separated prior to surgery and then at conclusion for total
protein and Ca2+ comparison.
[0700] Limb Weight Comparison: After drawing blood, the animal is
prepared for tissue collection. The limbs were amputated using a
quillitine, then both experimental and control legs were cut at the
ligature and weighed. A second weighing is done as the
tibio-cacaneal joint was disarticulated and the foot was
weighed.
[0701] Histological Preparations: The transverse muscle located
behind the knee (popliteal) area is dissected and arranged in a
metal mold, filled with FreezeGel, dipped into cold methylbutane,
placed into labeled sample bags at -80.degree. C. until sectioning.
Upon sectioning, the muscle was observed under fluorescent
microscopy for lymphatics. Other immuno/histological methods are
currently being evaluated.
[0702] The studies described in this example test the activity in
TRID protein. However, one skilled in the art could easily modify
the exemplified studies to test the activity of TRID
polynucleotides (e.g., gene therapy), agonists, and/or antagonists
of TRID.
[0703] It will be clear that the invention may be practiced
otherwise than as particularly described in the foregoing
description and examples. Numerous modifications and variations of
the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings
and, therefore, are within the scope of the appended claims.
[0704] The entire disclosure of each document cited (including
patents, patent applications, journal articles, abstracts,
laboratory manuals, books, or other disclosures) in the Background
of the Invention, Detailed Description, and Examples is hereby
incorporated herein by reference.
[0705] Further, the Sequence Listing submitted herewith, in paper
form, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Sequence CWU 1
1
27 1 1392 DNA Homo sapiens CDS (183)..(959) 1 cctctccacg cgcacgaact
cagccaacga tttctgatag atttttggga gtttgaccag 60 agatgcaagg
ggtgaaggag cgcttcctac cgttagggaa ctctggggac agagcgcccc 120
ggccgcctga tggccgaggc agggtgcgac ccaggaccca ggacggcgtc gggaaccata
180 cc atg gcc cgg atc ccc aag acc cta aag ttc gtc gtc gtc atc gtc
227 Met Ala Arg Ile Pro Lys Thr Leu Lys Phe Val Val Val Ile Val 1 5
10 15 gcg gtc ctg ctg cca gtc cta gct tac tct gcc acc act gcc cgg
cag 275 Ala Val Leu Leu Pro Val Leu Ala Tyr Ser Ala Thr Thr Ala Arg
Gln 20 25 30 gag gaa gtt ccc cag cag aca gtg gcc cca cag caa cag
agg cac agc 323 Glu Glu Val Pro Gln Gln Thr Val Ala Pro Gln Gln Gln
Arg His Ser 35 40 45 ttc aag ggg gag gag tgt cca gca gga tct cat
aga tca gaa cat act 371 Phe Lys Gly Glu Glu Cys Pro Ala Gly Ser His
Arg Ser Glu His Thr 50 55 60 gga gcc tgt aac ccg tgc aca gag ggt
gtg gat tac acc aac gct tcc 419 Gly Ala Cys Asn Pro Cys Thr Glu Gly
Val Asp Tyr Thr Asn Ala Ser 65 70 75 aac aat gaa cct tct tgc ttc
cca tgt aca gtt tgt aaa tca gat caa 467 Asn Asn Glu Pro Ser Cys Phe
Pro Cys Thr Val Cys Lys Ser Asp Gln 80 85 90 95 aaa cat aaa agt tcc
tgc acc atg acc aga gac aca gtg tgt cag tgt 515 Lys His Lys Ser Ser
Cys Thr Met Thr Arg Asp Thr Val Cys Gln Cys 100 105 110 aaa gaa ggc
acc ttc cgg aat gaa aac tcc cca gag atg tgc cgg aag 563 Lys Glu Gly
Thr Phe Arg Asn Glu Asn Ser Pro Glu Met Cys Arg Lys 115 120 125 tgt
agc agg tgc cct agt ggg gaa gtc caa gtc agt aat tgt acg tcc 611 Cys
Ser Arg Cys Pro Ser Gly Glu Val Gln Val Ser Asn Cys Thr Ser 130 135
140 tgg gat gat atc cag tgt gtt gaa gaa ttt ggt gcc aat gcc act gtg
659 Trp Asp Asp Ile Gln Cys Val Glu Glu Phe Gly Ala Asn Ala Thr Val
145 150 155 gaa acc cca gct gct gaa gag aca atg aac acc agc ccg ggg
act cct 707 Glu Thr Pro Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met Asn Thr Ser Pro Gly
Thr Pro 160 165 170 175 gcc cca gct gct gaa gag aca atg aac acc agc
cca ggg act cct gcc 755 Ala Pro Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met Asn Thr Ser
Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala 180 185 190 cca gct gct gaa gag aca atg acc acc
agc ccg ggg act cct gcc cca 803 Pro Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met Thr Thr
Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Pro 195 200 205 gct gct gaa gag aca atg acc
acc agc ccg ggg act cct gcc cca gct 851 Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met Thr
Thr Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Pro Ala 210 215 220 gct gaa gag aca atg
acc acc agc ccg ggg act cct gcc tct tct cat 899 Ala Glu Glu Thr Met
Thr Thr Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Ser Ser His 225 230 235 tac ctc tca
tgc acc atc gta ggg atc ata gtt cta att gtg ctt ctg 947 Tyr Leu Ser
Cys Thr Ile Val Gly Ile Ile Val Leu Ile Val Leu Leu 240 245 250 255
att gtg ttt gtt tgaaagactt cactgtggaa gaaattcctt ccttacctga 999 Ile
Val Phe Val aaggttcagg taggcgctgg ctgagggcgg ggggcgctgg acactctctg
ccctgcctcc 1059 ctctgctgtg ttcccacaga cagaaacgcc tgcccctgcc
ccaagtcctg gtgtctccag 1119 cctggctcta tcttcctcct tgtgatcgtc
ccatccccac atcccgtgca ccccccagga 1179 ccctggtctc atcagtccct
ctcctggagc tgggggtcca cacatctccc agccaagtcc 1239 aagaggcagg
gccagttcct cccatcttca ggcccagcca ggcagggggc agtcggctcc 1299
tcaactgggt gacaagggtg aggatgagaa gtggtcacgg gatttattca gccttggtca
1359 gagcagaaca cagagatttt ccgtgaaaaa aaa 1392 2 259 PRT Homo
sapiens 2 Met Ala Arg Ile Pro Lys Thr Leu Lys Phe Val Val Val Ile
Val Ala 1 5 10 15 Val Leu Leu Pro Val Leu Ala Tyr Ser Ala Thr Thr
Ala Arg Gln Glu 20 25 30 Glu Val Pro Gln Gln Thr Val Ala Pro Gln
Gln Gln Arg His Ser Phe 35 40 45 Lys Gly Glu Glu Cys Pro Ala Gly
Ser His Arg Ser Glu His Thr Gly 50 55 60 Ala Cys Asn Pro Cys Thr
Glu Gly Val Asp Tyr Thr Asn Ala Ser Asn 65 70 75 80 Asn Glu Pro Ser
Cys Phe Pro Cys Thr Val Cys Lys Ser Asp Gln Lys 85 90 95 His Lys
Ser Ser Cys Thr Met Thr Arg Asp Thr Val Cys Gln Cys Lys 100 105 110
Glu Gly Thr Phe Arg Asn Glu Asn Ser Pro Glu Met Cys Arg Lys Cys 115
120 125 Ser Arg Cys Pro Ser Gly Glu Val Gln Val Ser Asn Cys Thr Ser
Trp 130 135 140 Asp Asp Ile Gln Cys Val Glu Glu Phe Gly Ala Asn Ala
Thr Val Glu 145 150 155 160 Thr Pro Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met Asn Thr
Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala 165 170 175 Pro Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met Asn
Thr Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Pro 180 185 190 Ala Ala Glu Glu Thr Met
Thr Thr Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Pro Ala 195 200 205 Ala Glu Glu Thr
Met Thr Thr Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Pro Ala Ala 210 215 220 Glu Glu
Thr Met Thr Thr Ser Pro Gly Thr Pro Ala Ser Ser His Tyr 225 230 235
240 Leu Ser Cys Thr Ile Val Gly Ile Ile Val Leu Ile Val Leu Leu Ile
245 250 255 Val Phe Val 3 455 PRT Homo sapiens 3 Met Gly Leu Ser
Thr Val Pro Asp Leu Leu Leu Pro Leu Val Leu Leu 1 5 10 15 Glu Leu
Leu Val Gly Ile Tyr Pro Ser Gly Val Ile Gly Leu Val Pro 20 25 30
His Leu Gly Asp Arg Glu Lys Arg Asp Ser Val Cys Pro Gln Gly Lys 35
40 45 Tyr Ile His Pro Gln Asn Asn Ser Ile Cys Cys Thr Lys Cys His
Lys 50 55 60 Gly Thr Tyr Leu Tyr Asn Asp Cys Pro Gly Pro Gly Gln
Asp Thr Asp 65 70 75 80 Cys Arg Glu Cys Glu Ser Gly Ser Phe Thr Ala
Ser Glu Asn His Leu 85 90 95 Arg His Cys Leu Ser Cys Ser Lys Cys
Arg Lys Glu Met Gly Gln Val 100 105 110 Glu Ile Ser Ser Cys Thr Val
Asp Arg Asp Thr Val Cys Gly Cys Arg 115 120 125 Lys Asn Gln Tyr Arg
His Tyr Trp Ser Glu Asn Leu Phe Gln Cys Phe 130 135 140 Asn Cys Ser
Leu Cys Leu Asn Gly Thr Val His Leu Ser Cys Gln Glu 145 150 155 160
Lys Gln Asn Thr Val Cys Thr Cys His Ala Gly Phe Phe Leu Arg Glu 165
170 175 Asn Glu Cys Val Ser Cys Ser Asn Cys Lys Lys Ser Leu Glu Cys
Thr 180 185 190 Lys Leu Cys Leu Pro Gln Ile Glu Asn Val Lys Gly Thr
Glu Asp Ser 195 200 205 Gly Thr Thr Val Leu Leu Pro Leu Val Ile Phe
Phe Gly Leu Cys Leu 210 215 220 Leu Ser Leu Leu Phe Ile Gly Leu Met
Tyr Arg Tyr Gln Arg Trp Lys 225 230 235 240 Ser Lys Leu Tyr Ser Ile
Val Cys Gly Lys Ser Thr Pro Glu Lys Glu 245 250 255 Gly Glu Leu Glu
Gly Thr Thr Thr Lys Pro Leu Ala Pro Asn Pro Ser 260 265 270 Phe Ser
Pro Thr Pro Gly Phe Thr Pro Thr Leu Gly Phe Ser Pro Val 275 280 285
Pro Ser Ser Thr Phe Thr Ser Ser Ser Thr Tyr Thr Pro Gly Asp Cys 290
295 300 Pro Asn Phe Ala Ala Pro Arg Arg Glu Val Ala Pro Pro Tyr Gln
Gly 305 310 315 320 Ala Asp Pro Ile Leu Ala Thr Ala Leu Ala Ser Asp
Pro Ile Pro Asn 325 330 335 Pro Leu Gln Lys Trp Glu Asp Ser Ala His
Lys Pro Gln Ser Leu Asp 340 345 350 Thr Asp Asp Pro Ala Thr Leu Tyr
Ala Val Val Glu Asn Val Pro Pro 355 360 365 Leu Arg Trp Lys Glu Phe
Val Arg Arg Leu Gly Leu Ser Asp His Glu 370 375 380 Ile Asp Arg Leu
Glu Leu Gln Asn Gly Arg Cys Leu Arg Glu Ala Gln 385 390 395 400 Tyr
Ser Met Leu Ala Thr Trp Arg Arg Arg Thr Pro Arg Arg Glu Ala 405 410
415 Thr Leu Glu Leu Leu Gly Arg Val Leu Arg Asp Met Asp Leu Leu Gly
420 425 430 Cys Leu Glu Asp Ile Glu Glu Ala Leu Cys Gly Pro Ala Ala
Leu Pro 435 440 445 Pro Ala Pro Ser Leu Leu Arg 450 455 4 461 PRT
Homo sapiens 4 Met Ala Pro Val Ala Val Trp Ala Ala Leu Ala Val Gly
Leu Glu Leu 1 5 10 15 Trp Ala Ala Ala His Ala Leu Pro Ala Gln Val
Ala Phe Thr Pro Tyr 20 25 30 Ala Pro Glu Pro Gly Ser Thr Cys Arg
Leu Arg Glu Tyr Tyr Asp Gln 35 40 45 Thr Ala Gln Met Cys Cys Ser
Lys Cys Ser Pro Gly Gln His Ala Lys 50 55 60 Val Phe Cys Thr Lys
Thr Ser Asp Thr Val Cys Asp Ser Cys Glu Asp 65 70 75 80 Ser Thr Tyr
Thr Gln Leu Trp Asn Trp Val Pro Glu Cys Leu Ser Cys 85 90 95 Gly
Ser Arg Cys Ser Ser Asp Gln Val Glu Thr Gln Ala Cys Thr Arg 100 105
110 Glu Gln Asn Arg Ile Cys Thr Cys Arg Pro Gly Trp Tyr Cys Ala Leu
115 120 125 Ser Lys Gln Glu Gly Cys Arg Leu Cys Ala Pro Leu Arg Lys
Cys Arg 130 135 140 Pro Gly Phe Gly Val Ala Arg Pro Gly Thr Glu Thr
Ser Asp Val Val 145 150 155 160 Cys Lys Pro Cys Ala Pro Gly Thr Phe
Ser Asn Thr Thr Ser Ser Thr 165 170 175 Asp Ile Cys Arg Pro His Gln
Ile Cys Asn Val Val Ala Ile Pro Gly 180 185 190 Asn Ala Ser Arg Asp
Ala Val Cys Thr Ser Thr Ser Pro Thr Arg Ser 195 200 205 Met Ala Pro
Gly Ala Val His Leu Pro Gln Pro Val Ser Thr Arg Ser 210 215 220 Gln
His Thr Gln Pro Thr Pro Glu Pro Ser Thr Ala Pro Ser Thr Ser 225 230
235 240 Phe Leu Leu Pro Met Gly Pro Ser Pro Pro Ala Glu Gly Ser Thr
Gly 245 250 255 Asp Phe Ala Leu Pro Val Gly Leu Ile Val Gly Val Thr
Ala Leu Gly 260 265 270 Leu Leu Ile Ile Gly Val Val Asn Cys Val Ile
Met Thr Gln Val Lys 275 280 285 Lys Lys Pro Leu Cys Leu Gln Arg Glu
Ala Lys Val Pro His Leu Pro 290 295 300 Ala Asp Lys Ala Arg Gly Thr
Gln Gly Pro Glu Gln Gln His Leu Leu 305 310 315 320 Ile Thr Ala Pro
Ser Ser Ser Ser Ser Ser Leu Glu Ser Ser Ala Ser 325 330 335 Ala Leu
Asp Arg Arg Ala Pro Thr Arg Asn Gln Pro Gln Ala Pro Gly 340 345 350
Val Glu Ala Ser Gly Ala Gly Glu Ala Arg Ala Ser Thr Gly Ser Ser 355
360 365 Asp Ser Ser Pro Gly Gly His Gly Thr Gln Val Asn Val Thr Cys
Ile 370 375 380 Val Asn Val Cys Ser Ser Ser Asp His Ser Ser Gln Cys
Ser Ser Gln 385 390 395 400 Ala Ser Ser Thr Met Gly Asp Thr Asp Ser
Ser Pro Ser Glu Ser Pro 405 410 415 Lys Asp Glu Gln Val Pro Phe Ser
Lys Glu Glu Cys Ala Phe Arg Ser 420 425 430 Gln Leu Glu Thr Pro Glu
Thr Leu Leu Gly Ser Thr Glu Glu Lys Pro 435 440 445 Leu Pro Leu Gly
Val Pro Asp Ala Gly Met Lys Pro Ser 450 455 460 5 427 PRT Homo
sapiens 5 Met Gly Ala Gly Ala Thr Gly Arg Ala Met Asp Gly Pro Arg
Leu Leu 1 5 10 15 Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Gly Val Ser Leu Gly Gly Ala
Lys Glu Ala Cys 20 25 30 Pro Thr Gly Leu Tyr Thr His Ser Gly Glu
Cys Cys Lys Ala Cys Asn 35 40 45 Leu Gly Glu Gly Val Ala Gln Pro
Cys Gly Ala Asn Gln Thr Val Cys 50 55 60 Glu Pro Cys Leu Asp Ser
Val Thr Phe Ser Asp Val Val Ser Ala Thr 65 70 75 80 Glu Pro Cys Lys
Pro Cys Thr Glu Cys Val Gly Leu Gln Ser Met Ser 85 90 95 Ala Pro
Cys Val Glu Ala Asp Asp Ala Val Cys Arg Cys Ala Tyr Gly 100 105 110
Tyr Tyr Gln Asp Glu Thr Thr Gly Arg Cys Glu Ala Cys Arg Val Cys 115
120 125 Glu Ala Gly Ser Gly Leu Val Phe Ser Cys Gln Asp Lys Gln Asn
Thr 130 135 140 Val Cys Glu Glu Cys Pro Asp Gly Thr Tyr Ser Asp Glu
Ala Asn His 145 150 155 160 Val Asp Pro Cys Leu Pro Cys Thr Val Cys
Glu Asp Thr Glu Arg Gln 165 170 175 Leu Arg Glu Cys Thr Arg Trp Ala
Asp Ala Glu Cys Glu Glu Ile Pro 180 185 190 Gly Arg Trp Ile Thr Arg
Ser Thr Pro Pro Glu Gly Ser Asp Ser Thr 195 200 205 Ala Pro Ser Thr
Gln Glu Pro Glu Ala Pro Pro Glu Gln Asp Leu Ile 210 215 220 Ala Ser
Thr Val Ala Gly Val Val Thr Thr Val Met Gly Ser Ser Gln 225 230 235
240 Pro Val Val Thr Arg Gly Thr Thr Asp Asn Leu Ile Pro Val Tyr Cys
245 250 255 Ser Ile Leu Ala Ala Val Val Val Gly Leu Val Ala Tyr Ile
Ala Phe 260 265 270 Lys Arg Trp Asn Ser Cys Lys Gln Asn Lys Gln Gly
Ala Asn Ser Arg 275 280 285 Pro Val Asn Gln Thr Pro Pro Pro Glu Gly
Glu Lys Leu His Ser Asp 290 295 300 Ser Gly Ile Ser Val Asp Ser Gln
Ser Leu His Asp Gln Gln Pro His 305 310 315 320 Thr Gln Thr Ala Ser
Gly Gln Ala Leu Lys Gly Asp Gly Gly Leu Tyr 325 330 335 Ser Ser Leu
Pro Pro Ala Lys Arg Glu Glu Val Glu Lys Leu Leu Asn 340 345 350 Gly
Ser Ala Gly Asp Thr Trp Arg His Leu Ala Gly Glu Leu Gly Tyr 355 360
365 Gln Pro Glu His Ile Asp Ser Phe Thr His Glu Ala Cys Pro Val Arg
370 375 380 Ala Leu Leu Ala Ser Trp Ala Thr Gln Asp Ser Ala Thr Leu
Asp Ala 385 390 395 400 Leu Leu Ala Ala Leu Arg Arg Ile Gln Arg Ala
Asp Leu Val Glu Ser 405 410 415 Leu Cys Ser Glu Ser Thr Ala Thr Ser
Pro Val 420 425 6 415 PRT Homo sapiens 6 Met Arg Leu Pro Arg Ala
Ser Ser Pro Cys Gly Leu Ala Trp Gly Pro 1 5 10 15 Leu Leu Leu Gly
Leu Ser Gly Leu Leu Val Ala Ser Gln Pro Gln Leu 20 25 30 Val Pro
Pro Tyr Arg Ile Glu Asn Gln Thr Cys Trp Asp Gln Asp Lys 35 40 45
Glu Tyr Tyr Glu Pro Met His Asp Val Cys Cys Ser Arg Cys Pro Pro 50
55 60 Gly Glu Phe Val Phe Ala Val Cys Ser Arg Ser Gln Asp Thr Val
Cys 65 70 75 80 Lys Thr Cys Pro His Asn Ser Tyr Asn Glu His Trp Asn
His Leu Ser 85 90 95 Thr Cys Gln Leu Cys Arg Pro Cys Asp Ile Val
Leu Gly Phe Glu Glu 100 105 110 Val Ala Pro Cys Thr Ser Asp Arg Lys
Ala Glu Cys Arg Cys Gln Pro 115 120 125 Gly Met Ser Cys Val Tyr Leu
Asp Asn Glu Cys Val His Cys Glu Glu 130 135 140 Glu Arg Leu Val Leu
Cys Gln Pro Gly Thr Glu Ala Glu Val Thr Asp 145 150 155 160 Glu Ile
Met Asp Thr Asp Val Asn Cys Val Pro Cys Lys Pro Gly His 165 170 175
Phe Gln Asn Thr Ser Ser Pro Arg Ala Arg Cys Gln Pro His Thr Arg 180
185 190 Cys Glu Ile Gln Gly Leu Val Glu Ala Ala Pro Gly Thr Ser Tyr
Ser 195 200 205 Asp Thr Ile Cys Lys Asn Pro Pro Glu Pro Gly Ala Met
Leu Leu Leu 210 215 220 Ala Ile Leu Leu Ser Leu Val Leu Phe Leu Leu
Phe Thr Thr Val Leu 225 230 235 240 Ala Cys Ala Trp Met Arg His Pro
Ser Leu Cys Arg Lys Leu Gly Thr 245 250 255 Leu Leu Lys Arg His Pro
Glu Gly Glu Glu Ser Pro Pro Cys Pro Ala 260 265 270 Pro Arg Ala Asp
Pro His Phe Pro Asp Leu Ala Glu Pro Leu Leu Pro 275 280 285 Met Ser
Gly Asp Leu Ser Pro Ser Pro Ala Gly Pro Pro Thr Ala Pro 290
295 300 Ser Leu Glu Glu Val Val Leu Gln Gln Gln Ser Pro Leu Val Gln
Ala 305 310 315 320 Arg Glu Leu Glu Ala Glu Pro Gly Glu His Gly Gln
Val Ala His Gly 325 330 335 Ala Asn Gly Ile His Val Thr Gly Gly Ser
Val Thr Val Thr Gly Asn 340 345 350 Ile Tyr Ile Tyr Asn Gly Pro Val
Leu Gly Gly Thr Arg Gly Pro Gly 355 360 365 Asp Pro Pro Ala Pro Pro
Glu Pro Pro Tyr Pro Thr Pro Glu Glu Gly 370 375 380 Ala Pro Gly Pro
Ser Glu Leu Ser Thr Pro Tyr Gln Glu Asp Gly Lys 385 390 395 400 Ala
Trp His Leu Ala Glu Thr Glu Thr Leu Gly Cys Gln Asp Leu 405 410 415
7 335 PRT Homo sapiens 7 Met Leu Gly Ile Trp Thr Leu Leu Pro Leu
Val Leu Thr Ser Val Ala 1 5 10 15 Arg Leu Ser Ser Lys Ser Val Asn
Ala Gln Val Thr Asp Ile Asn Ser 20 25 30 Lys Gly Leu Glu Leu Arg
Lys Thr Val Thr Thr Val Glu Thr Gln Asn 35 40 45 Leu Glu Gly Leu
His His Asp Gly Gln Phe Cys His Lys Pro Cys Pro 50 55 60 Pro Gly
Glu Arg Lys Ala Arg Asp Cys Thr Val Asn Gly Asp Glu Pro 65 70 75 80
Asp Cys Val Pro Cys Gln Glu Gly Lys Glu Tyr Thr Asp Lys Ala His 85
90 95 Phe Ser Ser Lys Cys Arg Arg Cys Arg Leu Cys Asp Glu Gly His
Gly 100 105 110 Leu Glu Val Glu Ile Asn Cys Thr Arg Thr Gln Asn Thr
Lys Cys Arg 115 120 125 Cys Lys Pro Asn Phe Phe Cys Asn Ser Thr Val
Cys Glu His Cys Asp 130 135 140 Pro Cys Thr Lys Cys Glu His Gly Ile
Ile Lys Glu Cys Thr Leu Thr 145 150 155 160 Ser Asn Thr Lys Cys Lys
Glu Glu Gly Ser Arg Ser Asn Leu Gly Trp 165 170 175 Leu Cys Leu Leu
Leu Leu Pro Ile Pro Leu Ile Val Trp Val Lys Arg 180 185 190 Lys Glu
Val Gln Lys Thr Cys Arg Lys His Arg Lys Glu Asn Gln Gly 195 200 205
Ser His Glu Ser Pro Thr Leu Asn Pro Glu Thr Val Ala Ile Asn Leu 210
215 220 Ser Asp Val Asp Leu Ser Lys Tyr Ile Thr Thr Ile Ala Gly Val
Met 225 230 235 240 Thr Leu Ser Gln Val Lys Gly Phe Val Arg Lys Asn
Gly Val Asn Glu 245 250 255 Ala Lys Ile Asp Glu Ile Lys Asn Asp Asn
Val Gln Asp Thr Ala Glu 260 265 270 Gln Lys Val Gln Leu Leu Arg Asn
Trp His Gln Leu His Gly Lys Lys 275 280 285 Glu Ala Tyr Asp Thr Leu
Ile Lys Asp Leu Lys Lys Ala Asn Leu Cys 290 295 300 Thr Leu Ala Glu
Lys Ile Gln Thr Ile Ile Leu Lys Asp Ile Thr Ser 305 310 315 320 Asp
Ser Glu Asn Ser Asn Phe Arg Asn Glu Ile Gln Ser Leu Val 325 330 335
8 260 PRT Homo sapiens 8 Met Ala Arg Pro His Pro Trp Trp Leu Cys
Val Leu Gly Thr Leu Val 1 5 10 15 Gly Leu Ser Ala Thr Pro Ala Pro
Lys Ser Cys Pro Glu Arg His Tyr 20 25 30 Trp Ala Gln Gly Lys Leu
Cys Cys Gln Met Cys Glu Pro Gly Thr Phe 35 40 45 Leu Val Lys Asp
Cys Asp Gln His Arg Lys Ala Ala Gln Cys Asp Pro 50 55 60 Cys Ile
Pro Gly Val Ser Phe Ser Pro Asp His His Thr Arg Pro His 65 70 75 80
Cys Glu Ser Cys Arg His Cys Asn Ser Gly Leu Leu Val Arg Asn Cys 85
90 95 Thr Ile Thr Ala Asn Ala Glu Cys Ala Cys Arg Asn Gly Trp Gln
Cys 100 105 110 Arg Asp Lys Glu Cys Thr Glu Cys Asp Pro Leu Pro Asn
Pro Ser Leu 115 120 125 Thr Ala Arg Ser Ser Gln Ala Leu Ser Pro His
Pro Gln Pro Thr His 130 135 140 Leu Pro Tyr Val Ser Glu Met Leu Glu
Ala Arg Thr Ala Gly His Met 145 150 155 160 Gln Thr Leu Ala Asp Phe
Arg Gln Leu Pro Ala Arg Thr Leu Ser Thr 165 170 175 His Trp Pro Pro
Gln Arg Ser Leu Cys Ser Ser Asp Phe Ile Arg Ile 180 185 190 Leu Val
Ile Phe Ser Gly Met Phe Leu Val Phe Thr Leu Ala Gly Ala 195 200 205
Leu Phe Leu His Gln Arg Arg Lys Tyr Arg Ser Asn Lys Gly Glu Ser 210
215 220 Pro Val Glu Pro Ala Glu Pro Cys Arg Tyr Ser Cys Pro Arg Glu
Glu 225 230 235 240 Glu Gly Ser Thr Ile Pro Ile Gln Glu Asp Tyr Arg
Lys Pro Glu Pro 245 250 255 Ala Cys Ser Pro 260 9 595 PRT Homo
sapiens 9 Met Arg Val Leu Leu Ala Ala Leu Gly Leu Leu Phe Leu Gly
Ala Leu 1 5 10 15 Arg Ala Phe Pro Gln Asp Arg Pro Phe Glu Asp Thr
Cys His Gly Asn 20 25 30 Pro Ser His Tyr Tyr Asp Lys Ala Val Arg
Arg Cys Cys Tyr Arg Cys 35 40 45 Pro Met Gly Leu Phe Pro Thr Gln
Gln Cys Pro Gln Arg Pro Thr Asp 50 55 60 Cys Arg Lys Gln Cys Glu
Pro Asp Tyr Tyr Leu Asp Glu Ala Asp Arg 65 70 75 80 Cys Thr Ala Cys
Val Thr Cys Ser Arg Asp Asp Leu Val Glu Lys Thr 85 90 95 Pro Cys
Ala Trp Asn Ser Ser Arg Val Cys Glu Cys Arg Pro Gly Met 100 105 110
Phe Cys Ser Thr Ser Ala Val Asn Ser Cys Ala Arg Cys Phe Phe His 115
120 125 Ser Val Cys Pro Ala Gly Met Ile Val Lys Phe Pro Gly Thr Ala
Gln 130 135 140 Lys Asn Thr Val Cys Glu Pro Ala Ser Pro Gly Val Ser
Pro Ala Cys 145 150 155 160 Ala Ser Pro Glu Asn Cys Lys Glu Pro Ser
Ser Gly Thr Ile Pro Gln 165 170 175 Ala Lys Pro Thr Pro Val Ser Pro
Ala Thr Ser Ser Ala Ser Thr Met 180 185 190 Pro Val Arg Gly Gly Thr
Arg Leu Ala Gln Glu Ala Ala Ser Lys Leu 195 200 205 Thr Arg Ala Pro
Asp Ser Pro Ser Ser Val Gly Arg Pro Ser Ser Asp 210 215 220 Pro Gly
Leu Ser Pro Thr Gln Pro Cys Pro Glu Gly Ser Gly Asp Cys 225 230 235
240 Arg Lys Gln Cys Glu Pro Asp Tyr Tyr Leu Asp Glu Ala Gly Arg Cys
245 250 255 Thr Ala Cys Val Ser Cys Ser Arg Asp Asp Leu Val Glu Lys
Thr Pro 260 265 270 Cys Ala Trp Asn Ser Ser Arg Thr Cys Glu Cys Arg
Pro Gly Met Ile 275 280 285 Cys Ala Thr Ser Ala Thr Asn Ser Cys Ala
Arg Cys Val Pro Tyr Pro 290 295 300 Ile Cys Ala Ala Glu Thr Val Thr
Lys Pro Gln Asp Met Ala Glu Lys 305 310 315 320 Asp Thr Thr Phe Glu
Ala Pro Pro Leu Gly Thr Gln Pro Asp Cys Asn 325 330 335 Pro Thr Pro
Glu Asn Gly Glu Ala Pro Ala Ser Thr Ser Pro Thr Gln 340 345 350 Ser
Leu Leu Val Asp Ser Gln Ala Ser Lys Thr Leu Pro Ile Pro Thr 355 360
365 Ser Ala Pro Val Ala Leu Ser Ser Thr Gly Lys Pro Val Leu Asp Ala
370 375 380 Gly Pro Val Leu Phe Trp Val Ile Leu Val Leu Val Val Val
Val Gly 385 390 395 400 Ser Ser Ala Phe Leu Leu Cys His Arg Arg Ala
Cys Arg Lys Arg Ile 405 410 415 Arg Gln Lys Leu His Leu Cys Tyr Pro
Val Gln Thr Ser Gln Pro Lys 420 425 430 Leu Glu Leu Val Asp Ser Arg
Pro Arg Arg Ser Ser Thr Gln Leu Arg 435 440 445 Ser Gly Ala Ser Val
Thr Glu Pro Val Ala Glu Glu Arg Gly Leu Met 450 455 460 Ser Gln Pro
Leu Met Glu Thr Cys His Ser Val Gly Ala Ala Tyr Leu 465 470 475 480
Glu Ser Leu Pro Leu Gln Asp Ala Ser Pro Ala Gly Gly Pro Ser Ser 485
490 495 Pro Arg Asp Leu Pro Glu Pro Arg Val Ser Thr Glu His Thr Asn
Asn 500 505 510 Lys Ile Glu Lys Ile Tyr Ile Met Lys Ala Asp Thr Val
Ile Val Gly 515 520 525 Thr Val Lys Ala Glu Leu Pro Glu Gly Arg Gly
Leu Ala Gly Pro Ala 530 535 540 Glu Pro Glu Leu Glu Glu Glu Leu Glu
Ala Asp His Thr Pro His Tyr 545 550 555 560 Pro Glu Gln Glu Thr Glu
Pro Pro Leu Gly Ser Cys Ser Asp Val Met 565 570 575 Leu Ser Val Glu
Glu Glu Gly Lys Glu Asp Pro Leu Pro Thr Ala Ala 580 585 590 Ser Gly
Lys 595 10 277 PRT Homo sapiens 10 Met Val Arg Leu Pro Leu Gln Cys
Val Leu Trp Gly Cys Leu Leu Thr 1 5 10 15 Ala Val His Pro Glu Pro
Pro Thr Ala Cys Arg Glu Lys Gln Tyr Leu 20 25 30 Ile Asn Ser Gln
Cys Cys Ser Leu Cys Gln Pro Gly Gln Lys Leu Val 35 40 45 Ser Asp
Cys Thr Glu Phe Thr Glu Thr Glu Cys Leu Pro Cys Gly Glu 50 55 60
Ser Glu Phe Leu Asp Thr Trp Asn Arg Glu Thr His Cys His Gln His 65
70 75 80 Lys Tyr Cys Asp Pro Asn Leu Gly Leu Arg Val Gln Gln Lys
Gly Thr 85 90 95 Ser Glu Thr Asp Thr Ile Cys Thr Cys Glu Glu Gly
Trp His Cys Thr 100 105 110 Ser Glu Ala Cys Glu Ser Cys Val Leu His
Arg Ser Cys Ser Pro Gly 115 120 125 Phe Gly Val Lys Gln Ile Ala Thr
Gly Val Ser Asp Thr Ile Cys Glu 130 135 140 Pro Cys Pro Val Gly Phe
Phe Ser Asn Val Ser Ser Ala Phe Glu Lys 145 150 155 160 Cys His Pro
Trp Thr Ser Cys Glu Thr Lys Asp Leu Val Val Gln Gln 165 170 175 Ala
Gly Thr Asn Lys Thr Asp Val Val Cys Gly Pro Gln Asp Arg Leu 180 185
190 Arg Ala Leu Val Val Ile Pro Ile Ile Phe Gly Ile Leu Phe Ala Ile
195 200 205 Leu Leu Val Leu Val Phe Ile Lys Lys Val Ala Lys Lys Pro
Thr Asn 210 215 220 Lys Ala Pro His Pro Lys Gln Glu Pro Gln Glu Ile
Asn Phe Pro Asp 225 230 235 240 Asp Leu Pro Gly Ser Asn Thr Ala Ala
Pro Val Gln Glu Thr Leu His 245 250 255 Gly Cys Gln Pro Val Thr Gln
Glu Asp Gly Lys Glu Ser Arg Ile Ser 260 265 270 Val Gln Glu Arg Gln
275 11 255 PRT Homo sapiens 11 Met Gly Asn Ser Cys Tyr Asn Ile Val
Ala Thr Leu Leu Leu Val Leu 1 5 10 15 Asn Phe Glu Arg Thr Arg Ser
Leu Gln Asp Pro Cys Ser Asn Cys Pro 20 25 30 Ala Gly Thr Phe Cys
Asp Asn Asn Arg Asn Gln Ile Cys Ser Pro Cys 35 40 45 Pro Pro Asn
Ser Phe Ser Ser Ala Gly Gly Gln Arg Thr Cys Asp Ile 50 55 60 Cys
Arg Gln Cys Lys Gly Val Phe Arg Thr Arg Lys Glu Cys Ser Ser 65 70
75 80 Thr Ser Asn Ala Glu Cys Asp Cys Thr Pro Gly Phe His Cys Leu
Gly 85 90 95 Ala Gly Cys Ser Met Cys Glu Gln Asp Cys Lys Gln Gly
Gln Glu Leu 100 105 110 Thr Lys Lys Gly Cys Lys Asp Cys Cys Phe Gly
Thr Phe Asn Asp Gln 115 120 125 Lys Arg Gly Ile Cys Arg Pro Trp Thr
Asn Cys Ser Leu Asp Gly Lys 130 135 140 Ser Val Leu Val Asn Gly Thr
Lys Glu Arg Asp Val Val Cys Gly Pro 145 150 155 160 Ser Pro Ala Asp
Leu Ser Pro Gly Ala Ser Ser Val Thr Pro Pro Ala 165 170 175 Pro Ala
Arg Glu Pro Gly His Ser Pro Gln Ile Ile Ser Phe Phe Leu 180 185 190
Ala Leu Thr Ser Thr Ala Leu Leu Phe Leu Leu Phe Phe Leu Thr Leu 195
200 205 Arg Phe Ser Val Val Lys Arg Gly Arg Lys Lys Leu Leu Tyr Ile
Phe 210 215 220 Lys Gln Pro Phe Met Arg Pro Val Gln Thr Thr Gln Glu
Glu Asp Gly 225 230 235 240 Cys Ser Cys Arg Phe Pro Glu Glu Glu Glu
Gly Gly Cys Glu Leu 245 250 255 12 277 PRT Homo sapiens 12 Met Cys
Val Gly Ala Arg Arg Leu Gly Arg Gly Pro Cys Ala Ala Leu 1 5 10 15
Leu Leu Leu Gly Leu Gly Leu Ser Thr Val Thr Gly Leu His Cys Val 20
25 30 Gly Asp Thr Tyr Pro Ser Asn Asp Arg Cys Cys His Glu Cys Arg
Pro 35 40 45 Gly Asn Gly Met Val Ser Arg Cys Ser Arg Ser Gln Asn
Thr Val Cys 50 55 60 Arg Pro Cys Gly Pro Gly Phe Tyr Asn Asp Val
Val Ser Ser Lys Pro 65 70 75 80 Cys Lys Pro Cys Thr Trp Cys Asn Leu
Arg Ser Gly Ser Glu Arg Lys 85 90 95 Gln Leu Cys Thr Ala Thr Gln
Asp Thr Val Cys Arg Cys Arg Ala Gly 100 105 110 Thr Gln Pro Leu Asp
Ser Tyr Lys Pro Gly Val Asp Cys Ala Pro Cys 115 120 125 Pro Pro Gly
His Phe Ser Pro Gly Asp Asn Gln Ala Cys Lys Pro Trp 130 135 140 Thr
Asn Cys Thr Leu Ala Gly Lys His Thr Leu Gln Pro Ala Ser Asn 145 150
155 160 Ser Ser Asp Ala Ile Cys Glu Asp Arg Asp Pro Pro Ala Thr Gln
Pro 165 170 175 Gln Glu Thr Gln Gly Pro Pro Ala Arg Pro Ile Thr Val
Gln Pro Thr 180 185 190 Glu Ala Trp Pro Arg Thr Ser Gln Gly Pro Ser
Thr Arg Pro Val Glu 195 200 205 Val Pro Gly Gly Arg Ala Val Ala Ala
Ile Leu Gly Leu Gly Leu Val 210 215 220 Leu Gly Leu Leu Gly Pro Leu
Ala Ile Leu Leu Ala Leu Tyr Leu Leu 225 230 235 240 Arg Arg Asp Gln
Arg Leu Pro Pro Asp Ala His Lys Pro Pro Gly Gly 245 250 255 Gly Ser
Phe Arg Thr Pro Ile Gln Glu Glu Gln Ala Asp Ala His Ser 260 265 270
Thr Leu Ala Lys Ile 275 13 349 PRT Homo sapiens 13 Met Lys Ser Val
Leu Tyr Leu Tyr Ile Leu Phe Leu Ser Cys Ile Ile 1 5 10 15 Ile Asn
Gly Arg Asp Ala Ala Pro Tyr Thr Pro Pro Asn Gly Lys Cys 20 25 30
Lys Asp Thr Glu Tyr Lys Arg His Asn Leu Cys Cys Leu Ser Cys Pro 35
40 45 Pro Gly Thr Tyr Ala Ser Arg Leu Cys Asp Ser Lys Thr Asn Thr
Gln 50 55 60 Cys Thr Pro Cys Gly Ser Gly Thr Phe Thr Ser Arg Asn
Asn His Leu 65 70 75 80 Pro Ala Cys Leu Ser Cys Asn Gly Arg Cys Asn
Ser Asn Gln Val Glu 85 90 95 Thr Arg Ser Cys Asn Thr Thr His Asn
Arg Ile Cys Glu Cys Ser Pro 100 105 110 Gly Tyr Tyr Cys Leu Leu Lys
Gly Ser Ser Gly Cys Lys Ala Cys Val 115 120 125 Ser Gln Thr Lys Cys
Gly Ile Gly Tyr Gly Val Ser Gly His Thr Ser 130 135 140 Val Gly Asp
Val Ile Cys Ser Pro Cys Gly Phe Gly Thr Tyr Ser His 145 150 155 160
Thr Val Ser Ser Ala Asp Lys Cys Glu Pro Val Pro Asn Asn Thr Phe 165
170 175 Asn Tyr Ile Asp Val Glu Ile Thr Leu Tyr Pro Val Asn Asp Thr
Ser 180 185 190 Cys Thr Arg Thr Thr Thr Thr Gly Leu Ser Glu Ser Ile
Leu Thr Ser 195 200 205 Glu Leu Thr Ile Thr Met Asn His Thr Asp Cys
Asn Pro Val Phe Arg 210 215 220 Glu Glu Tyr Phe Ser Val Leu Asn Lys
Val Ala Thr Ser Gly Phe Phe 225 230 235 240 Thr Gly Glu Asn Arg Tyr
Gln Asn Ile Ser Lys Val Cys Thr Leu Asn 245 250 255 Phe Glu Ile Lys
Cys Asn Asn Lys Gly Ser Ser Phe Lys Gln Leu Thr 260 265 270 Lys Ala
Lys Asn Asp Asp Gly Met Met Ser His Ser Glu Thr Val Thr 275 280 285
Leu Ala Gly Asp Cys Leu Ser Ser Val Asp Ile Tyr Ile Leu Tyr Ser 290
295 300 Asn Thr Asn Ala Gln
Asp Tyr Glu Thr Asp Thr Ile Ser Tyr Arg Val 305 310 315 320 Gly Asn
Val Leu Asp Asp Asp Ser His Met Pro Gly Ser Cys Asn Ile 325 330 335
His Lys Pro Ile Thr Asn Ser Lys Pro Thr Arg Phe Leu 340 345 14 355
PRT Homo sapiens 14 Met Lys Ser Tyr Ile Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Ser Cys
Ile Ile Ile Ile 1 5 10 15 Asn Ser Asp Ile Thr Pro His Glu Pro Ser
Asn Gly Lys Cys Lys Asp 20 25 30 Asn Glu Tyr Lys Arg His His Leu
Cys Cys Leu Ser Cys Pro Pro Gly 35 40 45 Thr Tyr Ala Ser Arg Leu
Cys Asp Ser Lys Thr Asn Thr Asn Thr Gln 50 55 60 Cys Thr Pro Cys
Ala Ser Asp Thr Phe Thr Ser Arg Asn Asn His Leu 65 70 75 80 Pro Ala
Cys Leu Ser Cys Asn Gly Arg Cys Asp Ser Asn Gln Val Glu 85 90 95
Thr Arg Ser Cys Asn Thr Thr His Asn Arg Ile Cys Asp Cys Ala Pro 100
105 110 Gly Tyr Tyr Cys Phe Leu Lys Gly Ser Ser Gly Cys Lys Ala Cys
Val 115 120 125 Ser Gln Thr Lys Cys Gly Ile Gly Tyr Gly Val Ser Gly
His Thr Pro 130 135 140 Thr Gly Asp Val Val Cys Ser Pro Cys Gly Leu
Gly Thr Tyr Ser His 145 150 155 160 Thr Val Ser Ser Val Asp Lys Cys
Glu Pro Val Pro Ser Asn Thr Phe 165 170 175 Asn Tyr Ile Asp Val Glu
Ile Asn Leu Tyr Pro Val Asn Asp Thr Ser 180 185 190 Cys Thr Arg Thr
Thr Thr Thr Gly Leu Ser Glu Ser Ile Ser Thr Ser 195 200 205 Glu Leu
Thr Ile Thr Met Asn His Lys Asp Cys Asp Pro Val Phe Arg 210 215 220
Asn Gly Tyr Phe Ser Val Leu Asn Glu Val Ala Thr Ser Gly Phe Phe 225
230 235 240 Thr Gly Gln Asn Arg Tyr Gln Asn Ile Ser Lys Val Cys Thr
Leu Asn 245 250 255 Phe Glu Ile Lys Cys Asn Asn Lys Asp Ser Tyr Ser
Ser Ser Lys Gln 260 265 270 Leu Thr Lys Thr Lys Asn Asp Asp Asp Ser
Ile Met Pro His Ser Glu 275 280 285 Ser Val Thr Leu Val Gly Asp Cys
Leu Ser Ser Val Asp Ile Tyr Ile 290 295 300 Leu Tyr Ser Asn Thr Asn
Thr Gln Asp Tyr Glu Thr Asp Thr Ile Ser 305 310 315 320 Tyr His Val
Gly Asn Val Leu Asp Val Asp Ser His Met Pro Gly Arg 325 330 335 Cys
Asp Thr His Lys Leu Ile Thr Asn Ser Asn Ser Gln Tyr Pro Thr 340 345
350 His Phe Leu 355 15 506 DNA Homo sapiens 15 gaattcggca
nagcctctcc acgcgcagaa ctcagccaac gatttctgat agatttttgg 60
gagtttgacc agagatgcaa ggggtgaagg agcgcttcct accgttagga actctgggga
120 cagnncgccc cggccgcctg atggccgagg cagggtgcga cccaggaccc
aggacggcgt 180 cgggaaccat accatggccc ggatccccaa gaccctaaag
ttcgtggtcg tcatcgtcgc 240 ggtcctgctg ccagtcctag cttactctgc
caccactgcc cggcagagga agttncccag 300 cagncantgg ncccacagca
acagnggcac agtttcaagg gggnaggagt tttccancaa 360 gtttttatag
ttcagaacnt attggngctn tnaacccttg cacaagggtt tggnttaaac 420
caangtttcc aanatgnact ttttngttcc ctgttanatt ttttaattag ttnaanttaa
480 atttntnaac cttnccnggg naaatt 506 16 325 DNA Homo sapiens 16
ggcagaggtg tctccagcct ggctctatct tcctccttgt natcgtccca tccccacatc
60 ccgtgcaccc cccaggaccc tggtctcatc agtccctctc ctggagctgg
gggtccacac 120 atctcccagc caagtccaag agggcagggc cagttcctcc
catcttcagg cccagccagg 180 cagggggcag tcggctcctc aactgggtga
caagggtgag gatgagaagt ggtcacgggg 240 atttattcag ccttggtcag
agcagaacac agatttttcc gtgtgttggt ttttactctn 300 nttccccttc
ttnatncccc tttcn 325 17 340 DNA Homo sapiens 17 ggcagaggcc
ccagctgctg aagagacaat aatcaccagc ccggggactc ctgnntctnc 60
tnattacctc tnatgcacca tcgtagggat catagttcta attgtgcctt ctaattgttt
120 ttgtttgaaa aganttcact gtggaagaaa ttccttcctt acctgtaagt
tncaggtagg 180 ngcctggctg agggcggggg gcgctggtac actctctgac
cctgcctccc tctgnctgtt 240 ttcccacaga cagaaacgcc tgcccctgnc
cccaagttcc tngtgttttc cagcctggct 300 ctatcttnnc tccttgtgaa
tcgttcccat ccccacangc 340 18 241 DNA Homo sapiens 18 ccagggtctc
ctnccccacc tgctgaagag acantgacca ccagcccggg gactcctgcc 60
tcttcctcat tacctctnat gnancatcgt agggatcata gttctaattg tgccttctga
120 attgtgcttt gtttggaaag acttcactgt gggaagaaat tccttcctta
cctgaagttg 180 caggtaggcc ctgggtnagg gcgnggggcg ctggacantn
tctggncctg gctgcccgct 240 g 241 19 27 DNA Homo sapiens 19
cgcggatcca ccactgcccg gcaggag 27 20 30 DNA Artificial Sequence
Description of Artificial Sequence DNA Primer 20 gcgtctagac
tagtaatgag aagaggcagg 30 21 35 DNA Artificial Sequence Description
of Artificial Sequence DNA Primer 21 cgctctagac cgccatcatg
gcccggatcc ccaag 35 22 30 DNA Artificial Sequence Description of
Artificial Sequence DNA Primer 22 gcgtctagac tagtaatgag aagaggcagg
30 23 34 DNA Artificial Sequence Description of Artificial Sequence
DNA Primer 23 cgcgaattcc gccatcatgg cccggatccc caag 34 24 27 DNA
Artificial Sequence Description of Artificial Sequence DNA Primer
24 gcgtctagag taatgagaag aggcagg 27 25 35 DNA Artificial Sequence
Description of Artificial Sequence DNA Primer 25 cgctctagac
cgccatcatg gcccggatcc ccaag 35 26 30 DNA Artificial Sequence
Description of Artificial Sequence DNA Primer 26 gcgtctagac
tagtaatgag aagaggcagg 30 27 733 DNA Homo sapiens 27 gggatccgga
gcccaaatct tctgacaaaa ctcacacatg cccaccgtgc ccagcacctg 60
aattcgaggg tgcaccgtca gtcttcctct tccccccaaa acccaaggac accctcatga
120 tctcccggac tcctgaggtc acatgcgtgg tggtggacgt aagccacgaa
gaccctgagg 180 tcaagttcaa ctggtacgtg gacggcgtgg aggtgcataa
tgccaagaca aagccgcggg 240 aggagcagta caacagcacg taccgtgtgg
tcagcgtcct caccgtcctg caccaggact 300 ggctgaatgg caaggagtac
aagtgcaagg tctccaacaa agccctccca acccccatcg 360 agaaaaccat
ctccaaagcc aaagggcagc cccgagaacc acaggtgtac accctgcccc 420
catcccggga tgagctgacc aagaaccagg tcagcctgac ctgcctggtc aaaggcttct
480 atccaagcga catcgccgtg gagtgggaga gcaatgggca gccggagaac
aactacaaga 540 ccacgcctcc cgtgctggac tccgacggct ccttcttcct
ctacagcaag ctcaccgtgg 600 acaagagcag gtggcagcag gggaacgtct
tctcatgctc cgtgatgcat gaggctctgc 660 acaaccacta cacgcagaag
agcctctccc tgtctccggg taaatgagtg cgacggccgc 720 gactctagag gat
733
* * * * *